Beadle's New York Dime Library (no. 89) (1880 03 10)
The text was read from the page scans by machine (OCR), so it has mistakes and its columns may run together. See the pages · About this title · At the Internet Archive
Page 1
Mtr ——— — FD mT SS ii ari — ¢ rs A 74 z i ; Ci x th fe COPYRIGHTED IN 1880,8vY BEADLE & ADAMS. —a CIR ENT ee Published Every Pretty Nelly, the Queen of the Isle. BY COL. PRENTISS INGRAHAM, AUTHOR OF “THE DARE-DEVIL,” “‘THE CRETAN ROVER,” ETC., ETC. CHAPTER I. THE OATH. Two men stood upon a lofty cliff that over- pone e sheltered cove indenting an island in the Caribbean sea. Before them, beyond the little harborage, sreent blue waters ad — dye — un- roxen a single sail, an i the rays of the deslinin ag = ; " At their feet ay the basin, a few square acres in size and sheltered in the earthen arms of the in such a way as to fully protect it from the storms without and afford a safe anchorage for the several vessels that rode upon its waters —one, & trim-built schooner, with sails spread “I SWEAR IT, FATHER,” ANSWERED 98 WILLIAM STREET, N. Y., March 10, 1880. sea. A sloop of twenty tons, two cat-rig sail-boats and several skiffs made up the fleet in the har- bor upon which the eyes of the two men rested when presented to the reader. Behind them stretched away the land, rugged, wild-looking, and everywhere surrounded by the sea, that beat with ominous roar upon the island coast which arose from its depths, as if to check its wild career when lashed into fury by the storms that swept over it. From the position where the two men stood, their eyes, when turned landward, could fall upon a lovely valley, nestling away behind the rocky barriers of the coast, and in which were visible a score or more of rude huts, built of = timbers—the wreck of ill-fated vessels that had been hurled upon that inhospitable shore— inhospitable to all who did not know that with- in the island was a safe anchorage, invisible from the sea. But the hamlet seemed deserted now, and the inmates were assembled. upon the white beach of the basin, talking earnestly to the half-dozen occupants of a small cutter that seemed await- ENTERED AT THE Post OrFICE AT NEW YORK, N. Y., 4S SECOND CLASS MATTER. Geadle ¢& Adams, Publishers, Ten Cents a Copy. $2.50 a Year. upon the cliff, for toward those two were the | eyes of the crowd often turned. | But, unmindful of the impatient glances, the two men stood in silence, their eyes y sur- veying the scene of island, crowd of rudely- dressed seamen, harbor, with its several crafts, and the rolling sea beyond. That the two stood in the relationship of. kin- | dred was evident, for they were strangely alike | in both face and form—though one was stern- | looking almost to savageness, and his face was ae ahaa by long exposure to a seaman’s e. The elder, a man of fifty, perhaps, possessed a bold, resolute face, marred by a look of evil that rested upon it, yet which did not hide the intel- lect that gleamed in the dark eyes or that was . stamped on the massive forehead. He was attired in white duck pants, top-boots | and a blue woolen shirt, the broad collar of which was turned down over a black silk scarf. and in his hand he held a slouch hat, encircled by a gold cord, while around his waist was a belt to which hung a short sword, and in which RAFAEL, FIRMLY, ne ee re
Page 2
2 as were stuck two pistols of the pattern used half a century ago. His companion was perhaps twenty-two years of age, and though his face was bronzed by ex- posure it was not rugged, and the complexion would have made a woman envious. His eyes were dark, restless, and every fea- ture perfect and beaming with intelligence, while his mouth, though determined, was free from the cruel look resting upon that of his companion. His dress, though something like the elder person’s, was of finer materia ; the boots were of the best leather, and fitted him perfectly, the pants of white duck were spotless, and the blue woolen shirt was worked on the sleeves, collar and front with gold thread, while the necktie was of white silk and tied in a sailor’s knot. The hat, of soft white felt, was encircled by a gold cord, and fastened upon the side with a gold pin representing an anchor and cable. Like his companion he too was armed, but with weapons of a lighter pattern and finer make, and a sash of gold bullion encircled his waist, giving him altogether the appearance of a jaunty, handsome young sailor. As the sun crept nearer the horizon, the old seaman broke the silence that for some time had remained undisturbed, and his voice was deep, with a tone almost threatening. “Now, Rafael, you understand me, I hope?’ “Yes, father, T understand that within a few moments I must put to sea, and run my head into the hangman’s noose as a corsair,” returned the young man, somewhat bitterly. ‘** Boy, from your earliest years you have been little better. Were you not brought up on a pi- rate deck?” ‘* Alas! yes.” ‘Have you not followed me upon an enemy’s deck time and time again, and been so fierce in eeee ling that the men called you the devil’s cub? ‘*Meaning. you for the devil, I suppose, fa- ther? True, I was all that; but then, when I became eighteen years of age, you sent me to the United States to college, and I mingled with men of honor; I found out how a pirate was de- tested; I learned to feel that there was a nobler life for me than sailing under the black flag.” “Itis the flag that has protected you, boy, for years.” “True, because brave and strong arms up- held it; nevertheless, the three years I have among honorable men have proven to me that itis a flag accursed upon the sea and land,” ‘*T was a fool to send you away from me, Ra- fael; but I did it for your good, and with the hope that my end might have been gained ere your return, and that then we could live to- gether in peace and contentment. “You were a splendid sailor, though a boy in years; none better ever stood on a deck; and I wished you to see something of the world, and receive an education; but you come back to me with notions of honor that I admire, yet can- not encourage, for our vow is unfulfi ed; you remember that vow, do you not, Rafael?” ‘Yes, I remember it, sir.” “You remember that you swore, with me, to hunt the seas over and run to cover your enemy and mine?” “*T remember.” ** And would you break that vow?” The youth remained silent an instant, and a troubled look rested upon his face—seeing which the other coutinued in an almost’ savage tone: ‘“Would you break that vow now—after you have come back to me, to your old comrades, and your old vessel to remind you of it; after I have brought you back and placed you in command of the schooner, which I risked so much to newly arm, and man with a crew of seventy-five as brave men as ever stoodon a deck? * Would you break your vow, Rafael, and al- low that man to escape our revenge?” “No, father, I will keep my oath, and Imeant not to break it; only it was hard, after living among men of honor, to become the leader of aband of buccaneers. It is hard, yet I will hunt our enemy upon every sea, and when we are avenged, I wiil then try and let the past fade in oblivion, and live among honorable men.” “* ou swear this again, Rafael?” and as the ole man asked the question a gleam of savage ree flashed over his face. “T swear it, father,” answered the youth, “Enough; you are still my brave and noble boy. Go now, for the sunset breeze is coming: go, and hunt down that man! Oh! would that I could mpany you, yet this cursed wound from mingling in strife now,” and the C his hand upon his side, as though suffering pain. A moment’s silence followed, and then the young man turned and the hand of his companion, while he said sadly, yet firmly: “ ell, father! If no il beta me if will return in three months—perhaps sooner, and I trust then the black flag will no longer shake its sable folds in my face, haunting me with The Pirate Prince. E specters that I would were forever buried. Fare- well, sir.” “Take care of vourself, Rafael,” and the old man waved his haud as the youth sped swiftly down the steep hillside to the beach below, where, upon his arrival, he was greeted with a cheer by the half-hundred men assembled there. Raising his hat in return, he sprung into the waiting cutter, and his lips parted with the order: “Give way, men!” The six oars fell simultaneously into the wa- ter, and the boat moved rapidly away toward the waiting schooner. “Up with that anchor, lads. Now, helms- man, stand out to sea!” cried the young com- mander, as he bowed in answer to the cheer given him by his crew as he sprung on deck, and two minutes after the graceful vessel was dancing seaward over the waters, stirred by the evening breeze. CHAPTER iI. THE BRIG AND THE BUCCANEER. ‘*Do you think there is no hope, Captain Rod- ney ?” The questioner was a young and exquisitely lovely girl of eighteen, who turned her ~~ and wistful eyes upon the one she addre while her face alternately flushed and paled with hope and dread. The tans she addressed was past the meridian of life—a weather-beaten, honest old sailor, who had in his forty an sea service risen from fore the mast the command of as pretty a craft as floated the waters—a trim-built, grace- ful brig, that, under a tremendous pressure of canvas, was cutting through the rough waters before a spanking breeze; while, dogging her wake, and just over a league away, came a large schooner, whose low hull, raking masts, and armed deck, gave rise to the suspicion that her deck was shadowed by the flag of the buccaneer. With the morning sun the look-out at the mast-head of the brig had discovered the schooner two leagues away, and through the whole day the B palen niyo ursuer had given chase, steadily, though slowly, overhauling the merchant craft, and causing uneasiness to all who knew how desperate a thing it was to be taken by one of those daring skimmers of the sea, whose deeds were known through every land and over all waters. ‘* Miss Markham, there is hope as long as there is life, and we may elude yonder fellow when night comes on—and—” ** And what, captain?” asked Mabel Markham, as Captain Rodney paused. ‘* And we may not, for the schooner steadil comes nearer in spite of the brig’s s . Ite you, Miss Markham, that craft has a light heel, and runs like a witch. Inever saw a vessel that could crowd the Sunbeam as he does,” and an anxious look crossed the old sailor’s face. ‘Can you not resist him?’ ‘He has ten guns, and a crew of fully sixty men; I have four howitzers, and not half the number in crew; but he shall not take me with- out a fight,” and Captain Rodney spoke with firmness. ‘‘ And if he does capture the brig, captain?” asked the young girl. ‘““Then our voyage is ended,” bluntly replied the seaman, ‘*He assuredly would not kill us?” “Your life is safe, Miss Markham, and the hope of a large ransom may cause the buecaneer to carry you to your father; but, as for myself and crew, if we do not fall upon our deek, why we will doubtless have to walk the plank to our death, be sent down in the brig, or set adrift in an open boat to starve or drown. Those pirates are real devils, Miss Markham, and you see I paint the thing in its strongest colors. Mabel Mark and her eyes dimmed with tears as she again turned them upon the schooner, so swiftly com- a9 on in pursuit, tt the tears blurred her vision, and she bowed her head upon the taffrail, and a shudder passed through her form, for, from bright hope at soon seeing her father, from whom she had been separated two years, she was cast down almost with despair. Her father was an officer of the navy of the United States, and commanded a vessel then cruising in southern waters, and thither Mabel was going to join him after having finished her education in New York. With no mcther, and her father’s hbme in his vessel, Mabel had nowhere else to go, and “pom receiving a letter from her father telling her to come to him, she had taken in the brig, Sunbeam, bound from New York to Ha- vana, at which latter port the young girl ex- ted to find Captain Markham’s vesse A few days more and Mabel would have been safely on board the cruiser commanded by her father; but now upon the wake of the Sun h a ruthless foe—the vessel of a buccaneer. “Capt’in, I think I knows yonder craft, al- though he don’t show his colors yit,” said the helmsman, addressing Captain Rodney ** Who is he, Burdick?” **It’s ther feller as has gotten hisself a bad turned away, her face pale, name, sir. Ef I hain’t mistaken, it are the Curse o’ ther Coast.” “What!” said Captain Rodney, in surprise, and with a quick glance toward Mabel. ‘‘T hain’t sartin, capt’in, but I thinks it are that devil. His name is Rafael, yer know, an’ he’s allus bent. on mischief. E¢ ‘it’s him, then our jig’s up.” ee ere have you seen the schooner before, Burdick?’ “T see’d him whenI was a-cruisin’ in ther United States cutter Swamp-fox. He thought we was a merchant craft, and run us aboard at night; but when he diskivered his mistake, he backed out as pretty as a coquette at a dance, an’ we wasn’t able to catch him, although we doubled him in men an’ guns. That was a year ago last June. Ef he shows his colors, I could as fur he carries a blood-red anchor in.a black eld. “Run up the French flag, Mr. Barker, and we will see the banner he sails under,” cried Cap- tain ey, as Burdick, the helmsman, de- scribed the colors of the schooner known far and wide as the Curse of the Coast. The ensign of France was at once sent to the mizzen by the first mate, and the breeze caught its folds and spread them out; but no answer came from the schooner, which was now not a league away, and still gaining on the brig, in spite of every stitch of canvas spread upon the a vessel that would draw a thimbleful of wind. “Give her the colors of Great Britain, Mr. Barker,” said Captain Rodney, and down came the flag of the Frank to give place to that of the Briton. Still no answer came from the schooner, and for the third time an ensign went to the brig’s mizzen peak, and this time the Stars and Stripes caught the breeze, Instantly a cry arose from all, for a roll of dark bunting was hoisted on the schooner, and while a huge black flag was shaken out, a puff of white smoke burst from bows and a solid shot came whizzing through the air. “You are right, Burdick; there is the red anchor on the black field. Yonder fellow is the Curse of the Coast,” said Captain Rodney, gloom spreading over his dark face. Sie Curse of the Coast, did you say, cap- ‘Yes, Miss Markham.” “‘Oh! I have heard so many terrible stories of that vessel,” cried the maiden. ‘“* And doubtless all of them true, miss, for he is said to be a very devil. He first cruised some years ago in the Mediterranean, and showed ~ particular hatred toward American ‘vessels of war, and though not stron eee to fight them, did them all the harm he could. ‘Then he came to the Gulf; and his*depreda- tions have been such as to gain him the name of the Curse of the Coast,” said Captain Rodney, and he added quickly: ‘There comes another gun; I fear we are doomed; but we will fight to the last. Mr. Barker, beat to quarters, and I'll put the brig square before the wind, and perhaps we can hold our own until night. Miss Markham, you must go below.” “No, captain, I will not hide while my de- fenders are in danger; I will remain here,” said the ely. The captain bestowed upon her a look of ad- miration for her pluck, and then turned away to put the brig before the wind. Yi Ae eee, it _ believed thatthe was gaining on theschooner, and’ Tose high in every _ Pronto on board. for was not far away; but this hope soon died away; for, though the pursuer’s bows were buried deo hecame on at fearful speed, and gained asstead- ily as he had before the course was changed. And, worse still, every time the sharp bows of the schooner rose on a wave there came a cloud of smoke, a deep roar, and a shot was hurled viciously, after the flying craft. “ By Heaven! the fellow sails like a witch! Ha! there goes my mizzen-top,” cried Captain Rodney, and at his order half a dozen men rung to work to clear away the wreck, for the mizzen-topmast had been cut in two by 4 solid shot. As if improving with practice, the buccaneer’s shots came more frequently and with great de cision, cutting away the foretop also and raking the deck with fatal effect, for Mabel Markham buried her face in her hands as she saw two poor seamen cut down a few feet from her. a — Markham, please go nor this is no ce for you,” again said Captain ney. Instantly the fair face a raised, and the voice was firm as she replied: “ This is the place for me; I will remain on deck!” and the roar of another shot drowned further conversation, and a loud ery of agony from a man’s lips, followed by a crash of tim- bers told that the aim of the buccaneer was still fatal. Darkness was yet half an hour away; the schooner gained rapidly, and hardly a mile now divided the two vessels. The case indeed seemed desperate, and ie pea Rodney deter- mined to at once chan; course, and in spite of his small guns and few men to re the fire
Page 3
of the pirate, hoping that some lucky shot of his howitzers might disable his cruel foe, and open an avenae'o me for the sag Instantly he gave the order to crew to stand seeay all, and the brig swept round, and felt the wind upon her quarter, while the guns were trained upon the schooner, and the com- bat The buccaneer also chan his course; his huge sails were trimmed close, and from his burst roar after roar, as if in fury at hav- ing his foe turn upon him. calm as true courage could make her, and with flashing eyes, though pallid face, Mabel Markham stood on deck gazing upon the awful scene, while at her feet crouched a negress, her maid, who, unable to get her mistress to come into the cabin, had rushed upon deck to be by her side, aud with trembling form, and closed eyes, awaited the end of the tragedy they all were playing. Markham, will you have a closer view!” said Captain Rodney, and he handed his oe to the maiden, who said, with a faint smile: “The view is too close now for comfort, ca tain; but [accept your kindness, for I would read the face of my c= og ” The old seaman smiled grimly in return, and replied onion ‘Not yet is he victor, Miss Markham. There stands the chief, on the quarter-deck, and he has a ci between his teeth.” Mabel Markham leveled the glass, and the words instantly broke from her lips: “ Can that man be a pirate?” “‘One would think so, Miss Markham; he cer- tain] is _ a saint.” ai , he is very young, and— re hak very handsome, too, you were going to say. You are right; he is fous and hand- some, but his h is cruelly debased,” and Ca: n y, now thoroughly aroused to fight unto the bitter end, again turned his attention to his vessel and crew. Again did Mabel Markham bend her gaze, with the aid of the strong glass, upon the bucca- neer chief, and saw that, as the captain had said, he was coolly smoking a cigar, and puffing forth the white clouds in curls above his head, while he paced to and fro with an — erece and nonchalant manner that betokened utter indif- ference to danger. CHAPTER III. THE CURSE OF THE SEA. As Mabel Markham continued to gaze upon the a hing buccaneer, she saw that his was a tall and elegant form, clad in a neglige suit of blue woolen shirt, trimmed with gold lace, white duck its, and a slouch hat, loo up in front in such a way as to let the light fall full upon his face. It was a dark face, and Mabel could almost see the eyes flash—a face strangely handsome, and yet stern and resolute, whilé the mouth was hidden by a long, dark-brown mustache. hair, of the same hue as the mustache, was wa , and worn long, for it fell upon his col- lar, and this perhaps gave to his otherwise manly face a look almost effeminate; yet there was ———- in the look of the white gauntlet-cov- ered hand, raised to remove the cigar from his lips, which indicated that the glove concealed an iror- wer that would show no tre nor in the est danger. Suddenl Mabel saw the chief pause, ana raise seats a glass which he turned u n the , intently, as if unm ot “he roar pg froit- both -veueels, “and 4c — of , as the combatants near: 1 each the merchantman ee on he course, and the corsair bearing rapidly down upon her, and not three cable lengths away. The start it young buecaneer gave as his eyes fell —— her, Mabel saw distinctly, and instinctively she lowered the glass from her eye, and her beautiful face was revealed. A moment the buceaneer gazed upon that face, and then down went his glass to the deck, and loud. his voice, heard distinctly on the smoke drifted away, lea visible to every eye on “He’s up to read ’ all, ro sea, he & : 2 the howiteers of the brig still - out, and their iron hail continued to be hurled the schooner, no reply came from the buc- caneer; he had evidently changed his plan of ai wl yt! ram eraiteey tian vee te stripped to the waist, and a motley set, ready for any deed of violence or bloodshed, and yet held in check by the eye of their young leader. Then again Mabel raised her glass, and she saw the lips of the buccaneer chief part, as if in command. The Instantly the crew of the schooner left their guns, pe with gleaming cutlasses in hand crowded toward the sh bows, while their chief, with afew words to the man at the helm, went forward and was lost to sight. “Miss Markham, again I beg you to go be- low,” and Captain Rodney laid his hand upon the arm of the maiden. “Again I say I will not. It were perhaps better that a stray bullet should kill me here, Captain Rodney,” said Mabel, and the look that came into the eyes of the young girl, the old seaman read well—she would rather die there amid the excitement of the combat, than fear the dishonored prize of a buccaneer chief. With a determined glitter in his eyes Captain Rodney turned away, and loud rung his deep voice as he gave the order: ‘* Boarders to repel boarders!” The two vessels were now close together, sail- ing with the wind upon their starboard quarter, and the schooner a little astern, and rapidly overhauling the brig, which was hugging the wind as close as she could. The cruel faces of the pirates could now be seen distinctly, the light of the setting sun fall- ing full upon them, and at their head was their young leader, a fresh cigar between his lips. “ Brig ahoy!” suddenly cried the buccaneer chief, in tones that rung tome gS “ they the pirate!” answered Captain Rod- ney, sullenly. “What brig is that?” came the question, as the chief, by a wave of the hand, stilled the angry cries of his crew, at being called by the name they had so well earned. “The Sunbeam—from New York to Havana; what schooner’s that?” promptly replied Cap- tain Rodney. “The Curse of the Coast! Lay to, or I will board and take you!” came the stern command. “Come on, then, you cursed outlaw, for I'll not lay to at your command,” shouted Captain Pirate Prince. ney. A yall of rage burst from the schooner’s crowded deck, but a word from the chief quieted the tumult, and an order to the helms- man brought the pirate craft’s bows over the taffrail of the nh “* Fire!” shouted Captain Rodney, and as the flying forms of the buccaneers came down upon the deck of the brig, some of them fell, shot through the heart. But, to the ge ig of Captain Rodney and his brave crew, the buccaneers did not return the fire, but rushed forward, armed only with the cutlass, and at their head was their youth- ful leader, a gleaming weapon in his hand, “ Surrender, sir captain, and save slaughter!” cried the buccaneer chief, as he sprung for- ward and crossed the blade of the American. The answer of Captain Rodney was to dis- charge his pistol full in the face of the chief, who staggered back an instant, But the bullet merely cut a sHEH gash in the temple, and severed a lock of hair that fell to the deck, while as if infuriated at the wound, the chief pressed forward with fury, and struck the nia gia of Captain Rodney from his hand. The American captain felt that his end had come, yet he showed no sign of fear, and shouted to his men: “Never mind me, lads; give them all they want!” Instantly the chief’s weapon was lowered, the murderous blow was not given, and he said, quickly: ‘You are a brave man; I spare your life.” “Oh, sir, [thank you!’ It was Mabel Markham that spoke, and with outstretched hands she stood before the young buccaneer. ** Hold!” oh The loud trumpet tones arrested every hand, ind every buccaneer, at the stern order of their ‘ief, stood like a statue, while the crew of the L ig also remained quiet. Captain, surrender P heed ship, and your live be spared. ou are in my power and had I not beheld a maiden on your deck I could have sunk you with my guns,” said the chief, firmly. ‘* And allow you to rob me of my all? Never, sir pirate,” answered the American captain. ‘It is foolhardy for you to resist, for I can sweep your decks in five minutes. See! Not half of my men are yet on the brig.” ** And you will spare the lives of my men?” said Captain Rodney, as if realizing that he was indeed in the power of his enemy. ‘*Tam no cutthroat, sir. Your life and the lives of your men shall be ” ‘And my fale lady passenger?” *T am no villain—no harm shall befall her, sir,” quickly responded the chief, as he cast a Hasty glance at Mabel Markham, while his handsome face flushed, as shoves with shame. “But my cargo you will rob me of?” asked ain Rodney. “A part of your cargo, yes—you an of- ficer with A tches from the United States Government to Captain Markham, of the sloop- eae Sea Hawk, now awaiting you in Hava- na “You are mistaken, sir—I carry no such offi- cer. Miss—this lady,” and Captain Rodney checked the name upon his tongue, ‘‘ and her maid are my only passengers.” The chief turned his eyes again upon the beautiful face of Mabel Markham, and after an instant’s silence, said, as though to himself: 4 have been misinformed?” “You certainly have, sir, if you e to find a bearer of dispatches on board the Sun- beam.” For an instant the buccaneer was silent, and seemed in deep thought, and then he asked, as though still doubtful: “You are not deceiving me, are you, cap- tain?” ‘**Upon my honor, no!” ' ‘‘Then I have been misinformed; but can I ask the name of your lady passenger?” e Captain Rodney made no reply, and glanced toward the maiden, who said, firmly: ‘‘ My name is Mabel Mar , sir.” The young buccaneer started—his face flushed crimson, and then the blood quickly retreated and left him as pale as death. “Are you the daughter of Captain Walter Markham, of the Sea Hawk?’ and the chief turned to Mabel and raised his hat politely, while there was a tremor in his voice. “Tam, sir,’ and Mabel noted closely the ef- fect of her words. The chief took a short turn across the deck, and then halted once more before the maiden, while he said: “‘ Pardon me, Miss Markham; but do you bear copayene from your Government to your fa- er? “‘T do, sir. They were to be sent by Lieu- tenant Paul Melville, who was ordered to join my father’s vessel; but he was detained by ill- ness, I learned, and the Secretary of the Na whom I know well, intrusted the dispatches my care,” ‘Will you surrender those dispatches to me, Miss Markham?” TJ will oes,’ and Mabel spoke with a de- a that proved she meant what she said. ‘‘ Remember, I have the power to take them,” said the chief, with some sternness of manner. “True; R aes you will not use that power.” ‘‘ Why do you think so?” asked the buccaneer, sales is eyebrows curiously. ‘“‘T have read that in your face, sir. Corsair though you be, poe would not insult a woman,” replied Mabel, frankly. Lhe chief bowed his head, as though to hide the shame that swept over it, and said, quickly: “You have read aright, lady—your dispatches ‘ are safe while in your pee gm yet—” and the corsair paused, and Mabel looked up with in- duiring glance, as though for him to continue, which he did after a pause. ‘Yet those ek Terenas concern me and mine vitally, and, as self-preservation is the first law of nature, i must prevent their being read b those for whom they are intended, at least antil too late to do harm.” Then turning to Captain Rodney, the chief M7 . as ** Captain, your brig, air passenger and cargo are again free, but upon one conditi sir.” ; ‘‘Name it, sir,” said Captain Rodney, struck by the strange manner of his captor. “You ate now but three short days’ sail from Havana—promise me that you 1 not make that port within ten days, and my men shall at once leave your vessel.” “And I am free to go as you found mé, éx- cepting the harm that-you have done tomy ves- sel and crew?” ‘You are, sir.” Captain Rodney glanced toward Mabel Mark- ham, but he could not see that she knew why the buccaneer had released him on such terms; yet he thought he saw a look as thoug she wished to speak to him, and he said: ‘Can I first speak with Miss Markham, sir?” “No! Do you accept my terms, or refuse?” sternly said the chief. “Tf I refuse?’ ; “I shall turn your cargo over to my men, scuttle your brig, and set you and your crew adrift in your ts to find the nearest land while I take upon myself the duty of seeing that Miss Markham es Havana in safety. There was no doubting the tone of tie c- caneer—he meant what he said, and © in Rodney quickly answered: gt | ea a terms, sir.” ‘You will swear that your vessel shall not make the port of Havana until after the tenth day from this, and that Miss Markham shall not i be put on board any other vessel you may meet going Leora! or Soe her dispatchés into other hands than those for whom the in- tended?” bei ‘Tels well! If'you break is well! you break your oath Rodney, I will track you to your aad. ear vessel is free, sir; evening!” chief caught abel the ms her eye earnestly upon him; but he - e maiden said, earn- ply raised his hat while “From my inmost heart I thank you, sir; but, ’ ‘ y. ‘
Page 4
SS SS a his eyes fell upon one who had _ devoi 4 SS eee tell me, are you indeed he whom men call the Curse of the Coast?” “My name is Rafael, lady; my schooner has won the unenviable name you refer to.” ‘““Then as Captain Rafael shall I remember you; and, thank God! I can bless and not curse you,” and Mabelheld forth her hand. The buccaneer merely touched the tips of the slender fingers, uncovering his hand ere he did so; and raising his hat he turned away, just as the sun’s disk disappeared in the sea. “To your schooner, men!” But. the men didnot move. During the con- versation between their chief and his captives mischief -had been brewing; the lawless crew would not tamely yield so rich a prize, and mu- tiny shone in every savage face. » “Did -you: hear? To your schooner!” again ordered the chief, and in tones that were threat- ening, for he well knew that he stood on a vol- cano that might burst forth in an instant. But not a man moved; yes, one stepped to the front—a tall, brawny fellow, with muscle- knotted arms and breast, and savage, cruel face. ‘Well, sir?’ ’The tone of the chief changed as the man con- fronted him; he seemed strangely calm when dared brave his anger. ‘‘Captain Rafael, we risked our lives for this prize, and having won both booty and beauty we, don’t intend to give it up,” said the man, in hoarse tones. “T am to understand that you pe my au- thority, am I?’ and the voice of the chief was of all anger, to the surprise of the most interested listeners, especially to Captain Rod- -ney, who feared, after all, the buccaneer would -play him false, and say that he could not con- oLhis men. “You will understand that we are going to have. this prize—ain’t we, boys?’ and the mu- tineer turned to the crew, who gave a ready as- sent, and.an ominous silence fell upon all; the “next instant the volcano might burst forth in ;and human passions break into a storm that.no,hand of man could stay. CHAPTER IV. THE BUCCANEER AT BAY. Ar the assent of the pirate crew to the ques- tion of the song mutineer, every eye turned upon Rafael, the chief. . Was this a subterfuge to rob the brig, after all? Was the chief indeed a traitor to his word? Such were the thoughts that flashed through the minds of Captain Rodney and his men, who now. stood with arms ready and teeth set, awaiting the dread order they felt must come. ., WilLhe prove equal to this desperate situa- ' tion? . Such was the thought of Mabel Markham, who.did not for a moment hold mistrust of the young buccaneer chief. Yet her heart throbbed violently, and she felt “as though she would faint away, so great was » her. dread of what might come. » suddenly turn faces in his front, the chief toward Mabel, and there was From the an not the slightest shadow on his brow, or tremor ‘in his tones, as he said, quietly: iss Mar’ _ yet not quae enoug _ eyes; which Captain Rodney, as we ‘its full hi ‘Miss kham, will you kindly go into the cabin?” ‘‘No; thank you for thinking of me; but I will not leave the deck; let me face the worst here.” An instant a cloud swept over the chief's face, but. it-was gone as quickly as it came, and bowing politely, he said: | “As you please; but I wished to spare you an unpleasant scene.” hen he turned again toward the mutineer, to hide the sudden pres- litter in his lips and. threatening as Mabel, sure of saw. Stepping lightly to one side, so as not to have the, eine baitnd him, the chief stood con- fronting the mutineers, looking like a tiger about tospring upon his prey. His eyes fairly blazed, his form was drawn to ht, and his right. hand dropped upon his eae Xi while the left rested upon the Mdiianke 4a a vclee suas lear, sh enly, in a voice that. rung clear, sharp and stern, he shouted: “Back. to your vessel, you rebellious hounds! back, I say!’ A number of the pirates shrunk from before those blazing res and from that threatenin arm; but the er of the mutineers, thoug’ his face paled visibly, still held his ground, and a few of the more reckless of his comrades stood close beside him. v ‘The ringleader evidently expected further parley with his chief, and was about to speak, as thonge in defense of his action; but the keen blade of Rafael whirled in the air, and with the bound of an enraged tiger he ome forward. “A cry of terror from the of the mutineer. .He,was armed, yet he had no time to draw a weapon, and he could but shrick out | close u in horror at the death he knew no power could | she co save bim from, 3 The Pirate Prince. ——) With tremendous force the cutlass fell upon the crouching form, and a grating sound fol- lowed as it crashed through bone and flesh. Then, ere the limp form fairly struck the deck, Rafael sprung over it, and confronted the now cowering, terror-stricken crew nearest him, while the others, with one accord, began to clamber back upon the schooner, some of them, in their haste and terror, missing their hold and falling with a heavy splash into the rough waters. But there was no occasion for the chief to deal another blow; his crew was conquered completely, and those in danger of the blood- stained cutlass cried lustily for mercy. ‘*To your kennels, hounds!” and the words were hissed through the shut teeth, yet were heard and digg Ac precipitately, the chief point- | ing with his dripping cutlass until the last mu- tineer had returned to the schooner. Then, with every trace of anger gone from his face, Rafael turned to Captain Rodney. **Now, sir, you are at liberty to go on your way, and I regret exceedingly that your fair passenger should haye been compelled to wit- ness scenes such as we have just gone through.” ** And you, sir, will you trust yourself alone among that vile crew?” asked Mabel, earnestly. “ Assuredly; one who is at war with the world should not shrink from his own crew, be they ever so vile and murderous; but they are conquered now. Only a few of them allowed their love of gold to get the best of their judg- ment. Farewell.” Ere another word could be spoken, the young chief sprung upon the bulwarks of the brig, and from thence upon his schooner, when. he gave the order to cast loose the grapnels, and the two vessels swung apart. ‘Miss Markham, see there!” It was Captain Rodney that ke, and he pointed through the increasin rkness to a vessel coming rapidly toward Sian, and not a quarter of a mile away. In the excitement, none on board the brig or schooner had noticed the stranger’s approach. “*Té is an American, and a vessel of war,” said Mr. Barker, whose eye had caught sight of the sail as soon as the captain spoke. ‘And the schooner will be captured, for she is three times the size of the buccaneer’s craft,” said Mabel, and there seemed a shade of anxiety in her tones. “Yes; the buccaneer can never escape from onder vessel— Ha! they see the stranger— ark! Hear how the chief’s voice rings out, calling his men to set sail and go to quarters. By Heaven! he will not surrender without a fight,” cried Captain Rodney. “A fight will be useless, and we will have a handin his capture,” and the mate started to call a crew to the guns bearing upon the schooner. prveleg A “ And give the pirate a chance to escape?” asked the mate, in surprise. “* Tf he can escape from yonder vessel let him do it. Ishall not raise a hand to prevent him,” returned Captain pin © y: The mate seemed still more surprised, and Captain Rodney continued: “Yonder man, pirate though he is, certainly acted nobly toward us, and his courage alone saved us from death when his crew mutinied, and I shall not be the one to aid in his capture and death. Mr. Barker, go forward to your duties, sir—I wish to get the brig on her course again.” The mate went off in no amiable mood, while Mabel said, promptly: “*Captain Rodney, youare a noble man, and I thank you, sir, for not turning your guns upon one whom we certainly have cause to remember kindly, pirate though he be; but the schooner will be taken, I fear.” “IT hope it will be, Miss Markham, and yet I would hate to see that brave and handsome fel- low swung up to the yard-arm. See! how shrewd he is—he is een the brig between himself and the cruiser,and at the same time spreading all sail to escape—ha! there hails the cruiser,” and across the waters came a hoarse voice through a trumpet: ‘Ahoy, the brig, ahoy!” ; ‘*Ho! the cruiser!” answered Captain Rodney ere his trumpet. “ What brig is that?” “The Sunbeam! from New York to Havana!” sats st ps is the captain. hat schooner is that roe Captain Rodney hesitated an instant, and again came the question: “Ho! the Sun ! what schooner is that to leeward?” ‘‘ A buccaneer—after a long chase and short action he boarded me; but he did me little harm,” returned Captain Rodney. “Doubtless. He saw a bull-dog_ after him, and run like a cowardly cur,” replied the speak- er on the cruiser, in a tone of considerable pride. The cruiser, a large sl f-war, was now to the brig, and under all canvas that d spread, was dashing away in pursuit of the schooner, which had thrown her sails = a a ..........99999—8—885 °° = :ss::.ss:::...5.:.:°&° °°» ss wing-and-wing, and was flying away before the wind at tremendous speed, well knowing that the guns of her pursuer would open upon her as soon as she had passed the Sunbeam. As the cruiser swept by the brig her bow-guns opened with a terrible rattle, and the roar of the flying shot was distinctly heard on the deck of the Sunbeam, which was still laying to, while the crew were repairing damages, ' But the first shots from the cruiser flew wide,’ and the little schooner still rushed on, without; returning the fire of her huge adversary. / ‘“See, Captain Rodney, the schooner bas changed her course! She seems coming back toward us,” cried Mabel, suddenly, and in an instant the captain was beside her, iassin hand. ‘By Jove! I don’t wonder at the change of course; he was running into a greater rg: There, just where my finger is pointing, Miss Markham, do you not see the hull and rigging of a large ship?” “ Yes, I see it-distinetly, snd it is within half a mile of the schooner.” ‘True, and the buecaneers, in watching their enemy astern, failed to see the one in their front. There go her guns, and see!.as her deck lights up she displays a large frigate. And she is an American, from her rig. By Heaven! but the buccaneer is in a hornets’ nest now.” Mabel Markham made no reply, yet trembled from head to foot, and watched the effect of gun after gun fired upon the flying schooner from the two vessels of war, and there was hope in her heart that the buccaneer might escape; yet how could. he, surrounded by such overwhelm- ing danger? she thought. “Tt seems cruel for two huge vessels to pound away at a little one,” she said, almost indignant- ly, and then her face flushed with shame when she remembered that her sympathy was on the side of a pirate—the terrible free rover whose deeds had gained for him the name of the Curse of - Coast, and whom all people hated for his cruelty. “Yet he was not cruel to me—no, he saved me from self-destruction, for I would have taken my own life had those mutineers gained the deck—and._he did the brig no harm, r he saw that a woman-was on deck! He certainly can- not be the cruel monster men call him, if he be- haves with others as he did with us. ‘“No, he is noble at heart, and some dire mis- fortune, some crime, committed ina ionate moment, perhaps some deed of which he is #c- cused, and was really innocent, has driven h . be an hea: Oh! — have a ow savagely the heavy guns play upcn the tle ohatas teak why do i Mabel Markhain; hok. this sympathy fora buccaneer—a man whom I have seen but once?’ and with a gesture, asif of impatience at herself, the maiden turned away, until an exclamation from Captain Rodney caused her once more to bend her gaze upon the chase. “The buccaneer is at bay, Miss: Markham. Hear how his s rattle, and see how like devils his crew seem as the blaze of the cannon lights up the deck.” : “Yes; but is it nota terrible fight, captain?’ “Tt is, and a plucky one indeed, to behold that little schooner still struggling to escape, and at the same time firing upon her ad- vesaries. That man has wonderful courage, Miss Markham.” ‘You mean the outlaw?” ‘Of course; it is a pity he is an outlaw; but in spite of what men say about him, I do not believe him half as bad as he is painted. His ition is critical now in the extreme, and he fad better surrender. Ha! he is giving it up; his foes are too many for him—poor Fellow.” and as Captain Rodney spoke, the schooner was = ea aeisienly chan on course, and her ws swept up in e wind, “« By the eg Hi <4 Yg ‘: What isit, captain?” cried Mabel, anxiously. ‘‘ Why, the fellow is not dead yet, for he has . not come to, as I sup but is standing like a race-horse on a ck that will elude the frigate, throw the sloop on his quarter, and bring him mw § — to a aed eee a clever maneuver, and if he is not cri e may yet ees ine sre abe am felt her heart give one great throb of hope, and eagerly her a Praca up- on the fi schooner, which, with every sail set that would draw, was plowing through the waves still unhurt by the hot fire upon. it, and headed so as to keep the guns of each veethe el 5 as pee battle also M ements are going to e also, Miss Markham,” and Captain Rodney pointed to dark clouds rapidly rolling across the sky, and trail- ing with them a thin mist. ghee there will be little hope for the schoon- “On the contrary, these little vessels care no more for rough weather, than a duck does for an April shower, and it may aid the buccaneer to escape, if it comes on to blow hard. Hark to the roar of those and see how the schooner peer replies! What do you say, , er rs “The frigate is signaling, sir.” “Ah, I see—he says fire upon the schooner; but I must to look my own safety, and get my
Page 5
‘The Pirate’ Prince, repairs doné before the storm comes ou. , Mr. Barker, that we are disabled.” ‘“‘T can bring the stern guns to bear—” ‘* Did you hear, Mr. Barker?” The mate turned sullenly away, and the ca tain a oined Mabel, who still watched the running fight with the deepest interest. ‘* Oh, captain, they have struck the schooner!” suddenly cried Mabel, as a shot from the sloop was heard crashing through the timbers of the buecaneer. “ Yet the plucky fellow still stands on. Ha! there goes a broadside from the sloop—ay, and another from the frigate. Now, little schooner, if you are not knocked out of the water, you bear a_ charmed life,” cried Captain ey, while the terrific roar of the guns and rushing of iron hail drowned his words. Then in the midst of the thunder of cannon and howling of shot, was heard the crashing of timbers, and cries of anguish, as the storm of iron struck the little craft. A moment of suspense followed, and then the smoke drifted away, and every eye scanned the waters—yet the schooner was nowhere visible. “They have sunk her; she has gone down with all on board,” said Captain ney, while Mabel still strained her eyes across the sea, in the vain hope of seeing the schooner’s raking masts covered with their huge white sails. And as she looked the mist grew deeper, and the roll of thunder followed the roar of the guns, and the storm was almost upon them, while Captain Rodney’s voice was heard to put the brig under storm-sails, as, with her repairs completed, she now forged through the waters. en the mist and increased darkness shut out the sight of the frigate and sloop-of-war, ‘Mabel turned away, a pain at her heart, for the loss of the schooner, and seeing that the brig was under way, she asked: ‘“ What is your course now, captain?” “T will stand to the eastward, Miss Markham for several days, and then return slowly toward Havana.” ‘You will then keep your promise made the buccaneer?” Ys y; his being dead does not release me, I will not enter the harbor of Havana un- der ten ide Mabel Markham made no reply; but descend- ed to the cabin, and throwing herself upon a divan, became buried in deep and 1 re- verie, in which came constan M before her eyes a fearless, handsome face, with sad eyes, and Jong waving hair, struggling for life with the ‘mad waves, which were stained with the crim- sun stream that poured from his wounds. —_—_ CHAPTER V. THE DISPATCHES, _ TOWARD the close of a summery afternoon in the early part of the present century, a grace- ful, swift-sailing sloop-of-war stood’ into the harbor of Havana, and after belching forth a salute from her guns to the fortress of El Moro, dropped anchor in an out-of-the-way spot, as though intending to remain for some time the guest of the formidable wf Soe seaport. At her mizzen peak floated the stars and stripes, which would have made known her American nationality had her long, lean hull and trim rig failed to do so. Hardly had the vessel-of-war dropped anchor when another craft, bigte the stars and stripes proudly above her d , sailed into the gun-guarded harbor, and let fall her anchors, not a cable-length from the sloop-of-war. This latter vessel was a small brig, graceful and saucy in look, and presented the appear- ance of having been roughly agen or in several places her Bulwark were crushed in, and the ri had undergone numerous hasty repairs, that would indicate that an iron hail had swept over the devoted craft. Upon her deck stood, besides her commander and crew, a maiden of surpassing beauty, and a negress, both of whom were watching with in- terest the beauties of the harbor and city spread out before them. “That sloop-of-war, Miss Markham, is the same that chased, and aided in sinking the buc- caneer,” and the commander of the brig turned toward the maiden, . “T think you are right, Captain Rodney, and, “2 _— of our sie dayy cruise, she has only aten usin an hour or two, as you remember we Oa wig hia? the harbor.” ihe “Your father’s vessel is a gs] lieve Tiss Markham?’ ye fe . “Yes, sir—the Sea Hawk.” “Then that must be the Sea Hawk, for I see ‘no other American vessel-of-war in the harbor. Here is my glass—see if you recognize your fa- ther among that group of officers upon the quar- ter-deck.” ; Mabel hastily seized the glass, and hardly had she leveled it before a cry of joy esca: her lips. Ayes, it is the Sea Hawk. My father is standing on her deck. How strange that we should be hailed by his vessel ten days ag, and not know it! I at once go on , Cap- tain ey, and you must accompany me, for pa Markham has much to thank you for, in the good care that you have taken of. his daughter.” Captain Rodney at once yielded, a boat was lowered and brought to the gangway, and ten minutes after was on the way to the Sea Hawk. Ere the boat reached the sloop, Captain Mark- ham, a tall, handsome man of fifty, recognized his daughter, and waved his hand, while he went to the side to meet her. ' The meeting of father and daughter was a ae Sp one, and the maiden was at once ushered in the cabin, while Captain Markham warmly thanked Captain Rodney for his kindness to Mabel, and from him learned of the capture of the Sunbeam by the Curse of the Coast, and the noble conduct of the buccaneer bei gm “Why, I am almost sorry I aided in sinking the fellow,” said Captain Markham. “‘ He was then certainly sunk, was he, papa?” ** Assuredly; the frigate delivered a br ide at the same time that I did, for we feared, after all, the daring fellow wnignt escape, and the iron did for the schooner. e cruised all around afterward and could not find even a spar of the craft, and after the storm blew over, I re- mained in the same latitude for several pays, fearing that the pirate might have taken to hi boats, and, you know, these fellows are like a cat, they have nine lives; but I found nothing to reward our search.” “He doubtless went at once to the bottom under the double broadside,” remarked Captain ney. “IT feel no doubt of it now; but, Mabel, you say you have dispatches for me, and that the buccaneer knew they were on the Sunbeam?’ “Yes, sir; Lieutenant Melville, whoever he may be, was to bring them, but was delayed by illness, if believe, and the Secretary of the Navy intrusted them to me, knowing I was coming at once to you.” “How in the name of goodness did the. buc- caneer know of this?” ‘That is a mystery, papa; but certain it is he did know, and seemed most anxious regarding them. In fact, he released the brig upon con- dition that Captain Rodney would not make Havana under ten days. Here pee are, sir,” and Mabel took from her trunk the leather dis- tch-bag, which Captain Markham hastily broke the seal of and opened, after excusing himself to Captain Rodney. “Tam sorry,” he said, as he glanced over the paper's, “that Lieutenant Melville failed to come, or he is spoken of here as a young, but excel- lent officer, and is a late appointment in the navy, from the merchant service, receiving his . commission for saving the life of an American naval officer from drowning; besides, the fire of the buccaneer cost me the life of my. senior lieutenant, and I was already short of officers.” ‘The buccaneer then did you some damage?” said Captain Rodney. “Yes, I lost one officer; a gunner and several men. He fired with wonderful precision, and also cut away some of my rigging—ha! what is this?’ and Captain Markham ran_hastily over, in a low tone, a letter he held in his hand; after which he said, with some excitement: “The secret is out—the mystery solyed—re- garding the desire of the buccaneer to get pos- session of these dispatches; for herein, I am or- dered to proceed at once to several piratical ren- dezvous in these waters and the . and wage an bel war against the corsair bands, by attacking their strongholds. “These papers give me the names of several of these island retreats of the buccaneers, re- ceived from a captured pirate, who awaits in prison the proof that he has told the truth, upon which proof he is to be pardoned by the Presi- dent for his crimes. ** One piece is set down as the TpPwer retreat of Rafael the Rover, otherwise known as the Curse of the Coast; but it is not assured that the island herein named is his rendezvous—ah, here it says that Lieutenant Paul Melville, who was for some time the captive of the buccaneers, will be of the greatest assistance to me in my search, and the.work laid out for me. Now I understand why Rafael was so anxious to get hold of these dispatches, knowing, trom his spy, which he certainly has at Government head- quarters, that such orders were to be sent to me, and, failing to get these papers, he made you, captain, swear not to enter Havana for ten days, in which time he could warn all of his fellow buccaneers of the threatened danger. The whole thing is clear now.” “And ashe is dead you can easily out our orders, without fear of the buccaneers ing forewarned,” said Captain Rodney. “Yes; I will refit_at once; but I wish that Melville had come. Keep seated, captain.” “No, thank you; I must return to my ves- sel,” and Captain Rodney arose to take his de- “Well, we will have another glass of wine to- gether, and if I can serve you while in port be certain to let me know. I shall, now that there is no danger to dread from the buccaneers being warned, be here for a week, as I wish to refit thoroughly, as pirate-hunting is no child’s sport. ron al you dine with us to-morrow, cap- n, \ on ee rane aribbean sea. 5 “T shall not forget it, sir; now I will say good- afternoon.” “And we will escort you tothe deck,” said » Mabel. As they left the cabin a shadow fell upon ‘the deck, as a vessel sailed between the sloop and the declining sun. Instinctively the eyes of the three fell upon the craft—a large schooner, with every indica- tion that she had seen hard weather on her voy~ age, and shot-marks upon hull and rigging, “Tf that fellow was differently ormsitl car- ried studding-sails and new canvas, I would swear it was the Curse of the Coast,” remarked Captain Rodney, as he glanced at the stranger. ** No, she carries the Mexican flag, you see, and is one of those traders from Vera Cruz. They all look like buccaneers, and, in: fact, I believe do a little buccaneering ina quiet way upon coasting craft. Heis going to anchor near us and be sociable.” As Captain Markham spoke Captain Rodney went over the side into his waiting boat, prom--! ising to return to dine the next day; and won- dering why Mabel had suddenly become so-ab» eepeen as to almost forget to bid him adieu. ; - Had he followed the eyes of the maiden, he would have beheld them fastened upon ‘a’ tall form, that seemed to be the commander of: the ' Mexican schooner, while her lips muttered: + %o* “Tf that. man is not Rafael the Rover, heis strangely like him—the same form, yet clothed - in rough attire; the same long, flowing dark hair—how strange that two men should ‘be so alike,” and at a call from her father, ‘Mabel! descended again to the cabin of the ship'that was to be her home, for aseaman’s daughter, and motherless, no other home did she know, | * CHAPTER. VI. THE UNWILLING PRISONER, wi In the saloon of a Havana cafe, or ee pete pam the night following the arrival of the Sea awk and Sunbeam in. port, sat a man ata small table, enjoying a glass of Spanish witie in selfish lonelin for no jolly comrade was with re to partake of the contents of the long-necked e. In the room were others, oe chatting and drinking, and French and English conver- sation was heard as wellias Spanish; proving that the saloon was the resort of foreigners visiting the city of Havana; 8 - Upon them the eyes of the solitary drinker Bet, £ often turn, and then wander toward the door, as though he was expecting some one ‘in whom he held interest; for, as person after per- son arrived, and they were not known to:him, a’ gesture of impatience would he make by - ing. the table sharply with his glass. © he one thus waiting was a man above ‘the medium hight, ed of a-well-knit frame, attired in English seaman’s garb, and his face: was darkly bronzed and ed, uddenly his eyes were riveted upon two per- sons who entered together, and one of whom was recognizable as a Spaniard; and a seaman » of the upper class, while his companion was’ a young man of fine ap ce, Clad in a naval cap and white duck suit. -eavt though acquainted with the place, the Spaniard led the way directly to the host, who greeted him as an old friend, exclaiming: j9¥ ‘“You are welcome back, amig whata © rapid run you have had!” i pio avwol ‘ Yes, my vessel sails like the wind,” answer- ed the seaman in 5 rome the lan in — he had been addressed by'the host, Pedro’ unez “The lads say she is a witch for sailing, senor’ capitan; but is this your friend?” and Pedro motioned toward the companion‘of ‘the Spanish captain. b* R Yes, Pedro; this isan American senor that has been my ce oe from the States, and he» © desires quarters with you for a day or two, for’ which he has the pesos to pay.” * £D “He shall have the best my house can give." Be seated, senor, and you, capitan; and I will’ drink your very good health in’ a bottle of-my best,” and while the host went to «fetch! the wine, the two men took a seat at the next table to the solitary individual, who, sizice their com- «+ ing into the saloon, had not taken his eye off-of the young man introduced as an American, )! (i So busy was he, in fact, in watching’ the American, that he failed to notice the arrival of * another pe e, who touched him on the: shoulder, ere he was aware of his presence. MIs Instantly the man was on his his hand thrust into his blouse-pocket;: but, recognizing, oM a glance, the new-comer, he said quickly, in ““Ha! it is you, Gomez. Beseated, for you - are behind time—I will order more wine, for’ your delay has caused me'to dispose of the bot- _ tle before me.” : obi The new-comer, a short thickset' Cuban, took a seat quietly, and a fresh bottle of wine having been ore the two, they begam @ con- versation in a low tone, altérnately their eyes toward the Spanish captain: American seated at the neighboring table. Presently the Spanish captain arose, and tell- ing the host to look well r his friend, bade
Page 6
f i | | -and. passing under 6 him good-night, and left the saloon, leaving the American still idly drinking his wine. ‘* Now, Gomez, you leave also,” and the last comer also rosé and departed, and the English seaman was again alone. A moment he remained in silence, and then, addressing the American, said, pleasantly: “Sir American, as we both the same tongue, and our nations have just closed a cruel war, suppose we shake hands, bury all onus, and drink a bottle of wine together?” e American at first seemed as if about to rebuff the advance of the Englishman; but thinking better of it, arose and took the seat mi, & occupied by the Cuban, while he returned: ‘True, we might as well bury the hatchet and. be friends; now that England and the Uni- ted States are no longer at war together.” The Englishman at once summoned Pedro to bring more wine, and the two entered into conversation, which lasted for some time, when the American arose and said he would take a stroll and look over the harbor, as he expected to find a vessel there in which he was interested. ‘As Ieare not to retire I will join you, if agreeable,” said the Englishman, and the two men left the cafe together, the American prom- ising Pedro to return at bed-time. T er they walked toward the harbor, the ing to direct the way, yet with no apparent consciousness of so doing, and af- ter twenty minutes’ promenade they found themselves at the water’s edge, and ata point that commanded a good view of the harbor, dotted with a hundred vessels. The spot where they stood was lonely, and on- ly a dim light some distance off was visible, showing that the street) was used only for busi- ness by day. Wall, it is too dark for me to see any par- ticular vessel to-night, and there seem to be no dwellers hereabouts.to give me information, so I will return,” said the erican, after casting a quiet glance over the harbor. My vessel lies at anchor, a cable’s length from here; will you accompany me on board?’ asked the Englishman. Zale Seenks you, not to-night. Another time we ,/1 hope, renew the acquaintance to-night. My name you know, and I will be at Senor Pedro’s for several days, so, as the Span- iards, say, [ will bid you buenos noches, senor,” and the American to go, but an iron was upon him, and the threatening muz- zle of a revolver was pointed in his face, while the voice of his companion said: 1 “‘ Move one inch, make one call, and you are * Teer ater American seemed thrown off his d for. a moment, but, rallying, he said, q Y3 and with a sneer: “‘T have been mistaken; you are then but a roberts “Tam one who will rob you of your life if ou 4 not obey my every command,” hissed e other. ‘‘ You hold the game in your hand, sir, I have no desire to have brains spattered around; 80 what is it you wish of me?” “Lwish you to accompany me aboard my vessel, I invited you to ge willingly and you aoa ape ft all go by force.’ ‘(Hal I am to be kidnapped, then? This is inst,” cried the American, e American saw that he was entrapped, and he knew from what he had seen of his ca tor, that he would take his lifeon the instant he and sullenly he replied: es 9° pe, soe you; but what you wish oss to know. If itis gold you “Tt is not aed gold, but yourself. Come on,” and still kee his iron iy Coma prisoner he drew along toward the water, e was the Cuban, Gomez, who had joined him in the cafe of Pedro Nunez. “ Here. is the boat, senor,” said Gomez, and the party came to a halt upon the bank which lay a small boat, containing a single oc- cupant. . Get in, sir,” said the Englishman, and the American hesitated and glanced quickly around leader, seating If in the stern-sheets, and away over the dark waters shot the little t, in and out peanere vessels at anchor, ; the bows of the American sloop-of-war, Sea Hawk, a moment after, run alongside of the little craff that had come into port flying the Mexican flag. In perfect silence the boat was hauled up to _The Pirate Prince. anchor raised, and silently, like a huge ow the schooner glided out of the harbor toward the open sea. CHAPTER VII, PIRATE-HUNTING, A week after the arrival in port of the Sea Hawk she was ready to sail, and Captain Mark- ham was only awaiting the evening breeze to stand to sea, upon his mission of pirate-hunting, upon which his Government had ordered him, for the buccaneers were committing great de- predations upon the merchant marine in South- ern waters. Standing upon the deck, with her father, and watching for the last boat from the shore, was Mabel Markham, whose freedom from danger had brought back the color to her cheeks, and the brightness to her eyes, and yet, in their liquid blue lingered a far-away look, as though she still dreamed of the past, and recalled that stormy night at sea; when amid the roar of cannon and crashing of iron-splintered timbers, a dark, handsome face had gone down beneath the wild waters, and a brave though sinful soul had perished forever. ‘“‘There comes the boat, papa, and there is a —e officer in it,” said Mabel. ** You are right. Who can he be, I wonder?” A moment after the boat came alongside the Sea Hawk, and there advanced toward Cap- tain Markham and Mabel a tall, elegantly-form- ed —e man, clad in the uniform of a senior lieutenant in the United States navy. As he came toward them Mabel noticed that his clothes fitted his fine form faultlessly, and that he in fact was exceedingly handsome, his eyes being black and full of fire, while his hair was almost golden in hue. Advancing to within a few feet of Captain Markham, he raised his hat politely, and said: ‘*Captain Markham, I presume?” ** Yes, sir, and I address—” do My name is Paul Melville, sir; I was order- ‘Oh, yes, Lieutenant Melville; I am delight- ed tosee you, sir. You were to have brought dispatches to me, and then become my senior lieutenant, but illness detained you, and my fair aide here brought the papers—my daugh- ter, Lieutenant Melville.” t the introduction the young officer bowed low, and as he raised his eyes he caught those of the maiden fixed intently upon him, and his face slightly flushed, for Mabel held a world of power in those blue orbsof hers, and it was with more than common interest that she gazed upon the young officer, for there was a strange fasci- nation in his face for her, and she felt that from that moment they would be friends. “Yes, sir, I learned that the dispatches I was to have been the bearer of had been intrusted to far better hands; but I was delayed by illness, and have only now arrived here. My | ge came aboard in that boat with me, sir, and [ am now ready for duty, as soon as [have given you these dispatches, sent to you, Captain Mark- ham,” an Lieutenant Melville took from an inner ket a bundle of official papers and handed them to his commander, who said, pleasantly : : “You are prompt, lieutenant, and your ser- vices were very much needed, for I am short of officers; but I will leave you to the care of my daughter, while I go into the cabin and glance over these documents. I suppose you know what my orders are?” “Yes, sir; to hunt up the buccaneer strong- holds and destroy them. ‘*You are right, and the secretary says you, having been a prisoner among the buccaneers, can tly aid me.” “Yes, sir, I was for years among the pirates, and know their haunts pretty well.” “Good! When I come on deck I will make you acquainted with your brother officers, By the wey have you any acquaintances on board _ “Not one, sir. Ihave been but a short time in the naval service, you perhaps are aware.” “So the secre writes, and got, your rank from gallant services rendered. ell, sir, we do not think any the less of you because you were not reared on an armed deck, especially if you prove yourself the seaman you are reported | jieutenant Mel- | to be. Now, Mabel, I leave ville to your care,” and Captain Markham en- tered his cabin to look over his dispatches, while the maiden and the young officer began to pace the deck, Paul Melville receiving many search- ing glances from both officers and men, for the latter were spn eer to see what kind of man their new “ luff” was to be, and universally de- cided in his favor, in spite of his youth; but the epauletted brotherhood held a great deal of envy in their glances, for it was exceedingly apparent that the lieutenant was a ly handsome man, and also evident that Mabel Markham received him from the first with marked kindness, and every unmarried man on ean was al y dessertdely in love with the maiden. In half an hour Captain Markham returned on deck, and at once presented the officers of the stern davits, the dark sails were let fall, the a youthful, beardless face, and | the Sea Hawk to their new lieutenant; after which orders were given to get under way and stand out to sea. At once ere ition, Paul Melville’s deep voice rung through the ship, iving his orders in tones that proved to all that he knew his duties thoroughly, and placed him at once on a footing of superiority with the crew, who now felt perfect confidence in him. Out of the cannon-guarded. harbor, pe the frowning Moro Castle, and thence into the blue, open waters, sped the Sea Hawk, bound upon her dangerous mission—to hunt to the death the cruel buccaneers, who so boldly flaunted their flag before the guns of the very vessels of war "Haat several“ gsined, good ofing en the vesse gained a ; Captain Markham called his officers into his cabin and.made known the object of his cruise, at the same time asking Paul Melville to give his views upon the subject as to what was best to be done. In a few words the young officer made known the localities of the various Diy pee of which | he knew, and the strength of the buccaneer gar- risons at them, and after some further conver- sation it was decided to steer first to an island in the Caribbean that Paul Melville said had been for years a pirate rendezvous, and where he had himself been held as a prisoner for some time, ‘The island harbor is doubtless concealed, out dangerous of access,” said Captain Mark- am. “Tt certainly is, sir, yet I can run the sloop in, for there is depth of water sufficient for a ship of the line.” Me ore is the strength of the pirates, Mel- ville?” “Some fifty generally remain there, and they have half a dozen guns of heavy caliber, two of them forty-two’s, commanding the entrance to the land-locked harbor. A look-out is kept, but trusting in the safety of the retreat he is gene- rally asleep, and we can run in by night, and wake the pirates up with our guns at daybreak.” ‘*A good plan, and you shall command. the vessel on the cruise, so go on deck and head for the pirate isle,” and the eouncil broke up, and the Sea Hawk’s bow was pointed south-west, | and several days after, just at twilight the look- | out at the mast-head sighted land. “Tt is the pirate isle. We can make the har- bor shortly_after midnight, with this breeze,” announced Paul Melville to Captain Markham, who was by his side, with Mabel leaning upon his arm. “And you werea captive among the bucca- neers, it is said, lieutenant?’ remarked Mabel. “Yes, Miss Markham.” ‘- What a romantic life you have had! Please tell me of it.” ‘‘Of my life, Miss Markham, or my captivity among the buccaneers?” calmly answered the lieutenant. ‘“ As piracy seems to be the general topic, let me know more about your stay among the free rovers, and how you came to be their captive.” “Certainly, if you care to be bored by a leat from my life. ou remember the capture of the Dolphia some years ago?” .. Xs, hcg the en o Be Coast gook her | upon the high seas, and set her crew and pas- mal ers adrift in the boats?” “The same, Well, I was then taken by the buccaneers, and during my stay among them I served as a sub-officer, for I felt that I could only, by such a course, save my life; but as soon | as Peould do so I made my escape, and returned again to the United States, swearing vengeance | against my cruel captors. | ‘And you remained some time among them?” | asked Mabel, with interest. “Yes; three years it was before I could es- | cape.” | FAnd then how did youescape, can T ask?” The young officer’s face flushed, Mabel thought at the question, but he answered, quietly : “ A young girl, the daughter of a buccaneer, seemed to feel for my sad fate, and aided me in flying from the island.” ic And she fled with you?” continued Mabel, | wh eee et we bh « es; but it was a rough, stormy night. and m e sail-boat was Loetiaal to head of struggling with the waves, and was hurled upon her beam-ends, and both of us were thrown into the water.” ‘« And what became of the maiden?” “J was half-stunned by the shock, but suc- ceeded in parsing bold of the boat, which t- ed, and then searched for my poor com 0 ; | but the waters had ingulfed ‘her, and I saw her ; no more. » And she was lost?” sadly said Mabel. Yes, poor girl; she was lost, and I was saved, for I was picked up by an English vessel the next day.” : It was too dark for Mabel to see the face of the young man distinctly, yet she felt that it was stamped with grief, and the tremor of his voice proved how deeply he was moved; and 'the maiden was assured that the sailor had _loved the poor girl, daughter of a buccaneer | though she was. The two were alone; her father had walked
Page 7
pac tal o away ere Paul had spoken of his capture by the pirates, and for some moments a silence follow- ed between them; then Mabel asked: “Did you ever know Rafael, the Rover?” “Yes, Miss Markham; I knew him well.” _ “Was he the monster that men would paint him?’ and Mabel showed more than ordinary interest in waiting for an answer. * Rafael, the Rover, Miss Markham, had much , to embitter his early life, I have heard; he felt ) that he had some real or fancied wrong to avenge, and his whole life he devoted to this one object, and where at first he had no desire to become a pirate, he soon drifted into lawless acts, and has since been the most feared of all the buccaneers that float the sea.” “Well, his career is ended now.” The young lieutenant started visibly and he turned toward Mabel quickly. ‘** Pardon me; but I do not understand.” “Then you have not heard of. the capture of the Sunbeam, on which vessel I came to Ha- vana, and the sinking of the Curse of the Sea afterward by this vessel’ and the United States frigate Cornet?” said Mabel, with surprise. *T must confess my ignoranee’ of the fact that the Curse of the Sea had’ been sunk. If that is the case there will be many who will re- joice.” “IT donot; you may think it strange to hear me say.” ‘*Can Miss Markham feel sympathy fora buc- caneer?” “TI must admit that I do, and it is from no romantic sentimentality, but from a real feeling of pi for the man, and gratitude to him.” “ Ah, he served you then?” “More than I can tell you, and I do not be- lieve him at heart an evil man. That he was a brave one, and noble in impulse, I had cause to know. Poor fellow, deeply grieve for his fate, and would that it could have been otherwise yet it were far better as it is than to have lost is life on the yard-arm.” Paul Melville made no reply, and the darkness kept Mabel from seeing the expression upon his face, and another long silence followed, which the lieutenant at length broke by preparing the ship for action, and getting all in readiness to run.into the island harbor, for the land now loomed up boldly dead ahead. Nearer and nearer crept the Sea Hawk to the buccaneer isle, and in silent patience men and officers stood at their ever and anon turn- ing their eyes upon Paul Melville, who paced the deck in thoughtful mood, now and then casting & quick glance over the vessel and to- ‘ward the island fies were so rapidly nearing. “t tain Markham, I will take the helm now, sir, and I think we can get into the harbor without discovery, unless some ill-fortune has kept the look-out awake to-night.” : ‘Do as you please, lieutenant; the ship is in our hands,” answered the captain; and while aul Melville took his place at the wheel, his commander and Mabel stood by his side, watch- ing the rugged island and listening to the heavy roar of the waves as they rolled upon the rocky CHAPTER VIII. THE PIRATE ISLE. Unver shortened sail the Sea Hawk slowly neared the shore, running directly toward a point where a high bluff, that towered above the sloop’s topmasts, overhung the sea, and look- ed like a solid wall. But with perfect confidence Paul Melville held on his course, apparently unmindful of the anxious glances cast toward him by both offi- cers and men, for that there could be an ot jae) in that solid appearing wall of rock they coul hardly believe, and many of them feared, in spite of their confidence in the lieutenant, that he was at fault in his reckonings. And Captain Markham, as the Sea Hawk came under the shadow of the cliff, began to dread, and asked anxiously : Aye “* Are you certain you are right, Melville? The lieutenant glanced toward Mabel, and saw by the mamner she clung to her father’s arm that she, too, was nervous, and he said, calmly: “Tam right, sir; but let the lead be thrown and you will find exactly seven fathoms of water where we now are. Mr. Ramsey, please get the depth here.” The midshipman addressed quickly threw the line, and promptly called out in a drawling to me: “Seven fathoms!” ' A-sigh of relief came from many a ey breast, but not appearing to notice it, Paul Mel- ville said: ‘Throw again, Mr. Ramsey, and you will find six fathoms.’ ‘Six fathoms!” sung out the middy, “Continue to throw the lead, Mr. Ramsey, and you will find that we shoal pr one ‘Rive fathoms!” again out the middy, and then, in a voice that had lost its drawl, he cried, as he again drew in the line: * Less four fathoms!” ‘‘ Melville, we are shoaling at a fearful rate,” exclaimed Captain Markham, anxiously. *Mhree fathoms!” almost shrieked the mid- The Pirate Prince. shipman, and a feeling of anxiety seemed to possess all on board, except the calm form at the wheel, who said, via fe ** Now heave the lea in, Ramsey, and you will find no use for your line.” Quickly the lead was spun far ahead, and all anxiously awaited the cry. Soon it came in the same drawling tones first used by the young officer: ** No bottom !” ‘Silence, men!” cried Paul, as both officers and men seemed about to break forth in a cheer of delight, and the minute after the sharp bows of the vessel sw round, under the guidance of her helm, and the Sea Hawk glided into a wide channel running through the two lofty arms of the cliff, in which up to that moment there had appeared no opening. A few cables’ length her on the channel widened into a basin, or harbor, and Paul Mel- ville gave the order to lower the anchor softly into the water, while Captain Markham seized his hand, and said, frank y; «Forgive me, Melville, but I believed a while since you had lost yourself; but you have proven a splendid pilot.” “Thank you, sir. Many of these islands in Southern waters have safe harbors, if you can find a way into them, and that is why the bue- caneers find them such safe retreats, for the have sought them out, and Jearned the channe thoroughly that runintothem, With the break of day, sir, I will land in the boats, and attack the pirate hamiet, which is just under yonder wooded hill.” You shall lead, Melville, and Mabel and my- self will follow in the gig to count the prisoners, Now, as it is two hours to day, let u. go into the cabin and take an early breaktast,” and Captain Markham led the way to the cabin, followed by his officers. With the first glimmer of light, over the wooded hilltops, half a dozen boats, crowded with armed seamen, left the ship’s side, and rowed, with muffled oars, toward the shore. In the leading cutter, was Paul Melville, and as the keel grated upon the white beach, he sprung ashore, followed by a score of stalwart seamen, who formed in line quickly as the other boats landed their human cargoes, Astern, a cable’s length, came the gig, con- taining Captain Markham and Mabel, and a crew of pic men as a reserve, while the guns of the Sea Hawk commanded the position, and could cover the retreat should the buccaneers rove too numerous and formidable, which was a expected to be the case. ** Ha! ha! ha!” The shrill voice, unexpected berein and breaking forth in an-almost demoniacal laugh- ter, startled one and all, and caused many of the more superstitious seamen to believe that they had invaded the retreat of spooks, ‘*Hat ha! ha!” again came the wild laughter, the sound coming from a point of land heavily wooded, and which Paul Melville had said over- hung the rude hamlet of the corsairs. ** Who is it that laughs?’ called out Paul Mel- ville, striking up several muskets leveled toward the spot from whence came the sound. Instantly there returned the shrill reply: “One laughs who can afford to laugh at fools, ried have come too late to find those whom they seek.” The voice was that of a woman; yet it might be some ruse to entrap them, and as daylight had not yet fully appeared for them to see di enero f at any distance, Paul Melville deter- mined to enter into a parley with the speaker, whoever it might be, so he called out: ** You say that the buccaneers have gone from here?” ‘* Yes, days ago,” replied the shrill voice. ‘Whither have they gone?” ‘*Go ask the winds.” ‘Why did they go?” <4 Because I warned them of approaching dan- “You! how knew you of our coming?” “‘T read the stars, man, and they read for me the faces of men; I read the past, and I know the future; I know all things, for the world is an open book to me,” and the voice seemed full of pathos—its wildness and shrill tone had gone. “Tf such is your power, you certainly do not fear man, so come from your retreat and face us,” said Paul Melville. ere was & movement among the bushes, and the next instant a form came forth into the dim light of early morning; and with quick firm tread, approached the spot where the crow of seamen were gathered. As the person drew nearer they saw that it was a woman—a tall, slender form, u ht and wiry, and clad in a close-fitting robe of pure white, while adown_her back, and reaching al- most to the ground were heavy masses of the blackest hair. Her face was that of a woman of perhaps fif- ty years of Re Mi and the features hat bac been now were marked with grief, haggard: and stern-looking, while her eyes were restless, As she came near the crew, her arm out- stretched, and finger pointing seaward, she said, sharply: <S mee 7 ‘‘Go; spread your sail and fly from here. Leave me to myself; those whom you seek have gone, ** Woman, do you tell the truth?” It was Captain Markham who spoke, and the wild eyes were at once turned upon him, while she replied: ““You have men; search for yourself—ha! here is bicine2 S%e angel among men,” and she turned toward Mabel, who had just landed from the gig with her father. ‘*Poor woman! the world has been unkind to you,” and Mabel took her thin, sunburnt. hand. Instantly the woman started back, crying: “Don’t touch me! The pure must not touch the. impure. Once I was pure, but that was lone ago—years ago, and when I was young, as thou art; but now I am evil; my brain is on fire, and there is a hell in my heart that burns up my very life. Ha, ha, ha! Fools, go and seek. the hunted buccaneer; go and see that I tell the trnth, and leave me here with this maid- en, that I may tell her of her future. Go—I nef go! he men moved not, and Captain Markham drew nearer to Mabel; but she said, fearlessly: **Go, father, she will not harm me, and I be- lieve she speaks the truth. Go, and let. me hear what she has to say.” “Tt would be as well, sir. The buccaneers have gone, as [ can see by their deserted cabins yonder; we are too late,” said Paul Melville, and he moved off toward the hamlet up the glen, followed by the men, while Captain Mark- am, with another glance at.the strange wo- man, walked ay, on after his crew, leaving Mabel and her wild-looking companion togeth- er, for he did not dread danger to his daughter while he was so near to her. CHAPTER IX. A MYSTERY. o ee what brought you hither to this bated spot Mabel started, for the woman spoke in .an al- most savage tone, so different from that in which she had before addressed her. “T came hither. with my father. He com- mands yonder vessel, and we are here to destroy the buccaneers,” answered Mabel, The woman laughed wildly, while she said, bitterly: “Do you not know that the wicked thrive, that the good are the unfortunate! Why, the buccaneers who cruise these waters have their vessels filled with gold, and they revel in the mad fight on a ship’s deck and_ fly the sea with little dread of the death that threatens them; in the wild storms their vessels ride safely while those of honest men go down; here, on this isle, have deeds been committed that render it accursed, and yet from here free rovers haye gone forth to victory, and wealth, while my own eyes have seen the merchant vessel hurled upon. these shores by the mighty sea, and above its wreck ride the buecaneer. Ah! girl! you have come to an accursed spot.” “Why do you stay here? You certainly can- not love the life you have led here.” ‘No, but it is the only life I know now. Once T hated this spot, and cursed God because he al- lowed me to be brought here, a guilty ing; but that time is gone now, and here I must die, said the woman, sadly. ‘No, no; you will go with us from here, and I will see that you are taken care of, and a home in your old age,” earnestly said Mabel. ‘You would have me do that which I can never do, Here I must remain, and here I must die in sorrow; but, pity not me, girl, for your life will not always be what it now is—no, I read in your face traces of coming heart-an- guish, and grief will yet bow thy proud sunny head, and bitter tears dim the brightness of ihine eyes, we X iven me, child, to read the human face, and from yours I read all that I have said; there is sorrow ahead of you.” ** You anal give me little hope for happi- ness,” said Mabel, with a shudder she could not Pe *T can tell you more, girl. He whom you have hugged to your heart as the ideal of man- hood, and, in spite of the name he be: you will love, will yet cross your path, for he is not, as you believe, sleeping beneath the blue waves; Ooh, no; he lives, and you will meet again, and—shall I go on?” 7 , “Go on; I am listening,” said Mabel, in a husky voice, while from her face every atom of color had flown, leaving it white and cold. “ And, mark well my words; you will love him as one of your Prien ciety nature only knows how to love, and that love will cheer him in the gloom that will come upon him. Maiden, again i tell you, there is sorrow before you. a-ha-ha! Did_1 not tell them they came too late—that I had warned the skimmers of thesea that the sea-hounds of justice were upon their wake, to track them to their isles? “ Maiden, farewell, and forget not the words of one who reads the stars as she does an open Ik. Waving her hand quickly, an@ ere Mabel could answer her, the woman retreated maw? f and disappeared i1 the leafy covert of the -
Page 8
8 side, just as Captain Markham came up, and asked: “x “Where is your strange companion, daugh- ter?” ““Gone, papa. She went to the hill yonder,” replied abel, sadly. ‘She was a strange creature, and I find she told the truth, for the island seems deserted, save by herself. Poor thing, she seemed crazed, and we must take her with us, and not leave her here to starve,” **T told her I would give her a home; but she bade me farewell and fet.” “Then I must have her locked up and taken by force, for I cannot leave her here; she would e “Melville is now having the island thorough- ly searched, and upon his return we willlook up the woman, burn the pirate huts, and make sail. I hope that we will not find all the ren- dezvous deserted in this way. “But, Mabel, by the way—what do you think of my new lieutenant?” and Captain kham turned his eyes full upon his daughter’s face, in which the color rapidly rose; but she replied with perfect self-possession: “T like him, sir, and he has certainly proven himself a thorough seaman.” ‘He certainly has. None better ever han- dled a ship, and he has the nerve of a veteran. He is a rising officer, Mabel, and will not lon remain under the command of others, althougk in years he is little more than a youth. Here he comes now.” As Captain De yerrear Oy gy Paul Melville came in sight, and repo to his commander that the island was certainly deserted by the buccaneers, and the indications were that they had left hastily. “Well, we will now steer for the next ren- dezvous, so the men might as well return on board. No, let us first find that crazy old wo- man, who, after talking for some time to Mabel bade her farewell and eparted, refusing to go with us.” “Very well, sir: I will look her up.” “ After you have found her bring her on board, whether she cares to come or not, and then set fire to the cabins and we will get out of Paul Melville turned away to obey the bid- ding of his commander, who, with Mabel, after a short stroll about the pirate village, returned to the Sea Hawk. An hour after Paul Melville sent word on board that the woman could nowhere be found, and asked if one cabin had not better be left as a shelter to her, and provisions also? - “No, if she is so stubborn, I see no reason why we should aid her. She got along well en- ough before we came, let her do the same after we leave,” angrily said Captain Melville, to the young midshipman who brought the mes- e. r,, Father, the poor crazy creature was doubt- less deserted by the buccaneers, and left to starve; let us not be as cruel— “Let this island be again thoroughly search- ed, and then, if we cannot find her, we can go with a better heart, and can leave food for her, and a cabin for her to find shelter in,” and Ma- bel spoke with some indignation in her tones. Captain Markham at once yielded, and sent the midshipman back with the remark: “Tell Lieutenant Melville to thorough- ly search the island, and then, if the woman cannot be found, to leave the best cabin stand- ing, and place in it what provisions he considers best. Stay; I will again return to the shore. Come, Mabel, we will take a good look over this pirate isle.” Mabel was glad to get the chance to go, and ten minutes rward the father and datighter, accompanied by Lieutenant Melville and the midshipman, Fred Ramsey, were w to- como over the really beautiful island, while a undred seamen were scouring the woods and Sg: for the missing woman, who had so strange- appeared before them and so mysteriously re bet us onder hight; it will give usa fine view of the island,” sai Mabel, pointing to a wooded cliff, some distance away. “T fear you will find it rough climbing, Miss Markham,” said Paul Melville, while her father added: **Yes, Mabel, it is too hard work to go there.” “Oh, if you and Lieutenant Melville are un- willing to go, Mr. Ramsey, I know, will accom- pany me,” and Mabel Fe gery at the susceptible midshipman, who doffed his hat, and said he was only too willing. “We will all go then; a woman will have her way, Melville,” declared the captain, laughing. ul Melville made no su and the quar- tette set off for the cliff, w ch after a climb was reached. “Now you can look at your view; I am too tired to move,” and Captain Markham threw himself down to rest, while Fred Ramsey took per and pencil out of his pocket and at once to sketch the really cent scene, for the island lay before them, with its ravines, val- feys ana basin-like harbor, with the expansive sea upon every side, undotted by a single sail. Pau Melville stood in silence, his arms rolded 3 ft The Pirate Prince. across his breast, and in deep reverie, while Mabel bounded away to the shelter of anold tree some Liat f a distant. Paul Melville followed her with his eyes, and saw her reach the tree, glance downward, and then give a start, and appear as though about to run back and join them. But, as if Spang te her mind upon second thought, she stood her ground, and called out: ‘** Lieutenant Melville, please come here.” Paul Melville walked quickly toward her, and as he drew near he saw that her face was flush- ed with excitement, and her eyes shone with in- creased brightness. ‘How can I serve you, Miss Markham?” Mabel Markham made no reply, but silently inted downward with her finger, while she ept her eyes upon the lieutenant. e two stood upon the very point of the cliff, and upon which grew a single tree, beaten and scarred by many a storm, and approached by a rugged, dangerous path, from which a false step might hurl them to death, five hun- dred feet below upon the rocks, washed by the sea upon the opposite side of the island from where the Sea Hawk lay at anchor. ‘“You are venturesome, Miss Markham; you endanger ic life in coming here,” said Paul, reprovingly. ‘Is the result not worth the risk?’ asked the maiden, and then she continued: ‘ Come closer to me, and look yonder.” The young man bs ba and his face changed color, as his eyes fell upon the scene below—a rugged beach, still water to the leeward of the island, and a vessel lying quietly at anchor close in shore, while, upon the shore, and close in un- der the cliff, were a number of men, evidently the crew of the craft at anchor. But one object particularly seemed to attract the maiden’s eye—the form of a woman in white—the same crazed being who had prophe- sied for her such a life of sorrow. “Well, the mystery is solved; yonder are those whom you seek,” said Mabel, with some little triumph in her tones. For one instant Paul Melville made no reply; but then he acked: “Do you recognize that vessel, Miss Mark- ham?” Before, Mabel had merely glanced at the craft at anchor; now she gazed at it intently, and her face turned deadly pale, as she ex- claimed: “*Tt looks like the schooner of Rafael the Rover.” “Miss Markham, it is the Curse of the Sea,” impressively returned Paul Melville. CHAPTER X. THE WARNING, At the words of Paul Melville, Mabel again bent her earnest gaze upon the schooner, so uietly laying at anchor far below them, and then said: ‘You are convinced of what you say, Lieuten- ant Melville, that that schooner is the Curse of the Sea?” ““ I am.” “There can be no mistake?” persisted Mabel. ‘None; I knew the vessel well; when I was a captive I saw her many times.” ** Yet I saw the Curse of the Sea sunk by the broadsides of the Cornet and Sea Hawk.” *“You doubtless supposed so; but yonder lies the vessel in full view, and we must at once put the Sea Hawk upon her.” Mabel started, and her face flushed and paled as she said: . ae you take the schooner you will hang Ra- ae. “* Assuredly; such is the fate of the pirate.” ** Would no mercy be shown him?” asked the maiden, still more iporeieng § ‘* Why should he expect it? Is he not known the world over as a corsair, and has his name not been connected with the vilest deeds?” “True; yet there is an old saying that his Sa- tanic majesty is not as black as he is painted, and I think that it is the same with Rafael—in fact I have proof that he has a noble heart, and I am glad that he did not die as was sup- “You prefer then that he should live to be hung?’ remarked Paul Melville, in a tone of surprise. “For shame, sir—did 1 not tell you that he rendered me a service I shall never forget? but,” and Mabel hesitated, while her face crimsoned, ‘‘ Lieutenant Melville, will your sense of duty compel you to make known the existence of the schooner to the leeward of this island?” ‘Certainly; why should I not?’ asked the young officer, in rise. “* Suppose T ask you to do me a favor, would you grant it?” ‘Tn what can I'serve you, Miss Markham?” “‘T will be frank with you, sir. Rafael’s kind- ness to me I shall never forget; and now, were it not that I had foolishly insisted upon coming up here, the Sea Hawk would have sailed with- out discovering that the pirates had not really evacuated the island, but removed to a spot ac- cessible to only themselves, who know the se- cret paths leading there, and by which yonder woman must have gone; now, as I discovered es | the buccaneers, it will be through me that they will be taken—” ‘“They are not yet taken, Miss Markham and, as you have had cause to know, Rafael is not easily subdued, and may yet sage us.” ““True, and yet he may be captured, and if he is, I will feel that his bl is upon my hands, and I beg you, Lieutenant Melville, to grant my favor.” ““Name it, Miss Markham.” “Tf I had not thoughtlessly called you here, you would still be in ignorance of the presence of the buccaneers; so beg hag to return with me, rejoin my father an r. Ramsey, and make no mention of the discovery.” Paul Melville gazed full into the face of the maiden, who met his eye fearlessly, and then said, in a tone in which there was considerable emotion: ‘‘ Would you have me be recreant to my duty, Miss Markham?” Mabel promptly replied by asking another question: ‘** Would you have me censure myself to m dying day for bringing yonder men toa deat at the yard-arm?”’ pS ‘‘They are buccaneers, Miss Markham.” “They are human beings, sir.” Paul Melville made no reply; there was evi- dently some strong emotion moving him, and he remained silent, and Mabe] continued: ‘‘ Would you have me feel that I did wrong in placing confidence in you?” “No; and yet duty compels me to report to my commander that Rafael, the Rover, is within a mile of him at this present moment,” firmly replied the officer, and seeing that the maiden seemed really much moved by his words, he continued: “‘ And you certainly should not feel that you were ins ental in bringing these men to their death if we capture them. ““T do feel it; butif he were not there, I would not feel that I was doing wrong; but T see that you are determined to refuse my request.” ‘*T know not how I can do otherwise.” The lieutenant seemed strangely moved, and the maiden wore an anxious expression upon ved face, as the two stood momentarily in si- ence. Then a light, as if of some sudden bright head crossed Mabel’s face, and she said, quick- y: “Will you let me see the pistol you wear in your belt, lieutenant?” Without a word he removed the weapon and ‘ handed it to her. “Tt is a handsome arm; I have noticed it several times. _ I wonder if I could bring down Mae yo sea-bird, sailing so gracefully there? I wi é Before Paul Melville could reply, the pistol was cocked, leveled and fired. The sea-bird, with a startled shriek, flew swiftly away out of harm’s way, while the crack of the pistol echoed and re-echoed the rocks, and in the crevices, like the rattle of a thousand muskets. ‘Miss Markham, what have you done? See; the buccaneers are alarmed!” cried Paul Mel- ville, as he saw that the rt had reached the rey pirates on_ the ch, who instantly saw from whence had come the shot. “T know it; I fired fo plate them on their guard,” coolly returned Mabel, and as her fa- ther and Fred Ramsey came quickly toward them, she called out: “‘See, papa; I can cry Eureka! Yonder are the buccaneers.” Captain Markham ran to the spot, beheld the schooner, and the crowd on shore, and cried; ““By Jove! you are rig Sonera You have ee _ found them; but why did you fire that shot ne, ak bacep eared ird. ill you own and a e bue- caneers?” innocently asked the maiden. ‘‘Tt is impossible from here, is it not, Mel- ville?” “Yes, sir. Wecan only put to sea at once, round the island and endeavor to head off the schomets and send boats in to attack those on shore. “If they do not embark on the schooner,” said the captain. 2 « Whieh they are doing now,” Fred Ramsey ke right; th h ndin *“You are right; the schooner is se a boat ashore for them, and there anaes ready, crowded, just shoving off trom the beach. Run, Ramsey, and get the men on board the Sea Hawk!” We follow as quick- ly as wecan. Have the signal-gun fired, if the . crew are not near the landing, for we must put to sea at once, Come, Mabel, let us return.’ The midshipman bounded duty and the oth- - a ers followed, the maiden having a look upon her face which Paul Melville could not fail to read; it was a look of quiet triumph. If Rafael the Rover was taken, she had at least done what she could to warn him of his . CHAPTER XI. A MYSTERIOUS DISAPPEARANCE. Aw hour after the discovery of the buc- caneers, hiding away beneath the southern -
Page 9
The Pirate Prince. 9 cliffs of the island, the Sea Hawk was again going through the narrow channel, out into the open sea—Paul Melville, as before, at the helm, and-Captain Markham and Mabel standing near him, and watching the skill and nerve with beg he ran the dangerous gantlet between the rocks. ‘As the wind is from the westward, Captain kham, we will go to the westward of the island, and this will bring us to the windward of the buccaneer,” said Paul Melville, as the Sea Hawk gained an offing. “You are right, Melville. You allow no ad- eee to escape you,” replied Captain Mark- am ‘*Of course we will have to take the chances pit his keeping around the island on the other side. “Yes; but now that we have him within three leagues of us, we must not allow him to escape. _ You say that you recognized the schooner as that of the Curse of the Sea?” “Yes, sir; I know his vessel well.” “Then after all he escaped us that night. How he did, his patron, the devil, only knows, for he received, at less than half a mile, an iron hail of over forty guns; but I remember, now, that the storm came up while we were looking to see if we could find trace of him, and in the mist and darkness he scudded away, leaving us to rejoice over the thought that he had gone to the bottom.” Paul Melville made no reply, but having di- rected the helmsman how to steer, he walked forward on some duty, leaving Mabel and her father watching the shores of the island that opened before vista bold and rugged, the one with dread of coming evil, the other with the hope that the Curse of the Sea would soon be in reach of his guns. “Mabel, do you know I think I must have somewhere met Melville before? There is some- es strangely familiar in his face to me.” _“ And to me, papa; but it may be only a fan- cied resemblance, yet I feel as though I had known him, years ago.” “Captain Markham, I will call the men to quarters, for when we round yonder point, we will obtain a view of the lee of the island, and if the schooner has not cleared out, we can soon be in range,” and Paul Melville again joined the group on the quarter-deck. “Very well, lieutenant; let the men go to their guns.” Paul Melville at once gave the order for the men to go quietly to quarters, not caring to alarm the schooner, if still beyond the point, by the roll of the drum. Then every one anxiously awaited the mo- ment when the Sea Hawk should round the point, and considerable anxiety was expressed on the faces of the men, who feared that the shrewd buccaneer might them. A few moments more and the sloop-of-war swept around the rugged cliff, and a murmur of disappointment arose upon all sides; the bucca- neer was gone! . ‘* How close can you run in, Lieutenant Mel- ville?” “Close in shore at this point, sir. Do you wish to land?” “Yes, I will send two boats ashore to recon- noiter, and see if some of the rascals are not skulking around the rocks. It will only delay us half an hour,” “Not longer, sir. Mr. Edmunds, call awa’ the first and second cutters, and man them wi a score of men each,” and Paul Melville turned to Bancroft Edmunds, the lieutenant next in command to himself, and a dashing, handsome, noble-hearted fellow, of courtly manners, and a thorough sailor withal. “Shall I go with the boats, sir?” se Yes, if you desire it.” Coming up into the wind the Sea Hawk’s bos were lowered, and at once rowed shore- word, “ Edmunds, ahoy!” suddenly called out Ca amas aera ere the boats had gone a cable’s C) ; Pay, ay, sir!” came back in the clear tones of the young officer. “ We will ¥ a about, and stand back the way we came and return for you ere dark. Should firing, come off in your boats and and ca i with the cutlass, for under the lee of the | ‘onde espe a peo oe a the be perma and he will not su © presence of an ene from the land.» ef “A good idea, Captain Markham. I will at once put the vessel on her course back the way we came,” and under a seven-knot breeze the Sea Hawk sailel away, encircling the island, and making good headway, for she was a fast sailer, and thorough sea-boat. A run of two hours brought them again op- ite the entrance of the little harbor, and yet schooner was nowhere visible, “Could the daring fellow have run into the harbor, not expecting us to re-enter it?” asked Captain Markham. “T think not, sir; he must still be under the lee of the island,” replied Paul Melville. “Then we will continue on as we are, and make the circuit of the island. We can ‘get back to where we left Edmunds within three hours, and if the buccaneers discover us they will run right upon the boats and we will have them between two fires, for Edmunds is a dash- ing fellow, and would give an arm to take the schooner without the aid of the sloop.” Past the entrance of the land-locked basin sailed the sloop-of-war, the men still at the guns, and all anxiously watching for the object of their search, as the rocky shores opened to their view; but after more than two hours’ sail- ing the Sea Hawk came up the spot where the boats had gone ashore, and still no sight of the buccaneer craft. “That is strange. The fellow could not have passed, or Edmunds certainly would have at- tacked him. Where can he have gone, Mr. Mel- ville?’ said Captain Markham, in surprise. “Tt is hard to tell, sir; but the men are sig- naling us from the shore.” ‘You are right; what is that they say?” Paul Melville turned his glass upon the crowd on the beach, and his face slightly changed col- or, as he replied: ‘Tt is Midshipman Ramsey who signals, and he says that they have lost Lieutenant Ed- munds.” “Lost him! In God’s name what can he mean?” cried Captain Markham, in angry sur- prise. ‘*T will signal him to repeat, sir, and you can read for yourself what he says,” and seizing the —— halyards, Paul Melville hastily set the signal: ‘* Repeat what you said!” ‘We have lost Lieutenant Edmunds!” again came the signal from the shore. ‘““This is a bad business, Melville. We will stand close in and youcan go ashore and see what it means.” The Sea Hawk was immediately headed in shore, and in half an hour more stood on the beach, where he was met by Fred Ramsey, looking pale and troubled. “Well, sir, what is the meaning of your “Tt means that we came ashore and searched the rocks, and finding no means of access to the cliffs above, or a p where the buccaneers could conceal themselves, we returned to the beach, all excepting Lieutenant Edmunds, whom we left standing on yonder rock. “* While patiently awaiting the return of the Sea Hawk, we suddenly saw the buccaneer round yonder point, under easy sail, and, as he was not half a mile away, I called to Lieutenant orate: thinking he would go out and board im. “No reply came, and while I got the men in the boats, | sent two seamen to look him up; but they returned and reported that they could not find him, and I ran myself, accompanied by half a dozen men to look him up, but with the same result. “In the meantime the schooner had come abreast of us, and we could see her men at the | guns; and, expecting that they would fire upon us, I anv ott the te th storm strikes, and we must do the same. aul Melville | e men to seek cover behind the | — party set out for the Sea Hawk, just as dark- Loom, Ct to settle upon the waters. Their lack of success was known ere they reached the vessel, for every eye had anxiously watched the search, and a gloom rested upon all, for the yous officer was most popular with all on board. ‘It is useless to ask the result?” said Captain Markham, meeting the lieutenant at the gang- way. ve Yes, sir; he could nowhere befound. From the shore it seems impossible to reach the cliffs. or interior of the island, and how he can have disa red we can find no trace, unless—” “Unless what?’ asked Captain Markham, as the officer paused. “Unless he sli tne and fell into the sea, and, stunned by the fa , was unable to save himself by swimming.” ‘“‘That must have been his fate. Poor Ed- munds! Well, we must avenge him when we catch the schooner. What would you advise, Melville?” “To continue on after the schooner. We know that she is simply keeping the island be- tween us.” “Yes, and cannot do that long—see there!” and Captain Markham pointed to the westward, where a bank of heavy clouds was rapidly rising. =~ That storm will drive him away from the land, sir.” “Yes, and us, too. The schooner will doubt- less keep to leeward of the island Stee ce in sightof him we can keep near him until the gale blows over and then he is our game. I wish poor Edmunds was here; I do not like leaving the island until I am assured of his fate,” sadly said Captain Markham. “Do you not think he could have been kid- ee ’ suddenly asked Mabel. “Kidnapped! Nonsense, child; who was there to kidnap bin ” ‘* Buccaneers, eat ‘Foolish child; did not Lieutenant Melville tell us that he could find no trace of a path com- municating with the interior of the island, and that to scale the cliffs was impossible?’ “True, and yet, when first discovered u the beach, from yonder cliff, both Lieutenant Melville and myself distinctly saw among the buccaneers the very woman who met us this morning.” “You are right; there must be some secret way leading into the island, or how did she get down upon the shore?” exclaimed Captain Mark- ham. “By Jove! it takes a woman to ferret, out a secret.” “‘Miss Markham is certainly correct, sir, and it remains for you to decide whether we sh return to an anchorage in the basin, and to- morrow make a thorough search in full force, or give up the lieutenant as lost, and go on in pursuit of the buccaneer,” said Paul Melville. ‘“Well, what do you say, Melville?” “T would "rag that you decide, sir, or—” ‘Or what?” ‘* Ask Miss Markham’s advice, and call a council of your officers.” “T will do it; but what say you, Mabel?” ‘*T think that, as at any time Mr. Edmunds could not have been more than a hundred ards from his men, and was known to have nm a brave man, he could not have been rocks, while I again searched for the lieutenant. | taken without a struggle, and hence I fear he ** An exclamation from the men caused me to again glance toward the schooner, and tomy rise I saw the black flag run up to the peak, and then it was dipped three times as though in salute to us, yet perhaps it was a signal to some one on shore. “The schooner then passed out of sight around yonder rocky point, and shortly after the Sea Hawk came in sight, and I signaled the loss of Lieutenant Edmunds.” Paul Melville listened without interruption to the midshipman’s story, and then said, with a troubled air: “Strange what could have become of him; but, we must act at once, and I wish you to re- turn in the gig and make your report to Cap- tain Markham, while I take the men and again thoroughly search those rocks. He could not have fallen into the sea, think you?” “There are several places where he might have slipped and fallen, sir, and as the sea is ree have been the case.” aptain Markham I will CHAPTER XIl. CHASING A CORSATR. Most diligently did Paul Melville and_ his men search every crack and hole on the shore and in the rocks, even looking into places where a bird could not bave found shelter; but all to no p : the missing lieutenant could no- where be found, and with heavy hearts the met his death, as Lieutenant Melville suggested, . by falling from the rocks into the sea.” ‘You are right, doubtless: now I will see what my officers have to say,” and after con- versation with them, Captain Markham decided to go on in pursuit of the buccaneer, for all de- cided that Bancroft Edmunds was not the man to allow himself to be taken quietly, and had there been a struggle it would certainly have been heard by some of the men, for, when last seen, the young officer was not a hundred yards from the boats. The Sea Hawk was then put away for the lee of the island, returning the way she had come. ngage position, where she could safel ride out the storm, if the wind did nots round, the vessel was stripped of canvas, housed her topmasts, and lay to on the dark waters, just as the howling winds swept over her, bearing with them sand, leaves and twigs from the island, across which it rushed with tremendous fury. "for several hours the gale continued with at violence, and the crew of the Sea Hawk ad all they could do to look after the safety of their vessel, without watching for the bucca- ‘ neer schooner, for the waves washed heavily over the decks, and every officer and man stood at his post, while Mabel remained in the cabin, quite nervous as she felt the pitching and roll- ing of the ship. . ‘Sail, ho! Had a spirit from the clouds hailed, it could not have startled the crew more than did the deep voice of Paul Melville, rising above tke roar of the storm, while he sprung forward, seized a battle lantern and waved it rapidly in circles above his head. Every eye was strained to the utmost, peer- ing out over the wild waters, in the direction in
Page 10
10 — The Pirate Prince. as which looked Paul Melville, and indistinctly in | The old witch!” burst from a dozen throats, the gloom was traceable the tall masts, and close-reefed sails of a schooner bearing directly down upon the sloop of war, and not very far distant. Yet, as they looked, the helmsman on the schooner seemed to discover the cireling light of the lantern, for suddenly the bows swept round, and directly before the gale the craft dashed away like a frightened deer. “The buccaneer! The buccaneer!” arose upon all sides, and quickly Captain Markham called ut: ‘He like to have run us down, Melville, and your presence of mind in waving the lantern saved us; but we must not let him escape. Get under way and we will give chase, in spite of the gale.” Paul Melville made no reply, but sternly gave the requisite orders, and off dashed the Sea Hawk in pursuit of her prey. But the schooner had already disappeared in the gloom, and the sea was so rough that Cap- tain Markham determined to again lay to, when almost in their wake was discovered the buc- caneer craft, standing back toward the shelter of the land. Instantly the Sea Hawk was put about, and now, with the schooner in view, for a hundred eyes were upon it, the vessel-of-war rushed ra- pidly landward in chase. Nearer and nearer the two vessels drew, until the rocky cliffs arose threateningly in their front; but still the buccaneer schooner stood me a on, and the Sea Hawk as boldly pur- sued, “This is deuced dangerous work, Melville,” said Captain Markham to hls young lieutenant, who stood by his side, his eyes constantly peer- ing into the darkness ahead, “Tt is indeed, sir,” quietly responded the of- cer, ‘Would you advise the continuance of the pursuit nearer land?” “Just as you desire, sir; the schooner still stands on.” “Yes; but I do not like this running upon the n “Shall I give the order to stand seaward again, sir?” ‘*No, at least not yet. By Heaven! Melville, the gale is sweeping around,” cried Captain Markham, anxiously. ‘Tt is, indeed, sir; in fifteen minutes we shall lie wpon a lee shore,” calmly responded Paul Melville, and ere Captain Markham could re- ply, the wind suddenly came to a lull, a mo- mentary calm followed, then fitful gusts, and then, with the rush of a tornado, it came from dead astern, burying the bows of ‘the vessel deep in the waves. ‘* Stand ready all to wear ship!” rung out the voice of Paul Melville, as the vessel rolled and pieced in the mad waters, and a voice from orward cried, in startling tones: ‘“The schooner has gone down!” ! At once all was confusion on board the Sea Hawk, and in the midst of the excitement a dozen voices rose with the wild cry: ‘‘ Breakers ahead! breakers ahead!” “Silence! To your posts all! Stand ready all!” The ringing tones of Paul Melville rose above the roar of wind and water, and the startled cries of the crew, and springing to the helm, he continued: “Do your ae men, and there is no danger!” Immediately the coolness of their young of- ficer, his calm tones and dauntless manner reas- sured the crew, and springing to their posts they awaited the next command, Ii would have come sooner, but the eyes of Paul Melville fell upon Mabel Markham, who had rushed from the cabin, and stood clinging to her father, who was in vain striving to force her below. r This sight momentarily checked his order to the crew: but seeing that Mabel was in no im- mediate danger, the deep voice shouted forth the commands, and the willing officers and men promptly obeyed; but, to the horror of all, the ship could not be brought round, and the gale was driving her with the speed of a race-horse upon the island. Again consternation seemed to seize upon the crew, and again the voice of Paul Melville com- manded order and silence, while he shouted to Captain Markham: , “There is but one chance, sir—to run into the basin in the island.” ‘Tt will be impossible in such a night,” shout- ed back Captain Markham, ‘Tt can be done, sir,” and Paul Melville again bent his gaze intently ahead, But the gloom was impenetrable, and he set his teeth hard. [f he could not get his bearings he knew that they must go to their doom. Suddenly a bright flash burst forth, dead ahead, and all, by the momentary light, beheld the buccaneer schooner laying to, and not half a mile away. Then, again came a second flash, and a third, and the last displayed the close-reefed sails set on the schooner, and once more all was dark- ness, but only for a moment, for from the cliff top blazed up a bright flame, before which was a human form. ee Se ee ee Ee eee ee a eee a re as the old woman of the isle was recognized by the bright light, and the sailors believed they were being lured on to death. ‘‘Hold! Do you not see that that beacon has saved us?” It was Paul Melville that spoke, and with per- fect confidence he headed the vessel for the light on the cliff, which now blazed up in huge red flames, liberally fed by fagots thrown on by the weird woman, who, with her long hair streaming in the gale, and her white dress, looked like a very spirit of the storm. CHAPTER XIII. THE SPECTER OF THE CLIFF. ‘* MELVILLE, that beacon was lit at the signal gun of the schooner.” ‘Yes, Captain Markham; the commander of the schooner realizes his danger, and would run in; it is too dark for him to get bearings and he signaled to have the beacon lighted.” ‘Then the island is still inhabited?” ‘*Tt would seem so. It was the woman who lit the beacon, See, you can distinctly behold her form.” ‘Yes, and I am thankful to her, for the bea- con guides you as well as the schooner.” “ Rqually as well, sir. There is nothing to fear now. See, the buccaneer vessel—there, just off the starboard bow—he is reefed down, and is running directly for the channel through the cliff. It is plain sailing now.” Captain Markham certainly did not think that it looked like plain sailing; but after what he had seen Paul Melville do, he had full confi- dence in him, and drawing Mabel closer to him, stood awaiting the dread ordeal. The two vessels were now driving with fright- ful velocity toward the island, not a mile away, and directly before the gale, the buccaneer be- ing only a few cables’ length ahead, and drenched by the mad waters through which it plunged. Upon the little craft every eye was turned | with admiration, for they could splendid manner in which the schooner was handled; but the superstitions of the crew of the Sea Hawk settled it in their minds that they were but following a shadow vessel to their ruin, - And certainly the surroundings were such as to carry them out in their supposition, for only a short time before they ha they did, that very schooner go down to the bottom of the sea, under a terrific broadside from the Sea Hawk and the frigate; after which they visited the pirate isle only to find it deserted, save by a witch-like-looking woman, who was now on the cliff above them, luring them with a lurid beacon on to ruin, while be- fore them sped the strange schooner, as though unmindful of the savage gale. Then, had not Lieutenant Edmunds mysteri- ously disappeared from their very midst? and was not the blackness around them almost tan- gible, while the sloop, after having in vain tried to beat away from the land, was rushing madly in the wild waters, dashing upon a rocky isle, that, in plogennt weather, presented a most in- hospitable shore? e cool moto of Paul Melville at the wheel alone held control of the crew. he shown a lack of nerve, demoralization would have quickly followed u all sides; but, with the mien ef one who held no dread, he kept his place, and headed the bows of the Sea Hawk di- rectly along the glittering stream of light that poured from the cliff-top over the foam-lashed waters. “The schooner has gone down!” cried a chorus of voices, as once again the little vessel disappeared suddenly from sight, and just at a pois where a wall of foam arose over a sunken reef. Every eye peered anxiously into the darkness, and every ear was strained to catch the shrieks es the drowning crew arising above the howling rm. But no eye could catch sight of the raking masts, and no ear could hear a cry from the wa- ters, and then the crew turned once more to- ward their fearless helmsman. He had not appeared to notice the cry about the schooner, and his hand, if he did so, never quivered upon the wheel-spoke; but with the same cool courage he held the Sea Hawk on her course, until the bows passed through the outer edge of the wall of foam, and then were in dark- ness beneath the shadow of the cliff, for no longer did the beacon from the hill-top shed its glare upon the deck. Then arose, above the shrieking winds and roaring waters, the deep tones of Paul Melville giving quick orders to the crew, and nimbly the men obeyed, when the Sea Hawk shot into the channel opening in the cliff, and two minutes after was in the island basin, where the force of the gale was broken, and only fitful gusta swept down upon the unusually placid harborage. Standing directly across the basin, Paul Mel- ville gave orders to let fall the anchor, and with one accord the crew burst forth in one wild hur- rah. They had reached a haven of safety, and oa norinte destruction no longer em in e face, seen, or thought | ut admire the | And yet a superstitious dread still rested upon the crew, who would not believe that the buc- caneer craft was not the phantom of the one that had gone down at sea beneath the iron storm of two broadsides. ‘‘ Well, Melville, you are certainly the finest sailor, and have the most nerve of any man I ever met before.” “Thank you, captain,” modestly replied Paul Melville, as he released the wheel, and took the proffered hand of his commander, while Mabel said, earnestly: ‘Yes, Lieutenant Melville, we all owe you our lives; but do you think the buccaneer really went down? Iwas watching it when he sud- denly disappeared, as though he had struck upon a reef, and gone to pieces in the twinkling Be eye,” said Mabel. “Tt is hard to tell, Miss Markham. These buccaneers are thorough seamen, and yet he was ina most dangerous situation to attempt any freaks with fate,” calmly replied the lieu- tenant. ‘“ Well, if he did not go down he came on into this basin, and I shall soon know if he is here. Mr. Ramsey, burn several blue lights,” and at the order of Captain Markham the midshipman soon set fire to several blue lights, and a wild, weird light was cast over the waters, penetrat- ing to the furthest recesses of the basin. ‘The schooner is nowhere visible; did any one catch sight of the schooner?” cried the cap- tain. No answer came, and Captain Markham said: ‘The fellow is at last under water. Now we can rest, at least for the night, and in the morn- ing I will have every foot of this island searched, and the hiding-place of that old witch shall be discovered. Now, Mabel, we will retire to the cabin,” and father and daughter left the deck, followed soon after by Paul Melville, who gave ip that he should be called at the first break of day. Shortly after the disappearance of Paul Mel- ville from the deck, a muffled form came cau- tiously up from the forecastle and glanced around him. The seamen, except the watch, had all re- tired to rest, and those on duty, broken down by a hard day’s work, were indolently leaning, half asleep, — the bulwarks or guns, while the officer of the deck, his back against the wheel, idly puffed at a cigar. Reaching the bows of the vessel the muffled form threw himself along the bowsprit, as though to keep watch on the shore; but, slowly he slipped from sight, and catching hold of the cable, slid softly down into the water and disap- peared beneath the surface. An hour and more passed, and then from shoreward a dark object upon the water slowly approached the vessel, and nimbly, yet silently, it assumed the form of a man as it drew itself up by the cable, and once more reached the bows, from which it cautiously aunronrnen the forecastle, the watch, as before, half asleep. Shortly after he had gone from sight the first peep of light came over the cliff tops, and rous- ng himself to action the officer of the deck call- ed to a seaman to awaken Lieutenant Melville, Five minutes after that officer was on deck, and at once the vessel became a b scene; boats were lowered, crews armed, and the ex- pedition for the shore was ready—Paul Mel- ville, as before, being in command, The sun arose as the boats left the ship’s side, and the island lay brightly beautiful before them; but, without, the gale still blew, though with less violence, and the roar of the breakers was like peals of thunder, as they struek against the reefs with herculean force, — Landing: bie crew Paul Melville set them to work on the search of the island, dividing them into thirty differant parties, of three men each, and ordering them to leave no nook or bush un- searched, and to report to him there if they made any discoveries of importance, Returning to the vessel to breakfast, Paul found Mabel up and dressed, saying she intend- ed to aid in the search of the island, for if there was a mystery to solve, and mystery there cer- tai was, her woman’s curiosity should aid in its solution. To this: decision her father made no other ob- jection than that she should not at any time alone while on the island, for he feared she pmigns disappear as had poor Bancroft Ed- munds. Thus, through the whole day, the search was continued, and with no result, for no buccaneers were found, and even the ‘‘old witch,” as the sailors would call the solitary sojourner of the isle, had taken herself to some hiding-place where it was impossible to discover her. During the day the gale had blown itself out, the sea had run down, and just at sunset Ca tain Markham ordered up the anchor, and the Sea Hawk again stood seaward, Paul Melville once more at the helm. As the vessel passed out through the rocky walls a yoice suddenly hailed, as though from the clouds: ‘Sea Hawk, ahoy!” _ All eyes turned oles at once, and, stand- ing on verge of the cliff, her righ t hand ex- tended ard pointing seaward. while in her
Page 11
white robe and long hair, looking like a specter, was the woman who had greeted them upon their first landing with demoniacal laughter, and the night before had lighted the beacon that had led them to safety. ‘Curse that woman! She seems like our evil spirit,” vehemently exclaimed Captain Mark- ham. “Say rather like our protecting spirit, papa, for oe certainly rendered us great service last night. ‘But, Mabel, that beacon was intended for the schooner, not 1s. “And yet it lured the schooner to ruin and us to safety. But hark! she is speaking.” “*Ha-ha-ha! Would you hunt the hated buecaneer, seek him yonder upon the sea. Be- hold!” All eyes turned in the direction in which she pointed, and there beheld, not a league away, iling along under easy canvas, the buccaneer schooner, the Curse of the Coast. A wild cry burst from the crew—half of fury, half of dread, and they again turned their eyes up toward the cliff; but the woman gone. Again every eye was bent upon the schooner, and suddenly clouds of white canvas covered it from deck to truck, and like a huge white bird the fleet vessel away. ‘All hands to make sail! Crowd on every stitch she will bear!” cried Captain Markham, with energy, and five minutes after the Sea Hawk was flying rapidly on after her prey that had so often eluded being caught in her talons. CHAPTER XIV. THE MORTAL STROKE. ‘‘ Now that we have that fellow in view, Ca p- tain Markham, we must keep him there, and with your permission I will devote myself to holding him in sight.” The speaker was an officer of thirty-five, and one who had seen sea-service ever since his earliest boyhood, ext in command to Lieutenant Edmunds, he | now stood in that officer’s berth, and was a man in whom all on board had considerable confi- dence. as regarded his eouiay but whose love of liquor had prevented him from rising as rapid- ly up the scale of promotion served, “Very well, Mr, Redmond, you can keep your eye on the buccaneer, but in this starlight night, it will be hard for him to dodge us—don’t you-think so, Melville?” 5 “They are slippery customers, sir, and up to all kinds of tricks,” quietly responded Paul Melville, who was conversing with Mabel. ‘‘ I guess they are up to all sorts of tricks, as you say, sir,” continued Lieutenant Redmond. ; On when pursued at night, they will unex- pectedly lower their whole top-ham r, yards spars, and we might dash by them a few cables length away and not see them. ‘“Now, see that fellow; he looks like a phan- tes ye maa" “i is one, ane ae ne mue me the lads. ell; sup: e shou like a flash, while we memnesiooatioy toat sight of » lower away his main and foresails, and 1 his topsails, it would, with his low, dark hull, leave us only two slender sticks to find him by, and the best glass could not detect them on, shen & night as this, Y, some years » I was cruising in these very waters, in the wamp Fox, when we sighted a little fore-and-aft schooner, two away, and knowing it to be one of the buccaneer craft that infested this latitude, we at once gave chase. . We were after him, he scampered phen, Wwing-and- wing before the wind, the best pets of sailing for thesecraft. Well, we slow- y gained on the little scamp, and he hauled his wind, and went off due west with a free sheet, with the wind on. his starboard, and this pad us to stand across to meet him, and we Rad to do our best, for the little devil sailed like a witch. “But we set. studdin’-sails forward, and fore and main gaff-topsails, and we gained on the scamp until we could see his men upon the deck, quite distinctly. Well, all of a sudden the fellow disappeared, and in spite of our searching the sea, we could potty, wh. rey acl began to believe he hess ea in bein hung at mg hens — ape ya we gave the fellow up, r cruisin about some time in fruitless a intiee him, a we believed him certainly foundered, and stood en nc eure, the Nest morning rn wu ° y ; . ya ecules es was or run then, and we captured the little fellow, hung his commander, a burly Spaniard, and gave up the crew to the authorities at Havana: so you see it is not ne. cessary, Captain Markham, to keep a close watch on—’ tay ; ‘The schooner is not in sight, sir.” voice of Midshipman Ramsey start- led all who heard it, and every eye at once scan- the waters for the missing craft. “Thad my eye on her a minute ago, and now she has gone,” explained Fred Ramsey. as his merits de- ; il ‘How did she bear, Mr. Ramsey?” asked Cap- tain Markham. “Two points to windward, sir, when I last saw her.” “ Bring the helm up two points quarter-mas- ter, and hold that course,” ordered Captain Markham, evidently annoyed at the disappear- | ance of the schooner, and turning to Lieutenant Redmond, he continued with sarcasm: ‘* You assumed your duty too late, sir. Had | you used your eyes half as well as you did your tongue, the buccaneer would have still been in sight.” ‘*1 told you so, sir; these fellows are tricky,” said the heutenant, crestfallen at the rebuke given him, yet triumphant that his words had proven true. ‘The schooner is evidently in the locality, sir,” said Paul Melville, leaving the side of Ma- bel, and joining Captain Markham. **He must be; he bas not gone down, I'll war- rant. Ho! forward there! Stretch every eye, to find that craft—a month’s pay and leave to the one who discovers the buccaneer,” cried Captain Markham, in a loud tone, and his words and generous offer put every man on the alert. Swiftly, before an eight-knot breeze, the Sea Hawk sped along, and yet no sight of the buc- caneer; no voice rung out with triumph at dis- covering the chase. As for Mabel, she was leaning over the taff- rail, quietly gazing astern, and a parently in deep thought, though she would often cast her eyes around upon her companions, and then glance again out over the waters at the long, oamy wake left by the vessel. Presently Paul Melville came to her side, and his eyes, too, drifted ‘out over the sea astern, when Mabel at once turned and entered into an animated conversation with the young officer; but only for a moment, as Captain Markham called the lieutenant to join him forward. As he walked away Fred Ramsey took his place the side of the maiden, who instantly engaged the midshipman in conversation, ut, Fred Ramsey did not reply with his usual politeness to the beautiful girl, but broke forth, after a — glance astern, in tones that rung with triumph: ** Sail, ho!” A thrill went through every form on the ves- sel—a thrill of disappointment mingled with joy—disappointment to those who had not dis- covered the sail, joy that the schooner had been discovered. “Where away?” cried Captain Markham. ‘‘ Dead astern, sir,” rung out the middy. 5 Ready about! all hands to tack ship! Live- ly, men!” and Captain Markham’s loud voice sent the men nimbly to their posts. As the ves- sel’s head came up to the wind, the upper sails shook violently, and, amid the flying of braces and sheets, the swinging round of yards, SWoop- ing across gf booms, the bows went round, the sails shivered and refilled, and the Sea Hawk careened to the breeze and dashed away on the opposite course to that on which, five minutes before, she had been sailing. Whether the loud cry of the midshipman had been heard on the schooner or not, it was hard to tell, but it seemed so, as the look-out forward eried out: ‘*A sail dead ahead, sir!” It was no use to ask questions, for there, visi- ble to every eye, as she spread her raking masts with canvas, and not a half-mile distant, dash- ing away with the speed of the wind, was the corsair craft. Like a flying phantom the buccaneer seemed, swiftly floating over the waters, and leaning racefully under the pressure of the wind that lied the sails. The excitement on board the Sea Hawk was now intense, and every one seemed to rejoice— except two—at the speedy capture of the buc- caneer. Those two were Paul Melville and Mabel Markham, and the eyes of the young man rest- ed upon the face of the maiden with a strange look in them. He felt assured that she had seen the schooner before the quick eyesof Fred Ram sey had discovered it, and now her manner was not that of joy. As for Paul Melville, as the light of the bin- nacle fell upon his face, it showed it calm, un- moved, and stern as usual. ‘Lieutenant Melville, do ney think we shall capture that schooner?” asked Mabel, as the officer came near to her, and leant his arm on the bulwark. “Why not?” ‘There is a general belief, I see and hear, that she will play us some other trick—in fact that it is a shadow—a phantom schooner.” ‘That is the superstition of the men, Miss Markham.” ‘“By no means the men alone; the officers are also superstitious, even my father,” “Well, I can understand it; we are so much upon the boundless sea, battling with its storms reflecting our faces in its depths when becalmed upon its glassy waters, listening to perdi Stories of those who have skimmed over its Waves, and seeing strange sights, that it is no wonder we seamen are superstitious. Still, no such weird ideas have I; I believe not in the supernatural. See how the schooner bends to the breeze.” “Yes; but hark! you hear Lieutenant Red- mond talking now. He says he believes the craft to be the Flying Dutchman. But what is the Flying Dutchman, Lieutenant Melville?” “A crazyold craft, said to fly the sea by night, the crew of which never sees land, and the sight of which is dreaded by every seaman that lives, for it is said that when a vessel falls in with the Flying Dutchman it never brings its crew safely into port, or some evil befalls the craft; but if the same vessel three times catches sight of the weird craft, it is doomed, with all its crew. Such is the belief, Miss Markham.” “I pray that may not be the Flying Dutch- man, then, for we have seen the schooner more than three times,” said Mabel, with a slight shudder : ‘““We are gaining upon the buccaneer, Miss Markham. Take my glass and turn it upon im.” “Yes; but he is setting more sail, and is now running away from us.” “ You, are right, Miss Markham. Ay, ay, sir!” and the Gihiere went forward toward cap- tain Markham, who called him. “Melville, that fellow is drop are doing our best. Go forwar long gun upon him.” ““ Ay, ay, sir,” and a few moments after the gunner sighted the piece, the deep roar of the as followed, while the red flash lit up the sea ar ahead. “Now, Miss Markham, you will see if the schooner is mortal,” and Paul Melville vo took up his place beside Mabel, while gun r gun pealed forth loudly, and sent its iron death- messenger flying after the buccaneer, which, still urt, held on its course. But above the roar of the cannon suddenly came another sound, deeper, louder, wilder than man’s artillery—a tremendous crash of thunder, while a vivid flash of lightning illumined the sea for miles around, All eyes at once turned upward and astern to discover that. the skies had suddenly become black with clouds. “Curse this storm; it will yet aid the schoon- er,” cried Captain Markham, angrily, and then he called out in loud tones: “Make that long gun do good work. Heat it red-hot but what you cripple yonder craft!” “Ay, ay, sir!” came from the gunner, and again and again the deep boom resounded, while peal after peal of thunder burst: from the ok whet storm, and vivid streams of red lig tning sped in zigzag courses from the blank clouds to the wind-lashed waters. “Oh, God!” The voice of Mabel was drowned in the crash- ing or of thunder, but all knew what brought forth that e of anguish—the bueccaneer schooner was in flames, The lightning had shivered her mainmast into atoms, and huge red flames climbed over the snow-white canvas, devouring every rope and thread which its fiery tongues lapped up. ing us, and we and train that CHAPTER XV. A STARTLING DENOUEMENT. “ CEASE firing! Humanity, not hatred, must govern tus now! __ It was Paul Melville who spoke, and spring- ing to the wheel, he directed i course of the Sea ile so that it would not fall off half a point. The schooner was now in flames from deck to topmast, and, no longer guided by her helm was. driving along before the wind, a fearful sight, indeed, while her crew, swarming upon the stern, were engaged in lowering the boats with all haste. “Oh! how slow we go! Can we not go faster” cried Mabel, in great anxiety, and then she added: “They will perish before we reach them.” ‘““ No, they are taking to their boats, and we will pick them up. aphain Markham, shall I strip the ship to meet the storm, for we have not too much time?’ and Paul Melville glanced aloft at the clouds of canvas. “By all means, Melville: I had forgotten our own safety in looking at the schooner. See how those fellows spring over the sides; it must be hot for them.” ‘* Not so hot as they will know hereafter,” re- turned Lieutenant Redmond. ““A brave man, sir, should never make rt of an enemy in distress, no matter who that en- emy be,” and Paul Melville’s eyes flashed in the bright blaze, as he turned upon the junior offi- cer, and the moment after called out: “ All hands ahoy! to take in sail,” At the retort of Paul Melville, Lieutenant Redmond turned toward Mabel, and catching her eye, said, as if for sympathy: “Did you hear that, Miss Markham?” ‘I did, sir, and thought you well deserved it,” was the quick response, ; Ross Redmond turned away, an evil light ? oe into his eyes; but -he made no rey, and Mabel once more bent. her gaze upon burning schooner, now not very far away,
Page 12
12 i ‘Hail them, Melville, and tell them to come aboard in their boats—that we will lay to for them, and if they need aid, we'll send a boat aboard,” ordered Captain Markham. Springing upon the bulwarks, where in the bright light his form was revealed distinctly, Paul Melville hailed: “Schooner ahoy !” “Ay, ay, sir!” came back in strangely cool tones. ‘* We will lay to; come aboard in your boats; do you need help?” ** No, sir, thank you; our two boats will hold all that lightning and fire have left,” cried the same voice that bad answered the hail, and then the speaker was heard to continue, address- ing his crew: ‘Lively, lads, lively! It’s as hot here as though the devil was the fire-maker.” “A plucky fellow that. Ah, they have all t into the boats, and not much too svon, for ere comes the storm,” said Captain Markham. As swiftly as possible the two boats crowded with men, pulled over the brightly-lighted waves, and came upon the lee of the Sea Hawk, as she lay to, awaiting them. At the gangway they were met by Ross Red- mond, who, after ordering the boats hauled aboard, led the buccaneers aft where stood Ca tain Markham, Paul Melville, and Mabel—the latter pale and nervous. As soon as the buccaneers reached the deck the vessel was put on her course again, under storm-sails, and then Captain Markham turned to his prisoners, two-score in number, and dress- ed in white duck pants, blue woolen shirts and red tarpaulins, as could be distinctly seen by the light from the burning schooner. At the head of the buccaneers were two offi- cers, judging from their dress and appearance, for both were attired in a neglige uniform, and — soft hats of light felt, encircled by silver cords. Both were young men, one evidently a Span- iard, and the other an American, who seemed the perieed officer. ‘Well, sir, you are at last my prisoner,” said Captain Markham, sternly. “Yes, by the aid of Heaven, for you would never have taken us,’ said the young senior buceaneer officer, promptly, and his voice was recognizable as the one who had answered the hail of Pau) Melville. He tain Markham winced at this shot, but re- ied: en l am sorry your schooner was lost, sir.” “So am I, sir.” continued Captain Markham, with curiosity un- disguised. “No, sir, I am not Captain Rafael.” “Indeed! then was he slain, sir?’ ‘* No, sir; Rafael the Rover was not on board the schooner.” ‘‘Then his officers are as crafty and skillful as he is, I judge, from what I have seen the past few days.” The young officer bowed at the compliment, and Captain Markham continued: ‘* Who are you, then, sir?’ “ My name is—” and the young officer paused, while his face flushed; but he continued imme- diately : «My name is Roy Woodbridge. first officer of Rafael the Rover.’ “T congratulate him upon his skill in select- officers; but where, may I ask, is your chief —the famous Rafael?’ The young officer made no reply; but his junior, the Spanish-looking young man, while a devilish glare came into his face, stepped for- ward and said, firmly: “There stands our chief—Rafael the Rover!” All eyes turned upon the man at whom he pointed. Jt was Paul Melville. “Great God! sir, what do you mean?’ cried Captain Markham, while a half-cry broke from I am the _the lips of Mabel. * Just what | said, sir,” continued the bucca- neer officer, ing with a marked accent. “That man is Rafael the Rover! Now, my chief, I am avenged on you,” and the Spaniard lared upon the one he accused with a baleful ook of fiendish joy in his face. The man accused stood like a statue, his face ne his eyes flashing, and his arms crossed upon is broad breast; but he uttered no word. “Does this man speak the truth, sir?’ and ies i Markham turned to the senior lieuten- ant of the buccaneers. “Senor Ramirez, here, made the accusation— not I, sir,” coolly responded the young officer. “ Men, does your officer speak the truth, in accusing this gentleman of being your chief, Rafael?’ and Captain Markham turned to the buccaneers, several of whom quickly replied: ‘He does, sir; that is Captain Rafael.” With amazement upon every feature of his face Captain Markham turned to the accused man, and there was a slight tremor of voice as he asked: “Speak, sir, are you Rafael the Rover?” “That is the name that I am known by,” The Pirate Prince. ee came in the deep, stern tones of him whom all | believed to be Paul Melville. “Great God! ,There is some deep mystery in | all this. You came to me with dispatches, as | saambepant Paul Melville, of the United States navy ay did, sir.” “Then how is it I find in you Rafael the | Rover?” I assumed the character of Paul Melville, | sir.” “You know him, then?” pa A (0 a “From whom did you get the dispatches you brought me?’ “From Paul Melville.” “Why did you come on board this vessel?” ‘That question I will not answer,” firmly re- plied Rafael. “Enough! Lieutenant Redmond ou are next in command now, sir, to myself. Pat this man in double irons, and see that these two ofli- cers and their buccaneer crew are well guard- ed. Come, Mabel; come with me into the cabin.” With drooping head the maiden obeyed, just as the storm broke in fury over the vessel, and the burning schooner, half a mile away, was blown into a thousand fiery brands, which the next instant were quenched in the sea, leaving total darkness upon the tempest-lashed waters. CHAPTER XVI THE TRAITOR. A RETROSPECTIVE glance will remind the kind reader that two men, one supposed to be an En — the other an American, together left the pulperia—Cuban wine-shop or tavern—and | wended their way to the dock, where the latter to his surprise and discomfiture, suddenly found himself made prisoner by his companion, who | at once carried bim on board the schooner that, | upon coming into the harbor, had attracted the attention particularly of Mabel Markham, as it oe anchor near the sloop-of-war Sea awk. Upon the arrival of the boat at the schooner, the prisoner was immediately placed in irons in the cabin, and the vessel at once got under way and stood out of the harbor, the Englishman standing by the side of the helmsman, who was Gomez, the Cuban. As the schooner gained an offing, two young men, one evidently a Spaniard, the other an American, came on deck, and gradually from below appeared form after form, until half a hundred seamen had gathered forward. ‘*Shall we bring up the guns, sir?’ asked one of the two young men, and who, upon throwing aside the outer dress of a common seaman, ap- peared in uniform. ‘Yes; but stay; we will first dress the schooner in her good clothes,” replied the En- glishman, who was evidently the leader. The young officer bowed and retired, and the schooner was at once a busy scene; the small and patched mainsail was lowered, and in its place, upon long, slender boom and gaff, was rigged a huge white sail of new duck. en the foresail was changed, and quickly followed the jibs and topsails, until the schoon- er’s decks were shadowed by clouds of sno canvas, and under the increased sail she bound- ed = bifiget the waters with double her former speed. Then, as if by magic, the sea-worn look was removed from the hull, and rugged shot-marks faded away, until the craft presented a totall different appearance from what she had in port, and if there had been severe wounds in her hull ane rigging, they had been carefully re- ire paired. “Now bring up the guns,” quietly ordered the leader, and the four little cannon then on deck were lowered into the hold, and up came to replace them two long forty-twos, one of which was mounted on a pivot on the bows, and another on the stern, after which followed eight eighteens, giving the schooner, with the two pivot bow and stern chasers, a broadside of six guns—a savage armament for so small a craft. ‘“Now we can breathe free once more,” said the leader, addressing one of his officers, who near him. “ Yes, sir; but did you succeed in your visit to Havana?’ ‘‘ Better than I expected. I bought all the ammunition and supplies I need, and a carera will bring them to the island in a few days, while I sent word to the different rendezvous, that we had not visited, of the expected attack of the American sloop-of-war.” 3 pnt Tos brought a prisoner with you, sir?” continued the officer, inquiringly. “Yes; Iam going into the cabin now to speak with him. I was waiting at Pedro Nunez’s peria for Gomez, whom you kuow I sent to mingle with the American seamen, to learn what he could from them as to their cruise, when I recognized a man whom I have long wished to meet once more, and I at once deter- mined to capture him. He is the one now in the cabin. Who he is you shall soon know. Take the deck while I go below,” and so saying, the commander of the vessel left the deck. The prisoner was seated upon a divan, his hands in irons, and a seaman standing near as a guard. “Garcia, you can go on deck now, but be where you can come if I need you.” ‘Si, senor capitan,” and the seaman left the cabin; the prisoner and his captor were alone | together. “* Why have I been thus treated, sir?” sternly asked the prisoner, bis eyes flashing in anger: and he added, as the other remained silent: “Tf it is ransom you wish, you shall not hav« it.” “The ransom I wish, sir, is your life,” replied | the captor, with a vindictive gleam in his eyes. The prisoner turned pale; there was some- thing in the tones of the man before him that prone he was not trifling, and he asked, ear- nestly: ‘In what have I harmed you? You must have mistaken me for some one else.” ‘‘ See if Lhave. You are an American, born on the coast of Maine, and you come of good stock; but, a wild youth, you got into a scrape when a mere boy, and there was an unpleasant ending to it; some one got killed, and you were accused of killing him, for a rivalry existed be- tween you; you both had the same sweetheart, and in a jealous fit of rage he fell by your hand.” ‘“We fought and he fell fairly,” sullenly said the prisoner. ‘*So it was believed; but there was a witness to that fatal meeting you little dreamed of, and she has told me that you, after measuring the ground, shot him down as he walked to take position, and while his pistol hung by bis side.” “ She has told you? In the devil’s name who is she ?” cried the man, savagely. 4 ‘You will soon find that out. Now listen to see if I know you: ‘“‘ With a guilty conscience you fled, and went to sea, where you soon gained a deserved repu- tation as a good sailor, fearless and skillful, and rapidly rcse from before the mast to com- mand. “« After gallantly rescuing the survivors of a wreck, you returned to your old home, having been gone four years, and every man and wo- man seemed tc be your friend, for it was be- lieved you intended leading a new life, and you went once more to sea, remembered in kind- ness. ‘Through the war between the United States and England you might have won honorable dis- tinction, had not your vessel been captured bya . irate craft, and you became a buccaneer of- cer, for to gain your liberty : Ae threw your fortune with the outlaws, an ree our three years’ life among them out-Heroded Herod in your cruelty, and became third in command of one of the most daring bands that infest these waters. Am I right, sir?’ ‘“‘T have nothing to say,” replied the prisoner. “Upon the island where the buccaneers I re- fer to had their stronghold dwelt the chief, and his son, a few years younger than yourself; also, upon the island lived a lady and her daugh- ter, who had, when the latter was an infant, been made captives to the freebooters. ‘“‘This daughter had grown to maidenhood, and, struck with your handsome face, dashing style and courtly manners—I do not flatter, sir —she learned to love you, and believe your pro- fessions of love in return, and, in spite of the — she had made the chief’s son, who was hen away, she put her whole trust in you, and was dragged down to ruin.” ‘‘How know you this, sir?” angrily cried the prisoner, springing to his feet. “From her own lips.” “You lie, sir, she isdead. 1 saw her die.” “You are mistaken, as I will prove to you sir. You made her consent to fly with you, an told her that you would visit another isle, upon which dwelt rival buccaneers, place yourself at their head and lead them against your frien and proclaim yourself chief, and then she woul be your wife. “Trusting you, she fled with you from the island, when your boat was thrown upon her beam-ends and both of you hurled into the wa- ter. “To save herself she clung to you, but, to save your coward life, you dashed your fist into her face and broke her hold upon you, swam to your boat, oe pr it, and sailed away without one thonght of her whom you had ruined, and, believed, had slain. ; “But a good swimmer, she did not drown; her presence of mind returned to her, and after battling with the waves for an hour, she at length reached the land and made known her story, and the treachery of one whom she had loved and trusted. “The chief immediately sent his schooner in — of you; but toward evening of the next ay it returned, having reported that they had seen you picked up by an English vessel-of-war. us you then escaped. “Returning to the United States you became a hero, for, your story that you were a captive of the buccaneers was readily believed, and perce 5 after your good fortune enabled you to save the life of an American commodore, at the risk, I admit, of your own life, and you were appointed a lieutenant in the United States
Page 13
navy, and some months ago ordered to report to an American vessel-of-war as second in com- mand, upon the representation that you knew all of the buccaneer haunts in these waters, and would lead in the attack upon them.” “‘Tlow know you this, sir?” ‘The buccaneers have spies in Washington at Government head-quarters, as you should know, sir, having been yourself a pirate officer.” The prisoner winced, and remained silent for a moment, and then said: ‘** V7ell, what does all this lead to?” < To your death as a traitor,” calmly said the other, “Great God! to whom am I a traitor?” “To the buccaneers.” “Ts this cra‘t a corsair?” anxiously asked the pict re rar his face became ashen in hue, The prisoner cast his eyes around him search- in~ly, and then said, aftcr a pause: “If this vecsel was differently furnished, arm- ed and rigged I would say that it was the buc- ae. schooner known as the Curse of the a ‘“Your memory serves you right, sir; this schco ier is the Curse of the Boa under a differ- ent rig from what you Imew it.” “Yet you are not Rafael the Rover?” and the ot mem gazed intently into the face of the man fors him, “There are two of that name, sir;—one a man along in years, who has made himself feared upon the seas as a cruel monster, and yet who does not deserve all the ignominy heaped upon him.” ‘“* He had a son—a ae whom he brought up on his schooner as his young lieu‘enant, an whom, while I lived among the buccaneers, he sent to the United States to be educated in books, having himself schooled him in haar throats! But you are not that young Rafae for he was a brunette,” and the prisoner gazed pee A upon bis captor, over whose face passed a quiet smile, as he raised his hands and re- moved, first bis hat, and then a blonde wig and long beard, while he said: “Tam now Rafael the Rover, and you, Paul Melville, are a traitor and my prisoner p CHAPTER XVII. . THE SCENE IN THE CABIN, Wuen Paul Melville, as the priscner is now known to be, found himself in the power of Ra- fael the Rover, he felt that he was a doomed “an, for well he knew the law among the buc- | ansers, to always punish a traitor with death. Still there was one hope for him. Rafael had said he was now the Rover, and his father must then be dead. If such was the case Paul Mel- ville might prevail upon his captor to spare his life, for he knew that the young man was not naturally ¢ uel or bow th but‘if he had to deal with the old chief, well he realized that no earth- ly Sad could save him. nxiously, therefore, he now turned his ‘gaze upon the young man before him, while he said: * You, then, are the chief of the island bucca- neers?” ac Yes.” 4 Your father, then, is dead?” Not so; he was severely wounded in an en- gagement with a vessel of war, and yielded his command to me, as the slightest exertion on his part would cause his death.” ‘Is he with you?” “No, he is at the island whither I am now bound,” dropped his head and set his The prisoner teeth firmly together. Af ter a moment he asked: a it is your intention to have me die, Ra- “It is, Paul Melville. When my father sent me to the States you could have Ship with me, for you remember then how we fiked you; but no, your heart was evil, and you oidlerred to remain with the buccaneers, and ere long I learned that you led even our worst men in cruelty toward prisoners, while you won from ache g — of of maiden, who had been the onl gleam of sunshine in my wild life. Na learned that you had delibera‘ely wronged her. and then left her to die in the waters, while she was fiying with you, in whom she trusted.” ‘Remember, Pafael, we wero friends.” “‘Ay, and I remember how you abused that friendship,” ** Twas mad then—a fool! fael, for none here know whoI am. [I kmow not ‘be men who came in the boat with me. and nee they cannot know me, , “T plead with you, Rafael, to put about and ‘ry me to Havana, and I swear to you that I But spare me, Ra- '\ ill never raise an arm against you—I swear it - upon my honor!” ‘Your howor! Tho honor of one who would bring shamo upon a woman and then attempt to take her life—the honor of a buccaneer,” sneer- ed the young chief. “And yet it was said that you always had honor.” “Ay; I struck not down the defenseless; I brought not women to dishonor, and I spared all 1 could from the fury of our mad crew, and J kept my werd even te the bitter end; but I i rn _ The Pirate Prince; learned by intercourse with honorable men that such as I, and those I lead, are blots upon the earth, and were it not for my r old father, whose wrongs have been deep, I would hide my head forever in some secluded spot of the earth, where the hated name of pirate would never reach me; but don’t you talk to me of honor— you who gave up a life of honor for one of crime, and would have betrayed your comrades as cruelly as you had betrayed the woman who trusted you.” ‘Satan lecturing sin,” sneered Paul Melville. “So be it, if so you like it; but, buccancer chief though I be, I will not again rob and pil- lage, and only cruise in this schooner to acecm- lish an end which my father has failed to doin wenty long years. .‘*His career, at first intending no harm, brought Lg foren upon him, and he became the football of Fate, and called a buccaneer ere he had dreamed the name, he became reckless and hoisted the black flag, dnd upon a pirate deck I was reared; but, Paul Melville, 1 see the handof Fate in your crossing my path, and I shail turn it to advantage, and end, as quickly as possille, this wild career I lead, hunted upon every sea as a cruel monster, a pirate, whom all fear as a fiend incarnate.” “Then, if you are not wicked at heart, why will you carry me to my doom—why turn me over to your cruel father?” ‘“‘ My duty toward those whom I command, and would not betray, compels me to do so; but you shall have a fair trial, according to our aws, and if gree I pledge you my word that you shall leave the island unharmed; if found guilty of the charges against you, then you must meet your fate as best you can.” ‘*'You may well promise to let me go free, if ae for you know that I will be found guilty. “Then you must die, But this argument is useless; you are the bearer of age ep from your government to Captain Mar. , of the sloop-of-war, Sea Hawk?” Mai How know you this?” “T knew that you were to havo borne dis- patches, and sailed upon the brig Sunbeam, some timo ago; but illness, I have learned, pre- vented you, and another brought the parers. Recognizing you to-night, and hearing from Mp companion, the Spanish captain, that you ad just come from the States with him, I na- turally supposed that, upon your recovery, you ad again been ordered to report to the Sea Hawk, and, as a matter of course, must bear with you the latest dispatches from your gov- ernment; am I right?’ Paul Melville was silent for some time, and then he said earnestly: **Rafael, I have a chance, no matter how I found it out, of becoming, in a short while, tke ssessor of vast wealth. Give me my life, and ae to you, I will share with you the half | get. “ You forget that you are offering a bribe to a buccaneer chicf, sir, who is said to possess untold riches,” said the rover, with bitterness, and he added: “Tam not to be bribed, sir. You must take our chances. As I donot wish tohumble you, will give you the freedom of the schooner un- til we reach the island. Here, sir; I will re- move your irons; but I warn you against any attempi at trifling with my crew.” As fael spoke he unlocked the iron wrist- lets of the prisoner, and then said: ‘* Now those dispatches, please.” Paul Melville’s face darkened, and his eyes held a baleful light, while his muscles twitched nervously, and it flashed through his mind to spring upon the man before him, slay him, and then proclaim himself chief; but a second thought decided him against such a foolhardy attempt, and he took from his Roce a package of official-lookin — and handed them to Rafael, who took them quietly, and asked: ‘* Are these all that you possess?” ‘Yes, excepting my private papers.” “*T will take those, too, if you please, and if you are acquitted will return them to you in- violate; if you die, it will make no difference to you what becomes of them.” With an unuttered curse, Paul Melville hand- ed out, from an inner pocket, a large leathern wallet, which Rafael transferred, with the dis- patches, to his own keeping, after which he left the cabin and ascended to the deck. ‘ Glancing around him for a moment, and see- ing that the land was nowhere visible, he turn- ed to the officer of the deck and said, abruptly: “Head for the island, Mr. Woodbridge.” CHAPTER VIIL THE PLOT, Tr was not a very long sail from Havana to | the buccaneer island, and the fleet schooner soon threw the leagues astern, and dropped an- | chor in the secluded basin, just before the hour | of noon. Instead of presenting the desolate, deserted appearance that it did when the crew of the Sea | awk landed, some days after, a busy scene met the eyes of the returned buccaneers, for the 13 — them were a few women and children, weleom- ing back the schooner, and expecting a fresh supply of booty and provisions from captured vVesse 8. Wi stern face, and quiet mien, Rafael rowed ashore, and by his side in the gic’s stern sheets was seated Paul Melville, his eyes down- cast, and livid countenance turned away from - those on the beach. Among the crowd gathered to welcome the returned buccaneers, three persons were most consp.cuous—tho tall, heavy-bearded man who is presented tothe reader in the opening chrp- ters of this story, and who is known as old Ra- | facl, the Chief. He is dressed as before, and his eyes are turn- ed anxiously upon the boat, until he recognizes the form of his son; then they glow with plea- sure, Near his side stands 8 woman already known to the reader, and in whose face can be read the stamp of madness, Yet she is calm, and her eyes only seem wild and restless, while the lies upon her face prove that she has known much of sorrow in tko past. This woman, whose crazy fancies are allowed full sway, and whom all fear on the island, be- lieving her possessed of some supernatural power, is known es Mad Maud, a name she does not resent, for long since tke ackings cf her Eee have told her that reason had crazed her rain. Near Mad Maud stands a maiden, in face strangely like her—in fact her daughter. Like her mother she is also called by her Christian name, before which is the descriptive adjective of Pretty, for the rnde seamen, when the maiden was a mere child, had named her Pretty Nellie. That Nellie had deserved the title of pretty was evident, for she was a beauty with goldcn curls and liquid blue eyes that were full of ten- derness and expression, while ker ferm was petite and perfectly molded, and her every act one of unstudied grace. But eighteen years of age, the maiden seemed olcer, perhaps, when one glanced closely into her face, for there were lines of sorrow arcund the rosy mouth, and the eyes were so sad that they appeared to be ever fuil of unshed tears, Unlike ber motker’s ghostly dress, the maiden was attired in becoming costume, such cs was worn Ly girls half a century ago, and ker'rold- en curls were shaced by a broad panama hat, trimmed with na‘ural wild flowers, As Rafacl sprung ashore a loud cheer greeted him, which he acknowledged by raising Lis hat, while he warmly grasped his father’s hand. ‘** Welcome beck, my boy. Does he yet live?” eagerly said the chicf. **He yet lives, sir; but I have much to say to” you. Shall we go to tke cabin?’ “Yes, at once,” and locking his arm in that of his son, the chief led the way, the young men simply bowing to the salutation of Pretty Nel- lie, and sbal:ing hands with Mad Maud, who said in her wild manner: ‘Brave captain! Med Maud told them that you would scon return.” ‘* Well, my son, what tidings have you?” ask- ed the old chief, as the two entered a rude, Lut comfortable cabin, furnished wholly with tho cabin furniture of urfortunate vessels that had struck their flags to the black ensign, with its red anchor, of Rafael the Rover. ? “Well, sir, first, the man in the boat with me is Paul Melville, the traitor.” * Dy the Eternal! Has he dared come back he-e?’ ‘‘T brought him here, He is at present an officer, a lieutenant, in the navy of the United States, and was ordcred to the sloop-of-war Sca Hawk, to cruise against the buccaneers of these waters.” %, oa traitor, doubly dyed!” hissed the old chief. “*T learned from our spy in Havana, who just had dispatches from Washington, that he was to sail on a certain brig, and I went in search of that vessel, captured her after a long chase, and found that he was not on board, so released the vessel—” “* Why did you do that?” “The brig was an American, sir, and, asI told you when I took command of the schooner, I will not strike at the merchant service of the United States.” ‘Foolish boy; but, what will the men say?” *“*T will, if compelled to, strike the vessels of Spain—they are richly freighted; but I will not be a buccaneer, except in name, as far as the ships of other nations are concerned, and, you well know, sir, I took command of the schooner for one certain purpose.” ““Yes—go on—whatabout that traitor?’ “Two vessels-of-war chased me away from the brig, and I came near being sunk by a broadside from each of them; but I teok in sail at once, seizing upon this asa means of safety, and asa storm and night were coming on I lay un“iscovered upon the water, and doubtless Ww: believed to have gone to the bottom. bs ‘Knowing that the strongholds on the island were to be attacked, I then warned those near- | est to me, repaired damages, and disguising oe white beach was crowded with wen, and among ' Vessel ran into Havana, where I found, by
Page 14
a dent, drinking in a pulperia, Paul Melville, he having just come from the United States. “Being disguised he failed to recognize me, and I got him into my power and made him my prisoner, carrying him on board the schooner. ‘Setting sail I came at once here, sir, and we will together glance over the dispatches of which he was the bearer, after which I will pro- pose to you my plan of action. Here are the dispatches, sir. I opened them in such a way that they can be closed and no one would sus- pect that they had been tampered with.” The old. chief eagerly seized the papers, and hastily scanned each one of them, after which he said, savagely: “The accursed traitor—he shall die for this. Why, he was; so say these papers, to lead the sloop against this very island; and that man— he whom I haye sought these long, long years— commands the vessel sent against us. So be it; the end is coming, and it shall be a bitter one. Come; I shall have the wretch hung at once to the schooner’s yard-arm.” “Hold, .father!. I-have promised that he should, be tried according to our laws, and it must be so,” said Rafael, firmly. ‘* So be it,” moodily answered the old chief. “Now, sir, I have a plan to propose to you.” “Yes, I remember you said so; I am listen- in 2? a Father, Paul Melville is not known to the officers or men on the Sea Hawk.” ‘Well, what does that signify?’ “That I might personate him—carry these dispatches myself to Walter Markham, and visit the island strongholds with him.” “* By Heaven! Boy, you are a lawyer for plotting. You can in thi way accomplish the aim for which I have stru age so long,” ex- claimed the old chief, exotied , while a savage gleam came into his eyes. * Yes, I can bring this hunted life to an end, and far away from these scenes seek some spot where the name of buccaneer is not connected with our names,” : “T live for but one purpose, boy, and that you well know. When that is accomplished, I am willing to cut my cable and sail for the sea- poe kp’ ae this life; but what is your plan, ae on board the Sea Hawk, report as elville, and. sail for this island, which I desire to seem deserted. You well know how that can be arranged. “Then I will steer for other rendezvous, which likewise must be warned of our coming, bas when E have thus gained the confidence of Walter Markham, I will decide upon a plan for getting him into my power.” “Rafael, 1 will trust all to you; but why bring the vessel into this basin, and then allow it to depart?” “Tt is not the vessel and her crew our quarrel is with, and. I.can, by so doing, prove to Walter Markham that I know these islands well, and thereby gain his confidence, and that of his men. ; they might run in and out of the channel in broad daylight a hundred times, and then not be able to come safely through without ot. ‘“My'plans are not yet definitely arranged; but if you will trust to me, I will have all come right in the end,” ‘I will trust you, boy; but you run a fearful risk in going on board the vessel.” “T think not, sir. Iam not known to the of- ficers and crew, and neither is Paul Melville. I will cut my hair close, shave off my mustache, and in;other,ways disguise myself; but I must return to Havana at once. It is pleasant wea- ther, and £ will take the carera and half a dozen men, who can come back as soon as they have landed me, and within ten days I will be here in the Sea Hawk.” ** All shall be as you desire. If they can find any sign that the island is not deserted, they | | guard-house.” have keener eyes than I give them credit for; but.in Satan’s name what is that row?” and the . old chief sprung to his feet, as there were heard voices in anger, criesof revenge, oaths, and then a pistol-shot, ut Rafael was already on his way to the shore, running with the fleetness of the wind, for in an instant he had surmised what was the trouble, while a glance proved to him that he was right in his conjecture; the buccaneers were endeavoring to seize Paul Melville, and bring upon him speedy justice. CHAPTER XTX, BUCCANEER JUSTICE. WHEN Rafael and the old chief went to the cabin, he left Paul Melville in the boat with the coxswain and four ene forgotten to order the prisoner sent right on to the guard- house, where ry buccaneers were placed as en conversing with the men in the boat, the crowd soon learned that the schooner had made no ag cer of prizes, and this created a turbu- lent feeling among them, which the coxswain unfortunately increased by the remark: “Well, lads, we have not come back empty- handed,” “What do you mean, man?” asked a huge ”, The Pirate Prince. ey ‘See here, we have brought you a traitor to try. You know his face, don’t you?” Paul Melville had kept his face studiousl from the crowd on the beach, but at the remar of the coxswain, he turned it half-defiantly upon the buccaneers. Instantly he was recognized, and a howl of rage went up from the crowd, while above all was heard a woman’s shriek, and Pretty Nellie fell fainting into her mother’s arms. The conduct of Paul Melville toward the maiden was known to all there, and his attempt to have her drown, and intention to betray his comrades she had made known, and the direst threats were made against him should he fall into their hands, for the buccaneers could for- give a murderer, or a robber who risked his life for plunder, but they would not forgive the man who had wronged Pretty Nellie, the Angel of the Isle, as she was called, and then, to save his own life, had attempted to drown her; be- sides, had he not intended to betray them all? and a traitor, in their sight, was" the vilest of men. Seeing that he had madea mistake in making known who the prisoner was, and fearful of the row he had unintentionally started, the cox- swain gave a quick order to the crew to back water, and pull away from the shore, But he was too late, fora dozen men rushed into the water and firmly seized the boat and oars. ** Hold on, Matt Morton, or we'll serve you as we would him, the cursed traitor,” and the English seaman, before spoken of, held firmly on to the gunwale with one hand, while he drew his sheath-knife with the other. Having gotten into trouble, the coxswain, a fearless man, was not slow in attempting to ex- tricate himself, and he quickly drew a pistol, and leveling it at the head of the Englishman, said, in determined tones: “Luke Faherty, this prisoner was left in m hands, by Captain Rafael, and I’m cursed if dowt protect him, so [ warn you to let go of. this boat.” “Give us the traitor and J will let you go; but [ll settle with you afterward, Matt Morton, for drawing a weapon on me,” said Luke Faherty, now thoroughly determined to have the pris- oner, “Yes, give us the traitor,” shrieked the crowd, and a score of savage men now surround- ed the boat, though standing up to their waists in the water. As for the prisoner, though deadly pale, he yet seemed calm, and said, in resolute tones: ** Coxswain, give me one of your pistols, and I will aid you in discharging your duty.” ‘*He’s game, anyhow; but it won’t save him,” yelled Luke Faherty, now the acknowledged ringleader, and then, turning to his followers, he continued: “D the boat ashore, boys, and every one of these fellows shall die for resisting us.” ““That’s so; they’ve got to go under; no right to resist,” yelled a score of men, gazing upon the four oarsmen, who had dropped their oars and drawn their cutlasses to aid the coxswain. Rapidly, in obedience to the order of their ringleader, the men d ed the boat to the beach, and the keel grated upon the pebbles. “What means this?” and a tall, slender form darted through the crowd and confronted Luke Faherty and his gang. It was Rafael, and his eyes flashed fire, his teeth were set firm, and one hand held a pistol, the other his cutlass. “We want the traitor, captain,” began the ringleader, politely, and he added, with dogged determination: ‘We intend to hang him.” “Luke Faherty, I captured that prisoner and I intend that he shall be tried, and if found guilty he must die; if innocent he shall A a free. Coxswain, the prisoner to the Ay, ay, sir!” said Matt Morton, cheerfully, “ y | delighted that the responsibility no longer ig with him to protect the life of Paul Mel- ville. “He’s a traitor! Seize him, boys!” yelled Luke Faherty, savagely, and he pressed for- ward, backed by the men on shore. In an instant Rafacl confronted the ringlead- er, while his voice rung out in hail; ‘“* Ahoy the schooner!” ‘* Ahoy!” came promptly in the voice of the lieutenant in charge, Roy Woodbrid , “Send me two boats’ crews ashore immediate- ly—well armed!” ‘* Ay, ay, sir!” “Train your guns on this crowd, and if I give the order, fire, regardless of consequences!” and Rafael’s voice rung with threatening deter- mination. And, as he spoke, from the other side of the schooner, rounding the bow and stern, came the two boats, crowded with men, for seeing that there was trouble ashore, Roy Woodbridge had oo : y prepared to go to the assistance of his chief. At the order of Rafael to fire upon the crowd, if necessary, the wildest confusion followed, the women shrieking with fear, the children crying. and men swearing, while the crowd swayed vio lently and ran in all directions, excepting Luke Faherty and his gang, a score in number, He, with his supporters, still stood their ground, confronti fael, at whose back were Paul Melville, Matt Morton and the four oarsmen, all prepared to uphold their young captain. A few paces distant, gazing with interest upon the scene, his arms folded upon his breast, and dark, cruel eyes flashing, was the old chief, he whose name had so long been a terror upon the sea. Swiftly the two boats came shoreward, and feeling that he must act promptly, Luke Faher- ty cried out: ‘“* Boys, we must have that traitor! Let’s kill him before the boats come—now!” and the ring- leader sprung forward. But he was seized and hurled back with terri- fic force, falling heavily upon the ground, while the foot of Rafael was upon his throat, and his voice rung as he cried: ‘*Hold!. men, you run your heads into the very noose intended for this man. Down with your arms!” . Toa man, the weapons were thrown upon the ground, as the eagle eyes of the young chief met their gaze, and with one accord, as the followers of Luke Faherty saw the boats almost upon them, they turned and bounded. away. As the two cutters struck the shore, Rafael raised his foot from the throat of the prostrate man, whose face had become. livid with fear, and dark from the choking he had received. “Thank you, Senor irez; you are in time. See that this prisoner goes to the guard- house and is securely bound. As for this man, take him with you , and to-morrow, at sun- rise, lead him forth to execution.” “Mercy, Captain Rafael; mercy, sir! I did but wish to punish the traitor, sir,” gasped the terror-stricken mutineer. “T have said it, sir. To-morrow youdie, You resisted my authority, and your doom is death. Lead him away, senor!” The Spanish officer, Louis Ramirez, led the mutineer and Paul Melville away to the qane: ael house, while turning to Matt Morton, continued: “Coxswain, order the assembling of all on the plaza, to try the prisoner we brought with us, and tell Lieutenant Woodbridge to come ashore with‘all the crew except a guard for the vessel.” Without another word Rafael turned away, and joining his. father, the two retraced their way toward the cabin they had left so suddenly ocBoy, you did well. Why, I rised “Boy, you did well. y, | was surpri at your great strength. You handled that fel- low as though he were a child; I expected you to kill him,” said the old chief, with admiration. ‘No, sir, I care not to stain my hands with blood, if it can be avoided. The laws of our band condemn him to die, for mutiny, and he will have to be shot,” replied Rafael, quietly. * And shall be; but here come the crowd,” and from different. points began to gather the band of buccaneers, on the space frontin the cabin head-quarters, and which was called the plaza, for here all important orders, — ing the band, were , and the trials of the guilty were held, It was fully an hour before all the band were assembled on the plaza, and then they stood in a semicircle, fronting the cabin door, before which were placed several seats, When all was in readiness for the trial, the Seep were brought forward, three in num. rs Two of the three were Paul Melville, the al- leged traitor, and Luke Faherty, the mutineer; the third-was a dark-browed, evil-faced Cuban, who scowled savagely upon the crowd. The rd.that marcbed the prisoners to the plaza placed them upon benches, and then took their stand behind them, the crowd also stand. ing; for trials in that wild band lasted only a short, while, , When all was in readiness, the old chief came out of the cabin, accompanied by Captain Ra- fael, Roy Woodbridge, uis Ramirez, and sev- eral other sub-officers. These all took seats, placed for them near the prisoners, the old chief’s chair being in advance of the others, “Ts all in readiness for the trial?’ asked the senior, in his deep tones. “ All, sir; the prisoners are before you,” an- swered the keeper of the guard-house, “Then the trial will in. Bring forward the first prisoner to be tried.” The dark-faced fellow was at onee brought before his chief, who asked: ‘Of what is this man accused?” “* Of stealing from his comrades,” replied the keeper of the guard-house. ‘“ Who makes the charge against him?’ Half a dozen of the band stepped forward, and their testimony was heard. ey had long sus- cted the ‘prisoner of robbing them, and hav- ng caught him at last, in the act, and found the stolen property upon him, they had demand- ed his arrest a : The old chief looked over the accusers, and then said: ‘ Prisoner, what have you to say?”
Page 15
The man preserved a dogged silence, and after again receiving no answer to his question, the chief continued: ‘*Our laws demand the life of any member of the band who steals from acomrade. Upon the high seas we seek riches at the cannon’s mouth and cutlass’s point; but the man who will cow- arty steal from his companions, who have risk- ed their lives to get what they have, deserves death, and to death I now condemn him.” | The mau still preserved a sullen silence, and ithe chief motioned for the next prisoner to be placed before him. “Of what is this man accused?’ asked the self-constituted prise as Luke Faherty was brought forwar “Of mutiny, sir,” said the keeper. ** Who accuses him?” “T do, sir, I found him creating a disturb- ance upon the beach, and endeavoring to take from Coxswain Morton a prisoner,” said Cap- tain Rafael. “Coxswain, what have you to say?” and the chief turned to Matt Morton, who arose and made known how the disturbance began. “Is there a dissenting voice to this charge?” asked the chief, looking over the crowd. No reply came, and the chief continued: “Men wao live the lives that we do, at war with the world, and hunted down upon every sea, must be ruled with an iron hand, for all de- sour upon a severe government that cannot be roken; hence, Luke Faherty, you knowing our laws, and having willfully ‘ae them, must suffer the penalty of your crime—death.” “Oh, merey, chief! I was mad; I meant not to rebel,” groaned the unhappy man. _‘‘ When the sentence is passed against you, sir, there is no law to pardon you; you must die,” answered the chief, and the prisoner was returned to his seat, and Paul Melville brought forward. A murmur passed over the crowd as the pris- oner took his place, and then the chief asked: “Of what is this man accused?” Pr var being a main, sir. Bante Sel also other charges against him,” respon the keeper. ‘‘ Who is his accuser in the first charge?” de- manded the chief. There came no reply, and Paul Melville glanced up, a look of hope upon his face, fter a silence of some moments the chief again asked the question, and the guard-house keeper replied: ‘‘The charge is made by Pretty Nellie.” “Where is she?” No one answered, and the chief said, decided- Lys S g She must appear. Seek, and bring her ere, A few moments after the maiden appeared, accompanied by her mother. Pretty Nellie was deadly pale, and her eyes were red with weeping; but she was calm now, and took her stand as a witness against the man she had loved with all her heart—the man who had dishonored her, and then attempted to take er life. “‘ Maiden, tell all that you know of the change a t this person,” commanded the old chief. a low, yet distinct voice, and avoiding the eye of Paul Melville, who upon her with a thrilling glance, Pretty Nellie told her story in a few concise words, of how the prisoner had declared to her that he had joined the bucca- neers to in the end betray them, and had in- tended flying to another band and leading them ainst the island, and declare himself chief, r which, with the wealth thus gained, he would fly with her to another land and live there in the enjoyment of his riches, with her for 4 + a nd, In flying from the island at night, he carried you with him?” asked the chief. “ He did, sir.” re rey. did he do this?” I think he feared to leave me behind, fearful lest I might betray him by accident.” And in leaving the i d, he endeavored to take your life?” “‘ He did not make an effort to save me, sir, and thrust me from him when I would have clung to him,” answered the maiden, in trem- blin ms ‘* Yet he had tol » Soe Lee d you he loved you? “ And believed that you loved him?” ‘He knew it, sir,” and the maiden’s face flushed crimson, and then became very pale, : “6 Maiden, your testimony ainst the prisoner is most damaging; but as our laws demand that , to condemn a prisoner there must be more than one accuser, 1 now call upon those present to speak out, if they have anything to say against “Captain Rafael immediatel ste aptain Rafael immediately stepped forw. d, and the face of Pretty Nellie became as livid ag that of Paul Melville. _ ae our charges 0 a 18 Man are what, ge OO wre d the chie ae a e is a traitor. ere is the proof,” and Rafael produced the dispatches addons to Captain Walter Markham, of the American sloop-of-war, Sea Hawk. ese were read, and stated that Paul Mel- ville, who had once been the captive of the buc- ) The Pirate Prince. caneers, would pilot the vessel to the pirate isl- ands and lead the attack against the strongholds of the daring sea-rovers. ‘Prisoner, what have you to say?” asked the old chief. ‘*T would say that all the maiden has said is false, excepting that I tried to escape from this island, and at her entreaty, took her with me. In escaping, a squall upset my boat, and she, as I believed then, was drowned. Tiring of my life ashore, I obtained an appointment in the navy, and it was my intention to have guided the Sea Hawk hither, first sending you word of my coming, and capturing the cruiser, to make her a corsair craft, for a better vessel does not float.” Paul Melville spoke in a firm tone, and with an air of frankness that caused his words to seem truthful; but the old chief was not de- ceived, and replied: “Your story is well planned, sir; but you are a traitor, so proven by these papers, and the word of yonder maiden, and I now pronounce your sentence.” Rising to his feet the old chief continued: “To-morrow morning, after sunrise, you, Paul Melville, for the crime of betrayin your comrades, shall be taken from the guard-house the schooner, and there hung at the yard- arm until you are dead.” ‘‘Hung!” almost shrieked the doomed man. “ Ay, hung; and those two men, at sunrise to- morrow morning, sha]l be led to this spot and be shot dead by a guard of six men, selected as executioners. “* Keeper, see that these sentences are carried out!” and the old chief wheeled and entered his cabin, followed by his son, while the other of- ficers and the crowd dispersed from the plaza, the three prisoners, gloomy and despairing, be- ing led back to their place of confinement. CHAPTER XX. THWARTING A VILLAIN, AFTER the trial of the three prisoners, and their condemnation to death, Rafael re-entered the cabin with his father, and the two held a long conversation regarding the future move- ments of the young man, who had fully deter- mined upon impersonating Paul Melville, and going on board of the Sea Hawk. ewok aetign’ their plans to their satis- faction, 1 went down to the beach and ordered that the carera, a trim-looking little craft much used in Cuban waters, should be made hain FS sea that night, and calling to the coxswain, Matt Morton, he told him to select a crew of six men from the board shortly after sunset. Having thus arranged for his de on his perilous undertaking, Captain Rafael lighted a cigar and strolled up the glen beyond the cabins, as if desiring to be alone with his thoughts, and not Roaming that, half an hour before, two men had taken the very path he was now following, and which led to the hills above, in the interior of the island. These two men were Luis Ramirez, the sec- ond lieutenant on board the schooner, and Sal- vador, the keeper of the guard-house on the island. When the prisoners had been securely locked within the cabin, and a guard placed over them, Salvador put the key into his pocket for safe Keeping, and turned away, to be suddenly con- fronted by Luis Ramirez. ‘Well, amigo Salvador, how have you been since I left you for a cruise, some time since?” asked the young and handsome Spaniard. ‘IT have been well, Senor Ramirez, I thank you; and so has the one you left in my care,” he added, in a low tone. ‘‘ Hist! Be careful here, for these rocks and trees have ears; but come with me up the glen,” and the Spaniard led the way, the Cuban slow- ly following. ‘Now, Salvador, what have you to say?” and the young officer came to a halt out of sight of the cabins. ‘‘ Well, senor, she is well, yet. gloomy.” ‘Not yet subdued, I suppose?” islanders and go on ‘No, senor; she swears she will never yield to your demand.” ‘Curse her stubbornness! She shall. I have not run myself into danger to let her escape me now,” savagely said Ramirez, and he quickly pane: : phe . ‘* You gave her every care, ? ** Si, Senor irez; she had all the food she could eat—and every attention I could bestow upon her; but I had to be careful, you know.” é Certainly, you were right; and no one sus- ‘None, sir. I did dread Mad Maud, some time since, for | met her coming up here quite often; but I do not think she has discovered anything, senor,” “Tf she does all will be ruined: but I will g° now and see her for myself. Have you t key?” x Here it is, senor,” and Salvador handed the officer a large key. ** And here is gold for you, Salvador. I will leave the key with you upon my return, and wish you to continue your care of the maiden, Is the old negress with her?” 15 “Yes, senor, and I tell you she is a tigress; but her love for her mistress keeps her in check, since your threat.” “Ttisright. Adios, Salvador!” and the Span- iard turned and continued on up the glen, while the keeper retraced his way down the hillside. As he disappeared in a clump of trees, Rafael came down the hillside by another path, and suddenly found himself face to face with Mad Maud. “Well, madam,” he said, pleasantly, ‘are you out gathering wild flowers?” ‘*No, senor; I am out on a different mission —watching a villain,” said the woman, with a cunning smile, “Indeed! Who has incurred your displea- sure?” ‘““Two men. One of them has just gone up the hill ahead of you.” “To whom do you refer, Maud?” interested by the woman’s manner. **T refer to Luis Ramirez.” “Why, what can he be doing away from the schooner?” asked Rafael, with some surprise. “You may rest assured that it is not anything good.” ‘Maud, your manner and your words prove that you have something to say to me. Speak; lam Yistening.” “f will speak. Captain Rafael, what know you of Luis Ramirez?’ asked the woman, im- pressively. “Very little. I believe he is a Spaniard, comes of a good family, and came to Cuba as an officer of a vessel-of-war, but for his wild career in Havana was dismissed the service, and reck- lessly united himself with our band. Is there aught else?” ‘Yes; the time the schooner went north to bring you back to the island, Luis Ramirez, as Meg lather was very ill from his wound, was eft in command of the island, and one night he went on board the carera, which put to sea and was gone several days, ‘Upon its return, I noticed that the Senor Ramirez made frequent trips up this path, and when he sailed with you in the schooner, I ob- served another person taking these walks—” “Who was that?” ‘His name I will not give; he has been kind to me, and I will not betray him; besides, ex- cept in keeping a secret from you and the chief, for which he was liberally paid, he has done no harm, and is true to you and the band. No, I will tell you no more, if you demand his name,” said the woman, firmly. ps: Very well; it matters not, so he is not very guilty, and I leave you to be the judge. Now, what of Ramirez?’ “Well, by watching the person who took these walks, after the departure of Ramirez, I made a discovery that I think you ought to know. The lieutenant has just’ gone up the mountain; will you come with me and see what devilment he is in?” ** Yes, lead on.” Mad Mand glanced at Rafael, as though to see if he were armed, and then led the way, dis- appearing among the shadows of the trees, cheat followed by the young buccaneer. In the meantime Luis irez had gone on up the hillside for the distance of half a mile, until he came to the solid wall of a cliff, which tower- ed above him some forty feet. Against the face of the rock grew some vines and trailing moss, and pushing them aside the nears ofa a was revealed. ntering the narrow aperture, he passed in, as though acquainted with the ’ surroundings, and penetrating through the narrow tunnel, soon came out into an opening, hardly the pe ie of an acre in size, and surrounded upon all sides by natural walls of rock. On one side stood a small cabin, made of stout planks, and with the door closed, and several small apertures, intended for windows, opened. Taking the key from his pocket the Spaniard placed it in the lock, and the next instant the door was opened, revealing a small room, con- taining two cots, two chairs, a table, several dishes, a jar of water and some books. There were two occupants in the room—a maiden of eighteen, with the large dark eyes and black hair of a daughter of Cuba, and an old negress, perhaps fifty years of age. The young girl was reclining upon one of the cots, and as the door opened, had evidently thrown down a book she had been reading. The old negress sat on a chair, her head in her hands, As the maiden glanced up when Luis Rami- rez entered, her beautiful face flushed, and a look of scorn curled her lips, as she said, quietly: You have returned, then—the buccancer still escapes the hangman’s rope?” ‘Ha! your proud spirit is stil] unconquered then, Inez Revilla?” angrily said the Spaniard. “ Assuredly. You can never break m spirit, Luis Ramirez. I will die here, rather hans be- come your wife,” ** And die you shall, girl, if you do not con- sent. I have given you two months to consider the matter, and you shall yet be the Senora Ramirez.” Never!” exclaimed the maiden, while the old negress gave a deep gro: n, — |
Page 16
‘ a —- *‘Tnez,” and the Spaniard suddenly spoke in strangely soft tones, ‘‘ Inez, if you will become my wife, I will give up the life I now lead, and together wo will fly to another land and live in happiness—” “ Happiness! Can you, whose hands are red with crime—you, the second officer of the buc- caneer schooner, Curse of the Sea, talk of hap- piness?” ‘* Hold, Inez, and hear me,” and there was no | anger in the tones. ‘“ You know how I love you, ae an “And yet disgraced yourself, and then be- came a buccaneer, as I now know you to be.” Yet I love you, Inez.” “‘T do not believe it, Luis Ramirez, and I hate myself that I ever loved you. ‘Love me!” Why, shame on you for so desecrating the word,” ‘Whether I love orhate you, you shall be my wife; and if Captain Rafael does not sail to- morrow—” “But Captain Rafael sails to-night.” The maiden uttered a quick cry; the Spaniard gave vent to an oath, and the negress to a yell of delight, as the stern voice was heard, and the tall form of a man appeared in the door- way. Well, Senor Ramirez, what means this?’ and Rafael fastened his eyes upon the sur- prised lieutenant, who said, almost savagely: ‘*Tt means, Captain Rafael, that this lady isa ig of mine, whom, to guard well, I brought this retreat in the hills, and which I believed was unknown to you.” ** You were mistaken, Senor Ramirez, for you see I am here. What have you to say, lady?” and Rafael turned his eyes upon the maiden, bas agg face was now flushed with hope, as she said: “Senor, I came not here willingly with this man.” ‘Then you shall leave it, senorita.” “Oh, bless Phi bless you! Sainted Virgin, I thank thee for bringing him hither!” cried the maiden, clasping her hands. “Thank the Virgin, then, fair Inez, for trans- ferring you from my keeping to that of Rafael! the Rover,” sneered Luis irez. “Oh, God in heaven! Is that man Rafael the Rover?” almost shrieked the maiden. “He is the commander of the schooner known as the Curse of the Coast,” again said the Spaniard. Inez Revilla took a quick step forward, and nny dete into the face of the man before er, asked, eagerly: speak. “He does, lady; but you are safe, and I will return you to your home, if you care not to re- main here with the Senor Ramirez.” gactee here with bim? Sooner would I ie} ‘*Then you shall leave this cabin at once. Ra- mirez, this lady is now under my care; do you return, sir, at once on board the schooner,” and Rafael turned sternly toward his lieutenant, who, with a face black with rage, left the cabin, but hesitated, as eeonee about to return, drop- ped his hand upon the butt of his pistol, and then, as a changing his mind, walked from the hut and disappeared in the tunnel leading through the rocky wall. “Senor, beware of that man; he means re- venge,” said the maiden, as she saw the dark, passion-worked face of Luis Ramirez. “T do not fear him, lady; but, tell me, how is it I find you here—a prisoner?’ and Rafael spoke with a kindness of tone that at once gain- ed the confidence of the young girl. “T can tell you in a few words, sir. That man, Luis Ramirez, was, two years ago, my betrothed husband, but his evil course led me to sever the engagement with him.” “You did right; and he has kidnapped you in some way, intending to drag you down to in- ae ‘*No, he wishes me to become his wife, yet it is not from love of me, but for love of gold. Two years ago my father died, leaving me half of his vast wealth; the other half he left to Luis Ramirez, whom we all believed honorable, when he should become my husband. My breaking my engagement with him, keeps him from falling heir to that wealth.” “T understand; and he would force you to marry him?’ ‘Yes, senor, and to do so he came to my plan- tation home, which is on the coast, watched his chance, and when my old nurse, here, and my- self were walking out one afternoon on the beach, we were seized by Luis Ramirez and two men, and brought hither, landing at night; and here we have been prisoners ever since, threatened with instant death if we made our presence known in any way.” ‘Senorita, deeply do I feel for you in your misfortune, and [ will do all in my power to serve you. To-night you shall leave this island and I will carry you in my carera and lan you at your own home. When it is dark I will come and conduct you to the landing, and carry you on board with me.” Ere the maiden could make reply, and with the joyous cry of the old negress ringing in his Does this man tell the CHAPTER XXI. A WOMAN’S LOVE. WHEN Pretty Nellie had given her testimony peg her recreant lover, Paul Melville, she felt that she had been avenged upon him for all the harm he had done her, and a triumphant light filled her eyes; but when the dread sen- tence of death had been passed upon him, and she knew that, with the morrow, he must die she covered her face with her hands and fled from the plaza. Seeking her own cabin—a neat little struc- ture, where she and her mad mother dwelt—the maiden threw herself upon a ship’s divan and burst into tears—tears that shook her whole frame and came from her inmost heart. At length she ceased weeping, and springing to her feet began to pace the room excitedly. ‘*T believed I had cast out of my heart every thought of him, and yet it cannot be so, if his coming death affects me in this way. ‘“*T believed that I had learned to hate him— yet I find him still in my heart. Oh! God! and with to-morrow’s sun he must die! The thought is terrible, and yet it is true. ‘‘ At this time to-morrow he will be dead! His handsome face will be cold; his heart will have ceased to beat; his lips, that have so often clung to mine in passionate kisses, will be cold and white; his hand, that has so often clasped mine, will be pulseless, and his eyes hold no longer in them the light of life! No—no—no! he must not die—he ought not die thus—he shall not die!” The last words the maiden uttered almost savagely, and after their utterance she became calm, excepting that she still paced the floor. In a short while her brow lost the look of sor- row, and the eyes the frightened gaze they had worn, and in deepest thought she remained for a long time, until suddenly a flush came to her cheeks, a brightness in her eyes, and she said, with determination: ‘Yes, I will save him.” Looking out of the window she saw the.crowd coming from the plaza, and in their midst were the three prisoners, whom, a moment after, she saw thrust into the guard-house. Instantly she went to the cabin, which was rt ee built, had two rooms, and stood off by itself. Before the door paced a sentinel, and upon her a ar he spoke to her politely. vs ere is the Senor Salvador, Martin?’ “He is within, Nellie, putting irons on the prisoners.” ‘* Tell him I would speak with him,” said the maiden, faintly. “Walk net in. You will find him in the room with the traitor—on the right.” Nellie 8 gt into the narrow passageway that divided the cabin in two parts, and just then Salvador, the keeper, came out of the door on the right, and, recognizing her, said, pleas- aur ‘* Well, senorita, have me at Melville safe? ‘“Yes—he must not escape; but, Salvador, can I speak with the Senor Melville?” “ Certainly ; I have no orders against allowin any one to see him, and if I had they would no include you. He is in this room, as he did not care to be in the same place with the others. Walk in; I will leave the door unlocked, so when you come out lock it please, and give the key to Martin.” **T will, Salvador; but I would see this man before he dies,” and Pretty Nellie stepped into the room, while the keeper passed out and join- ed Luis Ramirez, who just then passed the guard-house. Paul Melville was seated upon a low cot, iron- ed hand and foot, and his head was cast down as the maiden entered, Looking up as she crossed the threshold he gave a start, and said, doggedly: i oS And you have come to gloat over your vic- im? ‘No, Paul, I came to see you ere you died,” softly returned Pretty Nellie. “Upon your head will rest my blood, girl.” ‘“‘T know it—if you die.” ** And die I must. Am Inot doomed? and do you not know that Rafael never pardons?” “ad know that well, Paul; but you must not ie,’ ‘Girl, you talk like a fool.” “ ‘Yes, I was a fool ever to care for you, Paul Melville—to give up the regard of one who had a noble heart; but, having listened to your false avowals of love, having been to you all that I was, and havin now see you die,” an the deepest feeling. “And yet you deliberately said that to-day which caused me to be sentenced to death, for the dispatches I might have put aside.” ‘‘T was mad then, Paul; I have been injured by you; you saw me sink before your eyes and instead of stretching forth your hand to save me that hand was raised against me; but I did not die, and I lived to be revenged on you—” you come to see that I the maiden spoke with loved you, I would not | — save you.” The prisoner started, his face flushed, and he rose to his feet, while he said, in an earnest whisper: ‘* What do you mean, girl?” ‘‘ Just what I say; you must not die.” Paul Melville smiled incredulously, but the maiden continued: ‘* Here is a file to free yourself of your irons. I will return here, after night. In the mean time I go to concoct some plan for your escape,” and unnoticing the outstretched, manacled arms Pretty Nellie turned and left the room, locking the “am and giving the key to Martin, the ard. As Pretty Nellie left the guard-house, she ob- served that Matt Morton and several seamen were on board the carera, evicently fitting her for sea, and a smile of hope crossed her beauti- ful face as she muttered: ‘‘There is my chance; if the carera is to sail it will doubtless be to-night. In some way must get him on board of her; but how?” ‘Senorita, the fisherman who is sick and wounded was calling you as I passed the cabin just now,” said a buccaneer to the maiden, as e walked by, on his way to the beach. Pretty Nellie was the devoted nurse of all that were sick, and on this account, added to her beauty and gentleness, had won the hearts of all on the island; but she uttered an impa- tient ejaculation at the news brought her by the buccaneer, and continued on her way to- ward the beach. But feeling that if the sick man was calling her, he really wanted her, and knowing that he was very ill, she determined to first see the in, valid, and retraced her way toward the cabin | where Jay a man, a Cuban fisherman, who ha been picked up a few weeks before, at sea, sick, and with a severe wound in the forehead, which he said had been given him by some buccaneers, who, after robbing him of his fish, had set him adrift in a small boat. The wounded man had been tenderly cared for by Pretty Nellie, who felt deeply for him in his distress and loneliness. Reaching the little cabin where the fisherman lay, the maiden cautiously stepped within, for she heard no movement, and hoped the invalid had dropped off to sleep. But the next moment she sprung toward the cot upon which the man had lain; it was empty; but upon the floor in the corner, in a heap, la the man, and with a little cry of alarm, Nellie attempted to raise him up; but she started back with a cry of horror, for she was in the presence of the dead. : Dropying the corpse, she would have fled from the cabin, when a sudden idea seized upon her, and raising the body she placed it upon the bed, covered it up carefully and left the hut, walk- ing rapidly toward the beach once more. mn the way to the shore she came unex- pectedly upon Captain Rafael, who bowed coldly to her, for since his return from college the two had held no conversation; he had never forgiven her for breaking her pledged word to him. Not that he had deeply loved her; but she was young and beautiful, and he wasa mere youth then, and had been fascinated with her, | while she, as soon as he was gone, had been won by Paul Melville. ‘Captain Rafael, can I ask of you a favor?” and, her face crimson, the maiden confronted the young buccaneer. ‘“How can I serve you, senorits?’ calmly asked Rafael. ‘* A short while since, the crew of the carera brought in a poor fisherman whom they picked up at sea, adrift in an open boat, wounded and sick; in fact, I think he will die.” ‘* Well, senorita?’ as the maiden paused. “The carera is now getting ready for sea; when does she sail?” “To-night at the turn of the tide.” ‘That will be about midnight?” “ Yes.” ‘**Can I ask whither she is bound?’ ‘*To Havana direct.” ‘“‘ Can this poor fisherman go in her?” Rafael’s brow darkened; then he said, quietly: “The coast fishermen have never been our en- emies, and if this one issick and in distress, I will carry bim to Havana, and see that he is taken care of there until he is well. Morton shall get him acccmmodations in a pulperia and I will give him gold to pay for it. Can serve you in any other way, senorita?” ““No; I thank you sincerely for what you | have done,” and Pretty Nellie turned away, her eyes filled with tears, for it cut ber to the heart | to have Rafael treat her in that cold Hama aed u | | Once he had been far different toward her; | that was in the olden time, before Paul Melville had crossed her path to bring a curse upon her | very existence. CHAPTER XXII. A BOLD GAME FOR LIFE. | WHEN pretty Nellie left Captain Rafael, she ‘ wended her way rapidly down toward the {
Page 17
_ more The Pirate Prince. beach, arriving there just as Coxswain Morton landed from a boat, in which he was taking stores on board the carera, ‘‘Good-evening, senor! I have a message for you from Captain Rafael.” ‘““What is it, senorita?” asked the coxswain, doffing his hat; for he had long been half in love with the pretty girl. “There was an old fisherman picked up at sea a short while since, and as he is sick and wounded, Captain Rafael says he can go in the carera to Havana with you.” “The captain’s word is law, senorita; where is the man?’ “Up at his cabin on the hill.” **T will send for him.” **Oh, no! he is but a shadow, and Senor Mar- tin will bring him down, and we will go out to the carera in my boat, for I wish to see that he is made comfortable, you know; but you must give the order to let us on board, and have a place prepared for him in the most quiet part of the vessel.” “Pll not forget, senorita; I only wish you were going along to nurse him, for, as I act as an officer on this voyage, I could find plenty of leisure to chat with you,” said the gal'ant cox- swain. “Yes, I would like it; but I cannot now leave the island. By the way, what crew is going?’ auswered Nellie, first with interest, and then asking the question with perfect indifference. “The captain told me to take half a dozen of the islanders; but word just came to me to take a score of the schooner’s crew, with two or three islanders.” “Then J. wish you would do me a favor, Senor Morton,” and the maiden looked her very sweetest into the face of the coxswain, who an- swered promptly: “You have but to name it.” “Well, Martin, you know, is considered a splendid nurse, and as I have taken a great in- terest in this poor fisherman, I wish you would detail Martin as one of the islanders to go with the carera, and allow him full care of the sick “T will do it, senorita, with pleasure; I will send for him at once.” ‘No, I will see him as I go back by the guard- house and let him know, for he is on duty there now: then, when he comes aboard he can bring the invalid.” ‘* Just suit your own pretty self, senorita, and you suit me. What, are you going?’ “Yes; but I must thank you for your kind- ness, Senor Morton. When you come again into the basin, be certain to call at the cabin and see me,” and the maiden hastily departed, leaving the coxswain quite.happy over the talk he had had with her. As Nellie returned by the guard-house she stopped to speak to the sentinel, a slight tremor in her voice, for she felt that she was playing a dangerous game. It was just sunsot, and the last rays of light fell upon her face, giving it a rosy tinge. ‘*Senor Martin, at what time do you come off of duty to-night? ** At ten o'clock, senorita; I came on at six.” ‘Senor, I once heard yousay that if you had the chance to leave off your present life, you would give up the sea and return to an honor- able career.” “T did say so, senorita, and I meant it,” said tho sentinel, glancing around him. “Senor Martin, how much money have you laid aside—that is, how much gold have you?” The man seemed surprised; but answered: ‘“A thousand pesos are all I possess, and I eae had to dye my hands with blood to get that much, ‘Would you like to make as much again by one act?” “Tf it is murder I would have to do, no; Iam sick of scenes of carnage.” “No, it is to save life. I will give you one thousand pesos if you will act a part for me.” “T will du what I can for you without pay, senorita.” ‘*No; you must take the gold. I have had many presents from the men, and I have far han the sum named. Suy you will do this for me, and I will bring your gold within the hour.” ‘* What would you have me do, senorita?” “Twill tell you. The coxswain, Senor Matt Morton, bade me say to you that you were de- tailed to sail inthe carera to-night for Havana, and to come on board with your kit.” “T am glad of this. [have been six months on the island now without a cruise,” said the man, in joyous tones. “TJ thought you would likeit, and so I asked to have you go. “Jt was very kind of yo and I thank you, senorita. Now what can I do for you?” ‘When you go on board, take your gold with You—also that which I will give you.” “And why, senorita?” ‘Tn case you should not return—in case that, When you got to Havana, you might wish to re- main on shore, and take e in some shi for the United States, you know that you would haye two thousand pesos to take with you,” sig- nificantly said the maiden. “Pretty Nell, you have some deep meaning under all this. Speak out! if I cannot aid you, I ey at least not betray you,” said the sen- tinel. ‘‘ Well, when I come back here to-night, I wish to get from you the key unlocking the room in which Paul Melville is confined.” “You had it to-day; you can have it again | to-night, poor girl; but he is not worthy of | ou.’ ‘“‘ Of that we will not speak. When I get the key, I wish you to stand at the corner of yon- der cabin, and, should you see a man with me, give no alarm.” “Oh, I see; but I would be shot in the morn- ing 4 allowing him to escape.” ou forget that ariother guard takes your | place, and that you sail at midnight.” ‘Yes, but upon my return—” “You forget that you will go on shore at Ha- | vana, not to return.’ ** Oh, yes; liberty and two thousand pesos.” True; but this is not all. lieved, I wish you to go right aboard with your kit and gold—then return to the cabin where lies the sick fisherman.” “ And why, senorita?” “To meet me there; and more—Captain Ra- fael has man to shall be taken to a pul care; also, you are, so Coxswain Morton sai ven me permission to send the fisher- | 17 CHAPTER XXIII. THE GAME OF LIFE. “PauL MELVILLE, to-morrow you are doom- ed to die—do you fear to wear a dead man’s clothes now?” In spite of his courage, and he was a brave man, Paul Melville again shuddered, while he answered: “What would you have me do, Nellie?” “T will tell you. A fisherman was picked u at sea, some time since, in an open boat; he ha been robbed, wounded and set adrift by some | buceaneer vessel. ‘“ When brought here he was very ill, and I have nursed him as carefully as I could; but to- night, with no one near him, he died, and I found him dead, lying in the corner, a little over an hour ago; he is still there. ‘* Hitting upon a plan for you to escape, I ob- tained permission to send the fisherman to Ha- vana, in the carera, that sails to-night, and I | have bribed a man to take care of him on the When you are re- | to be the nurse of the fisherman, taking full charge of him, and allowing no one to come near | Here it is. to disturb him on the voyage. “The fisherman is wounded in the head, you know, which necessitates bandages that almost completely conceal his face, and as he is weak, | you can carry him, for you are a strong man, a very strong man, Senor Martin.” ‘*T am listening, senorita.” “Well, after your traps and gold are on board the carera, senor, come to the cabin yon- der, and [ will meet you there; then you can throw a blanket around the poor fellow, raise him in your arms, and carry him down to the boat. I will go with you on board, to see that he is made comfortable. “And, senor, if you should think that the fisherman was rather heavy for a man who had been long ill, you need not mention it, you know, any more than you would if you saw that his fifiben had so changed his face as to be unrecognizable as the one who was picked up in | the boat. I will be back soon with the gold, renot acre and Pretty Nellie quickly disap- ared. In half an hour she was back again, a shawl around her form, and in her arms she carried a bag heavy with gold, which she placed down by the cabin. ‘There is the gold, Senor Martin. When you o on board the carera with your traps, don’t forget it, you know; now for the key, if you please.” The sentinel handed her the key, with the re- mark: ‘This is a dangerous game, a desperate game, you are playing, senorita.” “Yes, but it is for a life,” and the maiden disappeared in the cabin, and the moment after stood before Paul Melville. ‘‘ Have you freed yourself of your irons?” she abruptly asked. ‘“VYos, Nellie; but what is you plan?” ““T have no time to talk. Come, and neither speak nor make the slightest sound.” ‘*T will obey; lead on.” Out of the room the two went, the maiden locking the door behind her, and then turning to her companion, she said: “While behind the cabin and await me there.” Looking out of the door, she saw through the em. ‘That is your way; now go, and await my toward the sentinel, while darting out of the door, Paul Melville turned in the other direction atid disappeared around the corner. while you will be relieved; then go on board For the present, adios.” And Pretty Nellie walked off a few steps, turned, and going behind the guard-house, was | joined by Paul Melville. ‘¢Come, we must make a detour to avoid see- ing any one,” she said, coldly, while the man murmured earnestly: “Bless you, Nellie; you are an angel, andIa | very devil to have ever deserted you.” e maiden made no reply, but led the way | close in under the wooded hillside, until they reached the lonely cabin, in which Jay the body | of the dead fisherman, “Tf you do uot fear the presence of the dead, | nter.” With a shudder Paul Melville age into the e % cabin, and following him closel llie closed the door behind her, and bol it; then they stood in total darkness, and no sound broke the | silence but the moaning of the sea upon the rocky shore. ‘¢Here, senor, here is your key; in a short | return this key to the guard, you go | darkness the form of the sentinel, standing at | the corner of the cabin, his back turned toward | | covered and trouble will way, and to carry him on board the carera to- night. He will be here within the hour, and you must be the fisherman.’ ** But he will find out the cheat,” ‘* No, he cannot see it through gold, and your weight he will not notice, as he is a strong man; in fact he knows that he is to playapart, Will avana, where he says the poor man | you escape in this way?” ria and have rey | Tage | wa arm. wil is preferable to death at the yard- do anything you wish, Nellie,” “Then here; I will lead you to the body, Put his clothes on over your own, then roll him in a blanket, and I will come back and join you; but, Paul Melville, first pledge me one thing if I aid you to escape,” and the maiden spoke earnestly. ‘‘ Name it, Nellie.” ‘That you will never bring harm to those on this island—that you will never pilot any ves- sel-of-war here—swear this, Paul, by your every hope in life.” **T swear it, Nellie.” “Tt is well; now I will leave you fora few moments,” and the maiden left the cabin, while Paul Melville turned to the dead body, emacia- ted by long illness, disrobed it, and pulled the rude suit on over his own clothing, after which he rolled the corpse up ina blanket, and stood awaiting the return of the maiden, his heart throbbing and brain whirling with the emo- tions that swept over him. foon she returned, and lighting an oil taper. she took from beneath her shaw! a false bear and wig, which she placed upon the face and head of. Paul Melville, after which, with linen bandages wrapped skillfully across his fore- head, she so disguised him that none would have suspected him of being other than the wounded fisherman. ‘“Now throw yourself there on the cot, and await my return. If any onecomes while I am away feign illness, and say I will soon be back.” ut, Nellie, the body of the dead man will be found in the morning, my escape will be dis- all upon you,” said Paul. His words affected her deeply, and it was a moment before she could speak, for she thought: ‘‘He is not wholly selfish, as I believed; he does care for me after all.” “The body will not be found, for I was just going to carry it away and— ‘* And what, Nellie?’ ‘** And hide it from discovery,” ‘“* Nellie, let me do this—you are too frail to bear the load.” “No; I can easily ecrry the corpse, worn down as it has been by illness, You must re- main here.” As she spoke, the maiden, yet not without a shudder, raised the body in her arms, and left the cabin. Misheop' J her chance she slipped into the gloom of the overhanging cliff, and as rapidly | as she could, directed ber , up the glen to si coming,” and stepping out Nellie walked briskly | where a y ath Jed up the hillside. Ascending this with considerable difficulty _ owing to her load, she soon came to the plateau, _ or top of the cliff, and turned toward the north- the earera, and return quickly to the cabin. | ern end of the island, where the rocky hill broke off in a precipice that overhung the sea, hund- reds of feet below. Upon the edge of this precipice she halted, and laid down her lifeless burden, while the sweat stood in great beads upon her forehead, and her breath was drawn hard and fast, “Oh, it 1s horrible! yet I must do it: I must not shrink now. No, no, no! notafterallI have dared. “He is dead! Let me see if he really is dead,” and the slender fingers rested upon the pase, and then the hand was placed over the e ‘Yes, he is dead; yet it is fearful to hurl him into the sea, and I know I will see his falling form nightly in my di eams. “But why do I hesitate! My hesitation may lose all; I must act.” With firm-set teeth she raised the body again in her arms, and with a mighty cffert burledi over the cliff; then, with a stifled cry she turn and fled from the spot. Over the plateau she went like a frightened deer—down the steep hillside, along the path to a —
Page 18
—— 18 “ The Pirate Prince. the cabin, until with a groan of joy, she rushed into the cabin as a place of refuge, and fell for- ward into the arms of Paul Melville. “Nellie, my God! What alarms you? Are we discovered? If so, give me arms and I'll not die likea dog. Speak, Nellie, what is it?” ‘‘Have no fear; the fright was for me, not | for you. Ha! there is a step: itis Martin.’ A gentle tap came upon the door, and rising, the maiden with considerable difficuity went to open it. The sentinel, Martin, stood before her. ‘*T have come,” he simply said. *« And your traps, and the gold?” ‘‘Are on board the carera. Where is the fisherman?” ‘““He is here. You see that he is all bundled | up for the voyage,” and she pointed to the cot upon which phe Melville had thrown himself. By the dim light from tho taper Martin saw the form of the pretended fisherman, and cross- ed to the cot, where, bracing himself as though for a heavy load he raised Melville in his arms. Instantly Nellie put out the light and quickly followed on the way down to the beach, Martin, in spite of his load, walking with a firm tread. ithout incident they reached the landing, and there Nellie’s boat awaited them. It was a light craft, built for her by some of the buccaneers, but it readily held the three who entered it, Martin seated in the stern, still holding his charge in his arms, while Nellie seized the oars and pulled rapidly for the carera,that lay half a cable’s length from shore. Running alongside, they were met at the gangway by two seamen; but declining assis- tance, Martin stepped on board still bearing his weight, and soon had the supposed wounded man in a retired bunk amidships. “will remain by him for an instant?” “Yes, soon,” returned Nellie. “7 will be but a minute,” and Paul Melville | was alone, perhaps for the last time, with the | woman whose happiness he had wrecked, whose life he had attempted to take, and who in re- turn was saving him from death at the yard- arm. “Nellie,” said the man, softly, attempting to her hand. i Do not speak tome. What I have done, L have done; so let it rest,” pec the maiden, and in a dim light from the swinging lantern, somo distance away, he saw her bury her face in her hands. “Nellie, we will meet again; you will not be forgotten,” he said, softly. “Never! We must never meet again. Re- member your pledged faith, Paul Melville, never to come here again. Now I must go, for here comes the Senor Martin.” “One moment. I mean we shall meet again. Now, Nellie, kiss me good-by.” “No; I must go.” ‘Nellie, if I should be discovered, dragged from here and swung up to the yard-arm, you would, when you heard of it, regret deeply that you had refused my last request. Kiss me, Neihe girl tooped quickly—her li t th e 8 quickly—her lips met those of the man who had de troyed her happiness and the next instant she was gone an Paul Melville was alone. As Nellie ascended to the deck sho met Martin and she said, faintly: “Care for him well. Let no one go near him but yourself, and upon egisyor | at Havana go ashore at night; take him to a pulperia, and there your work will have ended. is gold for inci- dental expenses. No thanks. Lead a different life, and Wiatinge in some way to send me word that all is well! Adios! adios!” Dragging her hand from that of the seaman, she bounded to the gan Matt Morton, the coxswain. “Well, senorita, your man is aboard, Mar- tin tells me. I hope you found his quarters pleasant.” “Indeed I did, senor, and I hope you will not allow him to be disturbed. The Senor Martin will care for him. Upon your return be certain to come and see me. By the way, Martin will give you a letter from a friend of mine in Ha- vana. Please bring it to me. age! Bueno noches, Senor Morton,” and Nellie sprung into her li ht skiff, and darted away, leaving the coxswain far more in love with her than ever before. Arriving at the beach the maiden drew her boat up on the sand, and then crouching down | pbebin it, prepared to await the sailing of tho carera. , Nearly an hour passed away, and then three pre heavily cloaked, came down upon the h—two of them of short stature, the third tall and commanding in figure. ‘““Two of these are women, and with Captain Rafael! Who can they be? “*What can all this mean? There are others lotting besides myself. Well, I have nothing do with it, and I will kee sag but who those women are, and why with the Senor Ra- fuel, I cannot understand,” As the three persons reached the shore, a boat from the carera met them, and the next in- ou anor Martin; but I must go on shore | ay, and there mes | A pleasant voy- | stant they were on their way out to the little vessel. Still watching, Nellie saw the sails set on the graceful craft, the anchor hauled atrip, and | the next moment, under the pressure of a light breeze, the carera stood across the basin, and passed from sight as she entered the rocky walls of the channel. CHAPTER XXIV. UNDER THE SHADOW OF EL. MORO, Havine gained an offing from the Buccaneer Island, Captain Rafael left the deck in charge of Coxswain Morton, promoted for the time be- ing to the second in command of the carera, a position that the new officer was exceedingly proud of. ‘“‘How shall I head, sir?” asked Matt Morton, as Rafael turned away. ‘** As you are for the preset. I was just going | into the cabin to consult the lady passengers re- garding her desires as to where she will land.” Entering the sumptuously-furnished cabin, Captain Rafael found his fair passenger reclin- ing upon a silken divan, her face aglow with hope, while at her side knelt the old negress, a murmur of joy escaping her lips in monotonous strain. “Pardon my intrusion, senorita, but I come to ask if you prefer to land at your own home or would have me you to Havana?” an Rafael stood politely, with uncovered head, be- fore the beautiful girl, who replied quickly: “ Be seated, senor capitan, and we will decide between us; but, dare you enter Havana with your vessel?” “Yes, lady, I dare go anywhere; but of course not in the garb you know me, If I run into Havana, I am a south-side planter, and this is my yacht—my name being Don Bernado Ro- salia—” “1 understand, senor—neither myself or my old nurse, Magdalen, would REGFAY Olt or yours, after all you have done for us. No, I shallever remember Rafael, the Rover, with kindness, nay, with friendship, and since you came to our rescue this afternoon, Magdalen has been praying to the Virgin even for hg’ prosperity,” and the maiden smiled sweetly, while ael said, somewhat bitterly: “Tt is kind of Magdalen, for my prosperity is other people’s ruin; but I am glad, senorita, to have won your blessings instead of your curses; then, if you are willing, I will carry you to Ha- vana, running in by night, and landing under cover of the darkness, for I do not wish to at- tract more attention than is necessary. You have friends in Havana?” “Yes, an uncle—General Muriel Sebastian.” ‘Indeed! he commands the Moro Castle,” said Rafael, in some surprise. ‘Yes, senor, and he is as stern as those old castle walls; but not to me, for he has been ever kind, and my mother, his sister, was the being he most loved in the world; but am I not tiring you, and also depriving you of your cabin?” “Oh, no! not tiring me, and T have delightful quarters beyond this cabin, which is wholly at your service, and none will disturb you. Now will return to the deck and lay our course for Havana.” ‘¢You are running a terrible risk, senor. Sup- pose, after all, you land me at some place on the coast,” “No, I am going to Havana anyhow, and one who leads the life I do carries Fate in his hands. There are refreshments, senorita, and if I can serve you in any way, please command me. Buenas noches,” and Captain Rafael returned to the deck, and the carera was put away for Havana. Upon the night following the de ure from the island, the pretty little vessel glided swiftly in under the shadows of the Moro, and dropped anchor close in shore. ‘Now, senorita, I am ready to escort you to our uncle,” and Rafael pan entered the cab- n, where Tnez Revilla ani Magdalen awaited him, ready for departure. “Te you will escort me to a volante on shore, I can easily be driven to my uncle’s,” said Inez, with a pleasant smile. “No, I consider you my Proteaee, and shall see you safely in the arms of your uncle.” ‘But the great, risk you run, senor, Oh! do not, for my sake, place yourself in such peor: ardy. Why,I go right into the walls of the Moro, where my uncle lives.” pict + know; it is early and we will find him up; besides, I have long had a desire to see the inte- rior of the Moro,” said Rafael, carelessly. Offering his arm he led the maiden on deck, and Matt Morton politely saluted him, as he asked: “ Can I send Martin ashore, sir, in a boat, with the sick fisherman?’ “ Certainty . tin gold to ef low at some pul ‘Or dies; he is very low, sir,” said the sym- pathizing coxswain, who felt an interest_in the ae according to his regard for Pretty ellie, The cutter having been lowered and hauled alongside, Captain faei handed Inez and her | old nurse into the stern-sheets, and then called out: ‘Morton, let Martin and his man go ashore with us; there is pee of room.” Five minutes after, Martin appeared on deck, his burden in his arms, and descended into the cutter and took a seat in the bow. Then the boat was pushed off and soon landed at a pier, when Rafael sent a seaman to call two volantes. One soon arrived, and Rafael called to Inez, to escort her to it; but she drew back, ‘* No, senor capitan, he is suffering and should be the first cared for. Let them go in thisvehi- cle; another will soon arrive.” ‘“As you please, senorita. Here, my man, take your patient in this volante, and when you have found him quarters and made him com- fortable, return to this landing and a boat will meet you.” Martin obeyed this order with alacrity, in- wardly blessing the maiden for first thinking of his patient and getting him out from under the eagle eye of the young chief, for he was in constant dread of discovery, and the nearer he drew to safety the more nervous he became, As for Paul Melville, he was perfectly calm. Tf it came to the worst, he could raise the alarm, declare that Rafael the Rover was there, and he could soon prove that he was a commissioned officer in the navy of the United States. But nee pepe that Pau] Melville was even alive, Rafael of course had no suspicion of who was at his very side, and aided Martin and his charge into the volante. ‘* Gracias, senor, gracias, senor capitan,” said Paul Melville, in a faint voice, to Rafael, and in perfect Spanish. A moment after the volante wheeled rapidly away, as a second one dashed up, and drew rein near the. boat. Into this vehicle Rafael helped the Senorita Inez and 67 and then sprung in himself. “To the Moro—the commandant’s quarters,” he said to the driver, and the heavy carriage rumbled along the streets on its way tothe gun- guarded fortress. A short drive and the vehicle was admitted through the massive gateway, and drew rein in front of the quarters of the commandant. ** Now, senor, you will leave me here?” plead- ed Inez, prasping the hand of the buccaneer. ‘*No, I will give you into the charge of your uncle; senorita.” Before the maiden could reply, an officer stood by the side of the vehicle. “T would see General Sebastian, senor; I have his niece, the Senorita Revilla, with me.” “Certainly, senor; he will most gladly wel- come you, for the mysterious disappearance of the senorita has pained him deeply. Your name, senor, and I will announce you.” ‘* Don Bernado Rosalia.” ‘Si, senor,” and the officer disappeared to re- turn the next instant, accompanied by a distin- ished-looking man in the full uniform of a panish general, and with a glad cry the mai- den found herself clasped in her uncle’s arms. “ Ah, cara mia, 1 welcome you again and sient I believed you forever lost to me; but tell me, where have you been, and to whom do we owe your rescue? ‘Uncle, this is the gentleman to whom I owe so much—Don Bernado Rosalia. He it was who saved me from that wretched buccaneer, Luis Ramirez—” ‘Ha! itisas I have heard—Luis Ramirez is then e b goarald uy “But, senor, on me, if, in the joy of m niece’s return, YSure seemed to slight you--it was unintentional, senor, I assure you, and you must now come in and have wine with me; but how is it you rescued Inez+~—pray tell me.” “There is an island, senor general, near my home, where I often hunt; it is sometimes occu- pied by buccaneers, and it was there that Rami- rez took the senorita, and. held her in imprison- ment, while he was on a cruise, hoping, upon his return, that she would be forced to marr him; but my visiting the island broke up his lit- tle plans, as 1 found there the senorita and brought her home—that is the whole story, se- nor general.” ‘“« And I have to thank you, senor, more than I can ever express; but if you will not accept my hopin while in Havana, you must take wine with me. Here, Pedro, bring wine and glasses,” and the general called to a ser- vant, while he continued: “At what hotel will you stop, senor, for J would do myself the honor of a call upon you?’ “J shall remain upon my carera, senor. If! do not sail with the morning tide, it will giv’ me pleasure to see you, aba the senorita, 0 board to-morrow. The lady Inez knows m vessel well, and can see if I have gone, for w are anchored near here.” “We will certainly come if you_are in por Now, senor, I drink your very good health, a: to our better acquaintance.” The toast was drank, and Rafael said, qui y: “ And now, senorita, to your future hay ness.” Inez Revilla bowed low, and a blush cie
Page 19
over her cheeks, which, the moment after, were | pale, for each instant she dreaded that her ave preserver would be found out in his real character. But, without discovery, Rafael bade adios to his fair passenger and the commandant, and springing into the volante, was soon at the land- ing once more. ‘Has Martin returned, coxswain?’ he asked, of the man in charge of the boat. “No, senor; but the volante driver brought you this note,” and the seaman handed a mis- sive to Rafael, not thinking it worth while to say anything about a letter he had to deliver to Matt Morton, and which he had received from the driver of the volante. “T will read it when I get on board; pull for the carera.” Arriving at the vessel, the buccaneer chief en- tered the cabin and glanced at the note. as follows: “SeNoR CAPITAN: “Desirous of leading a new life, and conscience- stricken at. my past career of crime, I have deter- mined not to return on board the carera. ! “Tt will be useless to seareh for me, as I will not be found. “The wounded fisherman I left in comfortable quarters, and those. caring for him will be liberally rewarded. “Now, capitan, I bid you adios, with every wish for your welfare, for you have ever been toward me a kind and noble commander. “Your servant, “ Bp MARTIN, “P.S. You may rest assured that I will not be- tray you or my comrades. I shall know nothing of the carera or her movements. KE. M.” ‘Well, if he keeps his good resolutions I will | not regret that he is gone; but I must put at once to sea, for he may betray me. [can land on the coast somewhere, and Gome from thence back to Havana. Mr. Morton.” “Ay, ay, sir!” rung out Matt Morton, who, when called by his captain, had just finished reading by the binnacle light, the address upon a sealed letter, handed him slyly by the boat’s | coxswain, when he came on board. The letter was addressed as follows: “To THE SENORITA NELLIE, “ Kindness, ‘* Acting Lieutenant, *““MatTr Morton.” It was the ‘‘ acting lieutenant” that particu- larly pleased the officer, and puttin away in his pocket, he descend cabin. ‘ ’ ¥ ‘Morton, up with the anchor, and we will put at once to sea.” ‘“‘ But the seaman, sir—Martin?” “* Will remain for the present in Havana.” ** Ay, ay, sir!” and ten minutes after the ca- rera was gliding seaward, while a pair of dark eyes, dimmed with tears, were watching her flight from a window in the gloomy Moro’s walls, and murmuring a prayer for the man who had saved her from the terrible fate that had. threatened her. “He is gone! Will I never see him more?” and with a deep sigh Inez Revilla turned sadly Pete! 4 from the window, an aching void in her It ran the letter | into the ; CHAPTER XXV. Fi A —— MOVE. . - THOUGH. Captain aél was aps right, in not feeling perfect confidence fn the word of Martin, not to betray him, he would certainly have felt sorry to have doubted him, had he | Conght sight of the deserter a few moments af: ter he dispatched the letter to his command - er, and known what was passing in the thoughts of the honest fellow. Upon entering the volante Martin had given | orders to drive to a certain pulperia, where sailors BA sy when in port; but as soon as they had gone a square he ¢ the order, | at the sug.gontion of Paul Melville, and they were put down at the side door of the Cuban host, Pedro Nunez, who upon seeing a vehicle oe up hastily came out to receive its occu- “Welcome, senores, welcome; you desire rooms doubtless?” Having thrown aside his wig, beard, band- ages ants anit of fisherman attire, Paul Melville attire, and sai or he no longer felt himself under the ioona a the ales: , Senor Nunez, { see that you do not know me. I did leave you rather Somenenaci- ously, a a while mes bub I have returned, you see, I suppose you have m ” hr: Ah, soniistned I know > spy a I feared you had been dealt foully with: but I am glad to see you back. Yes, ycur ba: age is in the room I had prepared for you, Th sisa —one of your men, I suppose?” and ganced at the seaman’s suit worn by Ha Mer. ) ““No, he is my friend, and I will go at once to | my room, and gentleman needs one, too— next to mine—and, Senor Nunez, we do not wish any one to know of our arrival here—you understand?” * Perfectl senor; your wish is my law; your quarters sha be safe and comfortable,” _ guar The Pirate Prince. “Thank you; now bid the driver to wait, if he would have double fare,” and Paul Melville and Martin followed the host into the house, where they were shown to comfortable quar- ters in a retired wing of the house. ‘* Well, I shall rest here for a day or two without leaving my room, for I have had little rest of late, as you know, Martin; but first, let me write a few lines to that noble girl, and I will inclose them in the letter you say you in- tend sending.” Calling for writing materials the two men sat down, and while both of them wrote to Nellie, Martin also inscribed a note to Captain Rafael, os same which the reader has already heard read. His note to Nellie was as follows: ‘In safety I reached here with the poor fisher- man, who bore the voyage exceedingly well, and we are both located in a pu/peria where every attention will be shown us. ‘Need I say that I thank you for giving me the means to escape and lead a different life? “T think you will believe me when | say that I will not again commit crime, and through my life shall bless you as the guardian angel of the better career that is open before me.” There was no signature, and yet Martin knew that Nellie would recognize the writer, though she had never seen his writing. In the mean time Paul Melville wrote to the maiden, and in such a way as not to arouse sus- picion if the letter were seen by other eyes than those for which it was intended. These missives were then placed in the hands of the driver of the volante, along with a hand- ful of pesos, and instructions to deliver them to the coxswain of the boat, who in turn was to hand them to Matt Morton. The driver was also requested, by a liberal _ bribe, not to make known, if asked where he had driven his passengers. After partaking of a hearty supper washed down with rare old Spanish wine, Paul Melville retired for the night, while Martin went down into the saloon of the hotel. As he took a seat at one of the tables he saw four seamen, whose conversation soon made known to him that they belonged to the Ameri- can sloop-of-war Sea Hawk, and his face paled, for thare flashed across his mind the substance | of a conversation he had overheard. between the old buccaneer chief and Captain Rafael, for, | upon the arrival of the schooner in the basin, he was engaged upon some work just outside of the head-quarters cabin. “* Nombre de Dios !” he exclaimed, half-aloud, “T must protect Captain Rafael or he will fall into atrap. I remember, he told the old chief, he intended going on the Sea Hawk, and repre- senting himself as Lieutenant Paul Melville. ‘*Now all this was well enough if the lieuten- ant was out of the way, and would be now if he had been hung, as sentenced, at the yard-arm; but with that officer now in Havana, and ready to go upon the Sea Hawk as soon as he gets a little rest, it will be a bad thing for the captain , to go aboard to impersonate a man who may ap- pear at any moment. This must not be, and I will go at once down to the landing, see Captain Rafael, and tell him, to my surprise, I found | that the su oo fisherman was none other than Paul Me ville. ‘*T will also, not to get that noble girl in | trouble, tell him that the lieutenant had bribed the rd to let him a and that same had said Pretty Nellie was sending the wounded fisherman to Havana, and that they had thrown the age devil from the cliff, dress- ed the officer u his clothes, and thus left him in the cabin, deceiving both the maiden and myself. This I will say Melville told me, and the result will be that those two fellows, Salva- dor and Merdito will be executed; but they are bad men anyhow, and it will little matter so I save the girl from suspicion. ‘Yes, I will go and tell this story, and say that the lieutenant went at once on board the Sea Hawk, and this will save the captain—but sainted Virgin! if he should hold me! No, he will not do that. Atany rate I will risk it.’ Quickly leaving the saloon, Martin walked rapidly toward the landing, off which the carera had anchored; but he was too late, for the little vessel was dimly visible in the distance going seaward. “Too bad! The carvera has gone back to the island, and Captain Rafael has remained in town to carry out his eal te idea of going on board the Sea Hawk as Paul Melville. Well, what can I do? “Tf I place myself on the pier opposite the vessel-of-war I may be recognized by some one as a buccaneer, and may not, after all, see the captain. Ah! I have it! I will prevent Paul Melville from going out until after the Sea Hawk has sailed. ; ‘*But how? There’s the rub; but I will do it, if I have to—” here there came an angry light | in his eyes, and he continued, almost savagely: ‘He is a traitor nga and I will not trust him, while Captain Rafael twice saved my life. Yes, if one of them must be sacrificed, it shall not be the captain.” ; Having made up his mind upon this point Martin returned rapidly toward the pulperia, and finding the four American seamen s 19 drinking in the saloon, he called for wine and asked them to drink with him, an invitation they readily accepted, for they were already ‘‘half-seas over.” From these sailors he learned that the Sea Hawk expected to sail in a very few days, going on a cruise, they believed, among the islands, but of that they were not certain. Martin also heard of the chase and sinking of the Curse of the Sea told over and over again by the seamen, who little knew that their lis- tener could tell them a very different story did he desire, and was at the time thinking that they would soon, perhaps, have that very Ra fael the Rover, whom they believed at the bot- tom of the sea, an officer over them, and proud- ly treading the quarter-deck of the Sea Hawk; but he wisely held his peace, and having gained all the information he could he bade his new aec- quaintances good-night and retired to his room meditating deeply upon some plan to keep Paul Melville from going on board the Sea Hawk. Determined to find out the views of the lieu- tenant regarding Captain Rafael, Martin en- tered his room and found the officer lying at full length upon a divan, smoking a cigar and lost in thought. “Come in, amigo, Have you been off after a flirtation with some of these dark-faced senor- itas? ‘Tye been looking around, senor, and I have been thinking of a little plot that perhaps you can aid me in.” “Speak out, amigo—I owe you my life, and Tl do all I can, you may rest assured.” ** Well, sir, you know that Captain Rafael came to us in the carera ?” “Yes, and I’ve been thinking that it would be a good plan to entrap him. e kidnapped me, you know, and I nearly lost my life by it, so I will see that he is taken and he will be broken on the wheel, or garoted,” and Paul Melville’s eyes flashed with determined hatred. “That is just it, senor. There is a big price offered for Rafael’s head, dead or alive, and we might as well handle the gold, and I can arrange it easily.” “ Then we will do it, Martin. Now to your plan.” ‘Well, senor, you say you are not going to leave here for a day or two?’ “Yes, Pll remain housed several days, rest- ing, and then go on board the sloop-of-war to which I am ordered.” “Shall I go aboard, senor, to let them know you are here? I would like a chance to enlist, you know.” “You can casily do that. I will see to it; but I will not let my captain know I am here until I go on board. Now to your plan?’ “Tt is this, senor; I know the pulperia where the chief will put up, and I can go there to-mor- row, find out his room, and lay my plans, so that to-morrow night we can go together, with several guards, and capture him.” “The very plan! You are a good plotter, and 1 will leave it in your hands.” The bueccaneer said no more, but rising, bade Paul Melville good-night, and sought own room, which adjoined that of the young officer, The following day he was up at an early hour, and was busy until late in the afternoon arrang- ing some plan for the night, and at a late hour sought Paul Melville in his room. “Tam ready, senor; the guards await us at the pulperia, and Captain Rafael is there, wholly unsuspecting. By the time we arrive it will be midnight, so you had better get ready.” *“*T will be with you in a moment, my fine fel- low. Now, here I am,” and the two left the house together and sprung into a volante await- ing in front of the door. After quite a long drive they got out in front of a rude tavern, or pulpevia, in one of the low- est, dingiest streets in Havana, and were at once ushered into a door on the side by the pul- pero, who met them. Within the narrow, dark hallway, stood two me! in uniform, and Martin introduced them as the . ‘We have a Tartar to catch, my men; I hope you are well prepared,” said Paul Melville. “Si, senor; we are ready for any emer- gency,” replied one of the men. ing along a narrow, dingy hallway, the five men, for the pulpero accompanied them, leading the way, ascended several rickety stair ways, and knocked at a low door. “Come in!” replied a voice within. “Enter first, senor,” said Martin, and Pav oe raised the latch and crossed the thresh te) It was a pleasant room inside, and neatly fur nished, with bed, easy-chair and table, upon which a lamp burned brightly. At the table sat a man who arose as the party entered. “We would see E] Capitan Rafael,” said Paul Melville, failing to recognize a dark-bearded large man who confronted him. As quick as a flash of light the man pointed the muzzle of a pistol in the face of Paul Mel- Bie hash he hissed forth: ” I ‘Senor, you are my prisoner. you resist will kill rt E : Paul Melville saw that the man was in carnest,
Page 20
and furthermore beheld the pulpero also holding a pistol at his head, while the two guards had artin in durance vile, and with a bitter impre- cation he said: : a : ‘‘T surrender; what is your intention with us?” “Not to harm you, unless you intend to es- cape; b:t to hold you prisoner until Rafael’s carcra leaves the karbor. You see the bucca- neer captain is merciful,” replied the man whom they had found in the room. : ‘Yes, ho is very merciful,” and then turning | to Martin he said in English: ‘“Wereinatrap. I hope he tells the truth - when he says he will release us when the carera sails.” **T hope so, senor,” said Martin in desponding tones. “ Here, no conversation between you. Re- move that man to the other room, and place the guard at his door,” sternly commanded the one who seemed to be the leader of the party. | ‘Come, sir,” and Martin was dragged from the room and Paul Melville was left alone, after \ the pulpero had told him he should be furnished with meals and all that he desired to pay for. As the door closed the pulpero locked it se- | curely and placed the key in his pocket, after ' which he ordered ove of the guards to take his ' stand outside. ‘ Then the other guard, tho leader and pulpero, | with Martin, went into another room near by, when the seaman no longer appeared to be a prisoner, as ho turned to his companions and | said: . ‘Senors, that was well executed, and I thank you. The pulpero will give you the gold agreed upon between us, and your duties as sen- tinels will only last a few days; buenas noches, comrades.” | The guard and his companion at once left the room, leaving the pulpero alone with the sec- | man, ‘Senor, you remember my instructions—to hold him prisoner until the American yessel-of- war sails? “ Yes.” “Then to drive him, by night, outside the city walls and leave him?” ** Si, senor.” “ Bueno! Now here is your gold—one hun- dred pesos for yourself, and fifty apiece for your taree comrades; is this all right, senor?” ‘* Si, senor.” “Then I will bid vou good-night. When you see Captain Rafael again tell him how one Mar- 'tin saved his life.” ‘*T will, senor. I owe el capitan much. He has been good to me, and I would serve him witnout the gold.” “No, you run a risk, and you deserve to be 7 - - —a paid for it; but I advise you to disguise the front | of your house, if oe can, and when you carry | ’ do so by another door, and do not forget to tell him you know nothing of | | the lieutenant ou me,” “T will, gracias, senor.” | With a wave of bis hand, Martin left the pul- peria, muttering to himself: “Well, I have saved the captain, and saved myself the blood of that traitor on my hands; | besides, if we should meet again, he will believe that I had nothing to do with it, and I can trump up a good story of how I was carried off for several days to sea; and the best of it is, the money I paid out is what was given me to de- fray the expenses of the poor fisherman! Ha! ha! ha! Ed Martin, you are a deep schemer; but you must now become an honest man; so here goes for other quarters until I decide upon what my future course will be. Why I may yet return home with honor, and be sent to re- present the poopie in Congress!” and with a | chuckle, Edward Martin, ex-buccaneer, walked brisk] himse CHAPTER XXVI. A MYSTERY UNSOLVED. and the world in general. Now that my kind reader can more fully | understand how it was that Paul Melville, a lieutenant in the United States Navy, became so ee ee hosed into the famous buceaneer, Rafael the betrayed by Luis Ramirez, the second officer of the Curse of the Coast, who had sworn revenge against his young chief, I will proceed with my t story, taking up the threads where they have been broken; but first let me explain that, in- stead of having deserted the island, as was be- lieved by the Americans, the buccaneers had simply sought a refuge in the many caves with | hills abounded, and the schooner and | hor erew had gone around to the lee of the isl- | which the and to lay concealed until after the expected visit, or until they were needed, while the ca- whose existence would never be suspected b | those unacquainted with the peculiarities of the | isle. Had it been the intention of Rafael to divido the crew of the Sea Hawk into separate parties, and thus have his comrades attack them, he could easily have done so, with every show of success, for the buccaneers lay on their arms in ee ee Pen ee ere along the deserted street, at peace with | over, and why he was | rera and small boats had been hauled into coves | the caverns awaiting some signal of attack, and The Pirate Prince. were greatly surprised that the sloop-of-war set sail without a combat; but they trusted in their young commander, whom all there knew to be on board the American vessel, and felt that some pressure he could not avoid caused him to act as he did. When the Sea Hawk, after leaving the basin, cruised around the island, to the spot where the schooner had been seen at anchor, with the crew on shore, signals were at once given from the highest cliffs to those on the Curse of the Sea, who were thus guided how to head, and of the whereabouts of theSea Hawk, and that a land- ing had been mado upon the island under the lee of the precipice. This latter signal Roy Woodbridge did not get in time to prevent his coming close in shore, yet his men were at the guns and prepared for an attack if the boats came upon them; but, as the reader will remember, this attack was not made, owing to the most mysterious and sud- den disappearance of Bancroft Edmunds, with- out whom Midshipman Ramsey dare not give the order to move upon the passing vessel. When night came on and the storm broke, the look-outs could no longer signal the schooner, and the two vessels came in close vicinity to each other, until, to escape, the buccaneer ran for the basin, and yet did not enter it, but luffing up quickly around a high wall of reef, hauling in sail, and letting fall his anchor, he rode out the gale in comparative safety, while the crew of the Sea Hawk, secing him disappear, believed he had gone down; but with quiet satisfaction the buccaneers, after their dangerous maneuver, saw the vessel-of-war dash by like a mad racer and disappear in the channel through the rocks, and as soon as the storm abated sufliciently the Curse of the Coast again put to sea, When the Sea Hawk had anchored the second time in the basin, it will be remembered that a dark form glided out of the forecastle hatch and disappeared over the bows into the water, to return, after an absence of some time, the same way, and without having attracted the attention of any of the tired watch who held the deck. This man was Rafael the Rover, who, letting himself down into the water, swem silently shoreward, and was soon upon the deserted beach, With quick step he walked through the de- serted hamlet, and coming to a treo that grow close against the cliff, he ascended it with ease for the distance of thirty feet, and then gave a loud, shrill whistle, “Ay, ay—who is it?” asked a bluff voice from the shadow of the cliff, and directly op- posite the spot where Rafael stood on the tree, “Tt is I, guard—Ratfael.” “ Ay, ay, sir—in one minute,” and there was a grating sound, and a dark object protruded from a rocky shelf, and the end rested upon | the limb of the tree that supported the bucca- neer, It was a plank bridge, and Rafael quickly crossed it and found himself upon a broad shelf of rock that wound around the cliff for a short distance to a crevice, at which stood a sentinel. “My father is in the cabin, Pedrez?”’ “Yes, senor capitan; but, sainted Virgin! how splendidly you brought the sloopin through the gale,” exclaimed the buccaneer guard, ad- miringly. “Thanks to the aid of Mad Maud, Pedrez.” “Yes, senor, her woman’s wit prompted her to light the beacon, when none of us men thought of it; but you handled the large craft well, sir.” ** And sodid Woodbridge the schooner. I am glad to see you on the alert, Pedrez,” and Rafael turned into the fissure in the rock, and aftera few steps came to a large cavern, the entrance | of which was lighted by a dim lantern. Entering, he found himself ina large, vaulted chamber, the dome of which sparkled back a | thousand jets of light from the score of lanterns that set around.on rocky shelves. Grouped about the large cavern chamber were a number of women and children, and some half a dozen men, the latter either wound: ed or invalids; the remainder of the buccaneers were on duty elsewhere, lying in ambush to at- tack their foes if the ‘arn should Le given. As Rafael passed through the cavern the crowd sprung to their feet and saluted him—a salute he hurriedly returned and then passed on through an arched doorway, which led him into another cavern—the quarters of the old chief. Reclining upon a cot, and with every appear. ance of making himself comfortable, the old chief was half asleep when Ratael eutered; but his step awakened him, and he arose quickly, while his face lighted with pleasure, ‘Well, boy, you are come—is he in your wer?” ‘* He is on his vessel, and that is anchored in the basin. The gale was so severe it drove me in for safety, sir.” You did well, and to-morrow we will entrap | them; but why in the fiend’s name did you not | give the signal of attack to-day?” _ “Father, the sloop has two hundred men. | Over a hundred were ashore to-day, while you | had but sixty men with which to attack them, If you tailed, all was lost, and they could have nen EE Le as » sent seventy-five more men ashore to aid those on the island, so I decided upon another plan—” ‘** Name it.” “Tt is to haunt the vicinity for several days, and then anchor the Sea Hawk off the island, and get Captain Markhem to come on shore with me in the cutter, under pretense of teach- ing him the channel; then you can easily take him, and me with him—” ~ By Heaven! a gceed plan! Once let mo get him into my power and I kaul down tho black flag with its red ancher of ho; e—my hepo shall be then a reality—a blood-red realization. Oh God! the glad joy I will fecl when that man is face to faco wih me,” and the old man placed his hand _ quickly upon his side, while his face became deadly pale. *‘ Ah, I must be careful, or my joy at the hope of revenge will kill me; it will causo this ac- cursed wound to break out. Well, boy, go on; I am listening.” ** T have little more to say, sir, except that I am sorry Mad Maud showcd herself to-day; but f ortunately she gave no sign that would betray Tis. ‘*'Yes, I was in terrible suspense when I was told she met the seamen upen the beach; but sho does strange things, you know, and must bo bu- mored. Thank Heaven sho lit tho Pilot Beacon to-night; otherwise you could not have gotten in, could you?” ‘* Perhaps not, sir; the danger was great as it was; but, father, I would like to ask ycur mo- tive in having the American lieutenant seized to-day?” ‘*T do not understand you, Rafael.” ‘Lieutenant Bancroft Edmunds, who com- manded the force that landcd on tho lee of tho island, re ges mest mysteriously, and all search for him proving useless, I of courso thought you had ordcred him captured, and—” “I did nothing of the kind. Of course I know of the landing, end saw the men searching tho rocks; but I did not know that any of the party were misirg.” Rafael gezcd fixedly into the face of the old man, and read tkero no desire to deceive Lim. Ue must look elcowhere fcr the mystery attcnd- ing the Earner of Bancroft Edmunds, and he answered: ‘* Then it must be as was believed aboard ship —that he fell from some rock and was crcwreu; but I wish you woukl have inquirics mado, rir, regarding the young cflicer; he is a fine fellcw and I should dislike harm to befall him. New i must return, and rest assured, in scme gcod way, I shall bring this life we lead to a speccy termination.” ““T belicve you, boy; but it_can end only when my revenge is complete. Be careful thet you are not seen returning, and co have a care that you are not suspected and at once strung up to the yarc-arm of the sloop, by the very man against whom we seek revenge—curses rest upon him! I will have search mace for the missing licutenant. But, Rafacl, I suppose you are age of the fact that the prisoner es- capod? ‘What prisoner, father? doomed, you know?” **Yes—tho thief and the mutineer were shot, as ordered—” ** And Paul Melville escaped?’ asked Rafael, earnestly. did. When Salvador went to There were three ** Ho certain! bring him out for execution he was gone.” f yr the guard?” “‘T crdered kim shot, but countermanded the order when I knew that one cther, wLo had sailed in the carera, had been on uty up to ten o’clock—I refer to Martin.” “ Maldita! thet very fellow deserted in Ha- vana. He was evidently bribed to aid him, and ceserted to avoid the death he knew he would suffer for his act.” ‘* And the traitor doubtless sailed with you.” ‘No, sir; every man cn board the carcra I could trust; but has the island been thoroughly searched?” ‘ Thoroughly—every cavern and brush—there was a boat missing, a fishing skiff, and ke dcubt- less fied in that; the weather was gocd and ko could easily gain the nearest land; but, never mind now; you must kasten back.” ‘Yes, and if Paul Melville is not dead I must have care that he does not outwit me. Homay lave reached Havana and come up on scmo other American cruiser; but now | must say adics.” Grasping his father’s hand Rafael left the cavern and returning through the large vaulted chamber said a few pleasant words to those as- sembled there, after which, by the samo route he had come, he retraced his way to the beach. Pengenly a form confronted him. It was Mad Maud. ‘I have to thank you, Maud, for doing me an- other great service—in lighting the Pilot Bea- con,” said Rafeel, kindly. ‘Tt was as dark as perdition, and the sea wag all chaos—I knew that both you and the schoon- er must need help; but the girl, what of her?’ ‘‘T saw her safely to her uncle in Havane—” “Sh! I meant not her—the one on ghip- board,” impatiently said the woman, ‘You refer to Miss Markham: she is well, and
Page 21
spoke most kindly of you to-day. Sheis a noble woman!” said Rafael, earnestly. “Of course she is—a true woman. Would that my poor girl could have been so too! but I must not think of her now,” said the woman, sadly, and then she abruptly added: “Captain Rafael, you went on board that — on account of Mabel Markham—you love er. Had the darkness not prevented, Mad Maud would have seen that her words struck home, for the man’s face flushed crimson; but, before he could reply, she went on: ‘* From those on the schooner I learned of the capture of the Sunbeam—your release of the vessel because that girl was on board, and your cutting down one who would have fought for beauty and booty—yes, yes, you went on the Sea Hawk on her account, and you must have care that she does not see you dangling to the ard-arm of her father’s vessel—a sad sight for er beautiful eyes, a sad blow to her heart, for, Captain Rafael, that girl loves you.” “ Nonsense, Maud; she hardly knows me.” ‘She loves Rafael the Rover, not Paul Mel- ville. ILamawoman and can read a woman’s heart. Did I not hold converse with her to day? Was she not nervous all the time, fearing that the schooner would be captured here? ‘I tell you, she loves you, not as Paul Mel- ville, but as Rafael the Rover, and she will yet i that love, for my mad eyes can see far nto the future, and I see sorrow and danger ahead for you, prowl buccaneer.” ’ ‘* Well, Maud, whatever comes I will meet it. Now I must say farewell. But, stay; do you know aught of a lieutenant from the sloop, who disa: ed mysteriously to-day?” **No; was one lost?” “i my ory he went ashore with a searching- ty. See if you can learn anything regarding en fe if heis not dead let no harm befall m, “Rafael, go not again on that vessel! You are free now; beware!” said Mad Maud, im- periously. “I do not dread any danger that I cannot meet, Maud; but I thank you for your interest inme. Adios.” Entering the water, Rafael the Rover quietl struck out for the Sea Hawk, which, as is al ready known, he gained in safety. CHAPTER XXVII. A MYSTERY SOLVED. Wuen Lieutenant Bancroft Edmunds went off alone for a quiet search of the rocks, leaving his men on the beach, he little knew to what that expedition would lea him, y a careful inspection of the tagged front of a low cliff he thought that he could gain a foot- hold sufficient to craw] to the shelf above, and there reach a position for further reconnois- sance, Atonce he determined to at last make the ee and by hard work, and after con- siderable danger, he accomplished the difficult feat and s upon the shelf, forty feet above the place from which he had started. But, from the shelf he could not see his men and hence could not call them to his aid, should he need assistance, and nothing daunted he con- cluded to go'it alone. But a few steps along the edge of the shelf het to him that ho wasina bad situation or other discoveries, for there were no means of going any further unless he leaped across toa 0 a bowlder—a distance of some twelve eet. Once on that bowlder he could see that he could easily evade the rocky cliff, and, perhaps, by climbs such as he had already accomplished, gain the interior of of the pirate isle. But the leap was one that was hazardous in the extreme—for the opposite bowlder was not flat, but rounded, sloping down toward the side fronting him, and twelve feet was no small ec eR only a few paces run to give him m . till he was brave to recklessness and deter- mined to make the attempt, and glanced down into the crevice between the two rocks to see where he would alight if he failed to clear the ote ti d geta plunge in the water; but it runs like a mill-race,” ho muttered, as he saw the sea pouring through the narrow opening and rush- ing into the interior of the island. ‘Then I don’t like that moss on the bowlder— it may be of light growth, and slip under my re, sr oa as = saw that the top of e rock on the other side of the chasm w v- ered with a soft moss, ae a sx risk nothing, gain nothing, so here goes Stepping back as far as he could he gay . eral aciok steps and took the bound, apes A moment he was poised in air, and then came down upon the bowlder; but, as his fect struck the treacherous cpene of moss it gave away instantly, and he fell heavily, and ere he could save himself, slid into the dark waters, forty feet below. Down, down he sunk, until he believed there was a current carrying him under, and gave himself up for lost; but a bold swimmer he put The Pirate Prince. out all his strength, checked his downward flight, and rose slowly to the surface just as his breath was nearly gone. An upward glance showed him that the swift current had carried him far from the place where he had taken the plunge, for above his head towered rocky walls a hundred feet in hight, while he was urged along at an astonish- ingly rapid rate. ‘I am going landward, and not seaward, thank Heaven!” he muttered, coolly, and then he glanced ahead to see where the winding stream was carrying him. On, on, he went for some five minutes, and then he drifted out of the channel into a little basin, with sandy beach and wooded hillsides. By an effort he reached the shore, for he saw that the outlet to the basin was through just such a channel as the one by which he had en- tered, and he did not doubt but that it led out to sea again, or into some subterranean cavern, which he had no immediate desire to explore. “Well, this is a most secluded spot. I won- der if I can ever find my way out, or failing in that, if the crew can find me here? ‘“Why a thousand buccaneers could hide away here, and a whole fleet surrounding and exploring the island be none the wiser. Ihave made a great discovery.” ‘** And one that may cost you dear.” Bancroft Edmunds started and turned Guely his hand upon his pistol, although he well knew it would be of no service to him after his duck- ing. Before him, just by the side of a large rock, stood a young and beautiful girl, clothed rather fancifully, yet_in a becoming manner, and in her hand she held a pistol, gold-mounted and long-barreled, which she pointed directly at him, while a look of determination upon her red pouting lips proved that she would use the wea- pon if necessary. “* Have Istruck a Paradise, that I find an angel here?” said Bancroft, with gallantry, turning his admiring gaze upon the maiden, and not on the threatening muzzle staring him in the face. “You havo struck a shoal that may wreck you, senor,” replied the maiden, in tones so se- rious that they could not but impress the lis- tener; but he returned, in the same light tone he had just used: “There can certainly be no danger near one so beautiful.” “You may find to the contrary, senor. You are my prisoner!” “T yield me with the sweetest grace. I was captive ere you spoke the words.” ‘Senor, you need not jest. I repeat you are my prisoner. Had you been captured by those in call of my voice your life would have at once been the forfeit. I want not your life on my hands, senor; but if you attempt to escape me, I will shoot you down as I would a dog.” Bancroft Edmunds now felt that he was in the greatest danger, for he knew that the maid- en, from her words, was one of the buccaneer band, who, after all, bad not left the island, but were secreted somewhere in the interior, access to which was known only to themselves. Still, in his danger, he could not but admire the cool pluck of his fair captor, and he said: “T have already told you, fair girl, that I yield myself your prisoner, for, were my pistol of use, 1 would not use it against a woman, even to save my life. “My sword If have here, and if I meet one of my own sex, I do not hesitate to say that I will not tamely submit.” “But you must. You are in the lion’s den. There is no chance for your retreat, except by the channel you came, and you cannot return that way until the tide changes—three hours from now.” **T have comrades near at hand, and—-” “You deceive yourself; you are half a mile from where you left your comrades, and they will never be able to follow you, except they come as you did, and I do not think that they will venture that.” ‘‘How know you the way I came?” 5 ee at it. You were exploring, slipped into the stream between those rocky walls, and the current brought you here.’ I was readin yonder, and when I saw you round the curve, was greatly startled, fearing others followed you; but I now know that it must have been ac- cident that brought you.” “T will tell you frankly—it was accident that brought me by the way that I came; but tell me, fair girl, how can I leave this spot? for one with your face cannot be cruel enough to bring upon me—” ‘Who?’ as Bancroft paused. “The buccaneers!” “You are _— I belong to their band. In a short while I could call many men to my aid; it is useless for you to think of escape.” ‘Except with your aid.” “That you shall not have—at least not now. As I told you, I want not your life on m hands; but you are dangerous if free, and must hold you until the danger is past. “‘Tf the buccaneers behold you, your life will end at once, and I do not wish that—ah, no! I have had enough of bloodshed. ** Promise me that you will make no effort to a ore 21 escape—swear it to me, upon your honor as an officer and a gentleman, that ou will remain here until my return, and 1 will go and prepare a hiding-place for you.” “ Will you return alone?” * Ah! teu that you doubt me; but I do not wonder, when my own lips have told you that I was a girl buccaneer.” “Pardon me; I will not doubt you. I will await you here.” ““No, behind yonder rock; lie down there and you will be safe. I will go and place provisi« ns in a secure retreat I have only lately found; none on the island know of its exictence, and there you will be safe, and I wil] bring you food, until opportunity offers to let you go free. Do ne trust me?’ ‘Yes. Youareanoble girl. I will be guided by you in everything, for one so beautiful and ee cannot be evil at beart.” The maiden blushed and turned quickly away, and disappeared in the bushes growing on the hillside, while Bancroft Edmunds threw him- self down at full length between the rocks, and lay musing upon the strange adventure he had met with. In a little more than an hour the maiden re- turned, and bidding her prisoner, for he was nothing else, follow her, she led the way up the steep hillside, by out-of-the-way paths, for the distance perhaps of two miles, and then halted in front of a vine-clad cliff—the same which had been pointed out to Rafael by Mad Maud. Pulling the swaying vines one side, she point- ed to the narrow crevice and motioned to her companion to entet, which he quickly did, and was the next moment followed by her. “Well, this is a secure retreat indeed,” said Bancroft, as he saw the little cabin, and the high walls around it. ‘Yes; I found it by igh, Be pretty little track from the beach up into these Lills. The entrance op the vines would have escaped me then, had I not caught sight of a silk ker- chief hanging on the briers, and a closo search discovered this place. Here you will be secure, and here are provisions for several days.” ** And here you will leave me?” “Yes; but you must make me a promise— nay, swear to me that you will not leave this place unless [lead you fromit. On that alone your life depends.” ‘** How long must I remain?” “That depends upon circumstances—until I can arrange a plan for your escape from the island. Now I will leave ycu, and go an1 seo the result of the chase. ‘lhere is a spring o water against the rock, and hero are a cot, table and chairs, and also books. I will return to-morrow, and tell you about the sloop-of-war and schooner. Remember your oath, senor; rer ‘“ Hold! tell me your name, please, fair girl?” “Tam called by the buccaneers Pretty’ Nel- , lie,” and the maiden disappeared from the sight of the young officer, who was left alone with bis not very pleasant meditations. CHAPTER XXVIII. SAVED BY A FOE. Now that I have the separate threads of my story together, I will return to that dark and stormy night, after the burning of the bic- caneer schooner, the Curse of the Sea, and the metamorphosis of the supposed Paul Melville into Rafael the Rover. Without a word the buccaneer captain held out his arms for the irons, and was led away to. the gun-deck, where he was securely confined in a small state-room, before the door of which was placed a marine with a musket, while Roy Woodbridge, Luis Ramirez and the crew were taken forward to the forecastle and ironed. “Well, Mabel, what do you think of this strange turn in affairs?’ Captain Markham asked, slowly pacing the cabin, and addressing his daughter, who, with her face buried in her hands, was seated upon a low ottoman, where ee. thrown herself upon coming from on ec ‘IT know not what to think, papa,” she an- swered, sadly, without changing her iene ee Well, it is a bad business, I can tell you, I- was half inclined to like the buccaneer, from his kindness to you, and his magnificent daring.” ‘And what will you do with him, papa?” = Mabel, raising her eyes to her father’s ace, “Do with him? Why, what a question! There is but one thing to do with Rafael the Rover.” : ‘“* And that is—” ne. ' him to the yard-arm. No, stay; J cannot do that, for I have captured him i:.’. >) h waters, so I will have to take bim to avana and deliver him and his men up to the Governor ¥§ ‘** And he will be executed then?” “* Yes, in the worst kind of a way.” ‘ oo mean you, papa?” asked Mabel, quickly. ““T mean that the Governor-General of Cuba has offered a large price for the body of Rafael the Rover—if dead, so much better for the buc- caneer, for, if alive, he is already condemned to be broken on the wheel,’ iv re ad
Page 22
22 Mabel gaye a. half-cry of horror, and again buried her head in her hands—to instantly raise it as a vivid blaze of light filled the cabin, fol- lowed by a crash as of a thousand guns. “Ts the ship struck and going down?” cried Captain Markham, as he rushed on deck, feeling the vessel sinking beneath his feet. ¥ No, it was simply falling rapidly with the sea, which seemed crouching before a gigantic wave of foam, that, driven by a tornado, was rushing upon them, and not a cable’s as away. “Down all! for your lives hold fast! let her head meet if, helmsman!” yelled Captain Mark- ham, through his silver speaking-trumpet, and se the words left his lips the gale was upon them. There was the loud o's. of sails, the cracking and crashing of yards, the snapping of ropes, roar of waters, howling of winds, shriek- ing of men, and the wall of foam passed over the devoted ship, burying her down deep _be- neath it, and bearing on its bosom a dozen un- fortunates who were torn from their hold upon the rigging and bulwarks. - ‘or a moment none believed that the ship would rise, and Mabel, and her negro maid, in the cabin, thought that the ship was going down, down, down to the bottom of the sea, for torrents of water poured into the cabin through the half-open companionway. But by a mighty effort the noble craft shook off the tons of water that ingulfed her, and once more was on the top of the waves, though this first fearful stroke of the storm had left ruin and death behind. Bruised though he was. by being hurled against the companionway, where he caught and clung with giant strength, Captain Mark- ham at once issued his orders, and at his voice the obedient crew sprung to work, and stood at their posts, ready to risk everything to save the vessel, which had been swept around by the gale and was driving before it, almost unman- ageable, yet bravely battling the wild waters. “Tn ’s name, Captain Markham, where are we driving?” It was Lieutenant Redmond that spoke, and he held his mouth close to his commander’s ear. “God only knows, Redmond. I have lost all bearings and know not north from south. When the tornado struck us, we were in the vicinity of the buccaneer isle.” “Yes, sir, and may now be driving upon it.” “Tt may be—the waves have put out the bin- nacle li ht, and my compass is useless now; be- sides, I don’t think the storm has aot get all her ipes in her teeth,” said Captain kham, and hen, as the storm seemed increasing in violence, he shouted; “Redmond, the ship can’t stand this—we must lay to.” “* Ay, ay, sir—if we can!” ‘*We must, Redmond. Set what sail will stand and we will bring her round,” The lieutenant went forward, as quickly as he could, and gave the necessary orders, and the ship, feeling the pressure of her canvas, threat- ened to run under; but the men were ready at the halyards of the sails set, and four at the wheel awaiting the order to go about. Sp upon the starboard main rigging, tain rkham yelled through the trumpet: “ Hard—a—lee!” The bows swept round with fearful leaps; but not all the way, as the rude waves knocked her back again. Then again and again was the attempt made, and each time with no better success, until the men began to despair, and a flash of lightnin flaming over the sea a hundred voices shrieke forth: “Land ho!” It was useless to ask where; all had seen it; they were driving upon the buccaneer isle, an the vessel seemed unmanageable! “Captain Mar we are doomed,” said Lieutenant Redmond, hoarsely. ‘“T fear it—I believe it,” was the quick re- ly. Py Rafael the Rover can. save you !” “Good God! Mabel, you here on deck?” “Yes, You say you are poorest say the buccaneer can save you,” shouted the maiden above the storm. ‘“*By Heaven! He shall have the chance. Redmond, bring Rafael the Rover to the wheel!” “* And if he saves you he shall go free?” “No, Mabel—I cannot—” “Would you be such a coward, father? He rs = free—-promise me!” “cc es!” * Bnough; here he comes,” and the maiden shrunk back out of sight, while Captain Mark- ham cried: “Buccaneer, the sloop is driving to destruc- tion upon your accursed island, which is dead ahead and not more than a league away; can ou save her? Remember, your own life is in wir tc ‘My life is in worse danger if I save her; but I will do all that I can, You should have sent re me sooner,” said Rafael, in his deep, calm nes, } *T had forgotten you; it was Mabel that re- membered you; but do your duty,” The Pirate Prince. | The Rover cast aquick glance over the vessel, and then out upon the dark waters. Just then a flash of lightning lit up the sea, and loud rung his voice: “Ready all! Hard a lee!” Whether it was because the men, having con- fidence in him, did their duty better, and that springing himself to the wheel he brought it more quickly and harder around than had been done before, we cannot tell; but certain it is the Sea Hawk’s bows rushed round with fear- ful rapidity, hung in the balance, as it were, for an instant, and heh the vessel lay to, yet still plunging fearfully. “We are drifting fast; let go the right bow- er!” commanded the buccaneer, and the anchor fell into the waves, the cable ran out like light- ning, and with a terrific shock the vessel was cheeked as though it had run upon a rock, and with a suddenness that nearly tumbled the masts upon the deck. “She drags her anchor!” was passed forward from the windlass. “Clear away the other anchor!” shouted Ra- fael, and with another mighty plunge the sec- ond anchor went into the sea, checking, with another shock, yet not near as severe, the rap- idly-drifting Sea Hawk. Suddenly, with a tremendous report, follow- ed Lege by a second, as the ends of the iron cables struck the hollow deck, the portion in- boards flying back, the two anchors parted, and the vessel swung round and was again like a chip in a mad maelstrom. “Captain Markham, I must have my own crew on deck—and quick, if you would save your vessel!” It was no time to hesitate. The order was p acag f Dees and the pirates poured upon eck, Ramirez and Roy Woodbridge at their head. “Buccaneers to your posts! Ramirez, take the lead and find out where we are! Wood- bridge, take the right of the wheel! Stand ready all!” and the deep voice rung out loud and clear anda yell from his crew answered him, They saw life before them now, while a few moments before, in irons, below decks, and with strangers at the wheel, they felt that death ba certain. ecg noe iaes ne ringing into the s r lain-rigging, Rafael awaited a cry from Ramirez. It soon came in ringing tones: “Twenty fathoms! ‘Good! throw again!” “Twenty fathoms!” “Better! throw again!” ‘Twenty fathoms!” ai Again ” “Twenty fathoms!” A yell burst from the buecaneer crew—they evidently knew their bearings, and Rafael or- dered Ramirez to throw once more and then, if the same depth was found, to also take his stand at the wheel. Again the Spaniard threw the lead, and again it was the same result, and he sprung nimbly to the wheel, to the post of Roy Woodbridge, while Rafael called out: “Captain Markham, let my two officers alone have the wheel; they can manage it,” ‘* Light ho!” As quick as the words left the lips of the buc- caneer look-out forward, Rafael saw it, and cried, in startling tones: ‘‘ Hard! hard down! for your lives!” The order was promptly obeyed, but too late, for before them a dark object appeared upon the water, and a score of voices cried: “ A wreck! a wreck!” At the same time a voice was heard: “Ship ahoy! don’t run me down!” But too late! The light from the stern-ports of the dismantled vessel had been seen too late; there was a crash—a shock, shrieks, and stag- gering under the blow, the Sea Hawk passed on with the same leaping s , crouching one mo- ment under a wave, and plunging through an- other. “The bowsprit. is carried away!” came the ory from forward. ‘Rig a spar to serve in its place! lively, too, for your lives, men!” sternly ordered the buc- caneer, and ere the crew of the Sea Hawk be- lieved it possible to do half the work, the nim- ble buccaneers passed the word aft; “* All ready, sir!” “Bend on the jib!” and in spite of being half- drowned by the waves in which the bows were buried, the order was quickly obeyed, and the sloop-of-war was once more under as much con- trol as was possible in the mad waters and scud- ding before a gale:so fearful. “Captain Markham, let your men load and fire three guns in, quick succession,” suddenly ordered. ael, after peering for some time into aap =< ahead. rae: rr e order Was prom ° and the guns flashed forth their ae pees and yet Ra- fael peered forth into the darkness ah “ ‘ire in !? But as he spoke a bright flame burst up dead ahead, and from what appeared the sites, and again broke forth the cry of the buecaneer crew. As the glare fell upon the deck, Rafael beheld the form of Mabel Markham crouching down under the shelter of the bulwarks and stern-gun —she had been braving that fearful storm with the brave men who were so nobly fighting to save the vessel. ‘**See! Mad Maud is our friend! The danger is over, Miss Markham,” and Rafael pointed to the light on the cliff, before which, looking like a fire-fiend in mid-air, stood the mad-woman, apparently enjoying the wild scene before her, and reveling in the shrieks of the crew of the unfortunate vessel that the Sea Hawk had cut down and seut to the bottom. ““We are heading directly into the channel, Captain Markham. In ten minutes the Sea Hawk will be at rest in the basin,” said Rafael, calmly, as the cliffs towered above the decks, ‘Ts there then no longer danger?” asked Ma- l. “To you and the vessel, Miss Markham, no! to me and my men, yes!” and Rafael took his lace at the wheel with his two officers, and still irected the aco: of the noble vessel, which, but for him, would have gone down with all on boar: CHAPTER XXIX. BROKEN FAITH. THE course upon which the Sea Hawk was sailing, or rather leaping and staggering, was different from that she had held upon the two former entrances into the island harbor, and fortunately it required but slight deviation from a given point, so that she dashed into the rae gateway without having to go about, whic would have been hazardous in the extreme in the wild waters and under the fearful pressure of the wind. As the basin opened before them a dark form suddenly deserted the wheel and rushing to the a“? side sprung out into the black waters be- neath. ‘*Man overboard!” cried a voice, in thrilling tones, and several seamen sprung Gage to lower away a boat; but the voice of Captain Markham arrested them. “ Let him go—he is a buccaneer.” ‘* Which one, papa?” cried Mabel, endeavor- ing to pierce the darkness and see who it was that had left the wheel. “Tt is one of my lieutenants, Miss Markham —his name is Louis Ramirez,” returned the dee voice of Rafael, and then turning to the Ameri- can commander, he continued: “Captain Markham, you had better have another anchor rigged, you have one—the sloop will rest here safely, though I never before saw it so rough in the basin,” ‘¢ There is an anchor all ready, sir; when shall. it be “ao A ea said Captain Markham. ‘““We have about lost headway—let go the anchor now, sir.” Midshipman Ramsey went forward with the order, and the sloop-of-war was at rest in the island harbor once more. ‘* Captain Markham,” and Rafael turned from the wheel—‘‘ I report myself and crew as again your Keng sir.” Walter Markham seemed troubled, He es- sayed to speak, yet uttered no word, and Rafael continued : ‘For myself, sir, | ask nothing; but for this officer, oodbridge, and my crew, 1 ask your mercy.” ‘‘Father, why do you not speak out?) Why do you not say frankly that you hold no men as prisoners who have saved your life, your vessel and the lives of your daughter, officers an crew?’ and there was indignation in the tones of Mabel. ‘Mabel, my daughter, I cannot. I will re- commend them to mercy—more I cannot do,” almost ned Captain Markbam. “And Rafael the Rover—he will go free; I have your promise to that—” ‘* Mabel, do not meddle in what does not con- cern you. He is still a prisoner.” r ‘For shame, father! after he has saved our ives.’ “He was acting for himself, too—” ‘“No, no; I verily believe that Captain Rafael and his whole crew would have let the ae down, had they expected such a return for their courage. Oh, father! you surely cannot do this deed?’ : Captain Markham evidently felt his position most. keenly, and wishing to avoid so much publicity, he sai male { “Mr. Redmon » See that this buccaneer lieu- tenant and his crew are securely confined once more. Captain Rafael, come with me into the cabin, . The buccaneers had gathered aft. deeply in- terested listeners, and at the words of the American commander they looked toward their chief meaningly; one word from him, and few as was their number, unarmed as they were they would have then and there made one bold stroke for liberty. But Rafael the Rover gave not that word; on the contrary, he motioned the men back, and followed Captain Markham into the cabin. ‘Be seated, sir. What, Mabel, you here?” and Captain Markham seemed annoyed at the presence of his daughter. ‘“ Yes, sir. I suggested that the ship should be put under the command of the buccaneer,
Page 23
“said promptly, for he saw that her words had when American naval officers no longer seemed competent, and I received the promise of Cap- tain Markham that Rafael the Rover should be set free if he saved the vessel, so I think I have a right to be here.” It is impossible to describe the tone and man- ner of Mabel as she thus addressed her father, while she threw herself carelessly upon a divan, a look of defiance upon her beautiful face. As for Rafael, he gazed upon her with a look of admiration he could not conceal, while he cut her father deeply: “I know, Captain Markham, that my lawless career has incurred the highest penalty that the law of nations can inflict upon me, and Iam | ready to meet my doom, terrible as it will be— for I would choose death at the yard-arm rather than that which 1 am destined to suffer—” **T do not understand you, sir; you are not yet sentenced—” ‘Pardon me, yet it is your intention to take me to Havana?” ** Yes, sir.” “There I am already condemned to death | upon the wheel—to be broken daily upon the wheel until I die; but for myself, sir, I ask lit- tle—for my crew I ask everything at your | hands.” | “They are alike guilty with yourself.” - ‘* Upon the plea of having been caught in bad company, I admit it, sir; but I am the leader; I | i The Pirate Prince. Re The Sea Hawk also looked considerably the worse for her rough handling by the winds and waves, and te » Poruee were busy at repairs, with the first peep of day. Unable to sleep, Captain Markham had gone on deck at an early hour, and as the sun rose above the cliff-tops Mabel joined him there, saluting him with a pleasant good-morning, which he returned affec- tionately, for he had dreaded his meeting with his daughter, after what had passed the night before, and he felt, after his promise to her, she certainly had a right to feel hurt at his broken faith. Upon this island not a soul was visible, and the crew of the Sea Hawk still believed that the strong- | hold was deserted by all save the old witch, as they still called Mad Maud. Whether Luis ,.Ramirez, in his bold leap for life had reached the shore or not they could not tell. if he had, he was doubtless hidden away in some out- ica Pb crevice of the rocks. Sudden " Mabel gave a cry that directed every eye upon the shore, where, coming down the glen, a slender form was seen. Nearer and nearer it approached the beach, until it was discovered to be a youth, scarcely seventeen ypera of age, and dressed in dark pants, low shoes, a louse, shirt and jacket, while a sailor’s. hat was placed jauntily upon one side of his head, half-hiding a mass of black curls. Mabel saw all this distinctly with the aid of her cles, and then she said: “He is hailing, sir.” Across the waters came in clear, boyish tones: “Ho! the Sea Hawk!” Pe oa ys ay! What is it?” asked Lieutenant Red- mond, ae would come aboard. Send a boat for me, owned the schooner, and I raised the red anchor _ please flag upon its black field; I am Rafael the Rover, | the commander of the late schooner, Curse of the Sea, and I am the guilty one—they were but | my servants, and I ask mercy for them,” and Rafael spoke most earnestly. “* And why for them, sir?” “Because they have this night saved your vessel and your lives.” ** And their own lives, too, sir.” “Captain Markham, my men and myself were in irons below your decks; we knew well | the fury of the storm, for we are much in these waters, and we knew the dangerous locality you were in, yet no word came from us for release, | sir; we preferred to go down with the ship, and | die in irons, rather than be hung at the yard- | arm, or taken to Havana and garoted. You sent for us, and we saved you and your vessel, and if we saved ourselves, it was to meet a worse death than going to the bottom ina) storm. Having saved you, having done their | duty nobly, I beg that you release them; your | Government will sanction it under the circum- | stances, and if you do not care for them among | your crew, you can let them go, and each man will pled himself to give up the life of a free- rover. re few may break their oath, but most | of them will keep it. I plead for my men, sir, | and not myself.” | ** And have you nothing to ask for yourself?’ ** Yes, sir, I have.” “*You would have me spare your life, I sup- b pose?’ ‘No, sir, I do not ask it; but I do beg, when you know what fate awaits me in Havana, that you will lead me forth to the quarter-deck at | sunrise, detail a squad of marines, and have me shot. That isall I ask for myself.” “And yet I cannot grant it, sir.” “You are the best judge, sir, of your own actions; do as you please with me; but I sup- pose on will release my men?” “No, sir, I will not—I cannot. My Govern- inent would never uphold me in it; I would be | broken of my commission.” “Father,” and Mabel confronted him, “ you are wealthy; you are getting along in years and what is a commission to you, compar with having the lives of human being: who had saved your life; your vessel and all? | For shame, Captain Markham!” ‘Mabel, how dare you speak tome thus? Go 3 ae to your state-room, and— Ho! on deck | ere “ Ay, ay, sir,” and Fred Ramsey appeared in the companionway. ‘“* Have this buccaneer placed in double irons, and led back to his former quarters.” Rafael bowed, while a strange look over his face, and he turned to depart, bestow- | ing one glance upon Mabel. in an instant she sprung forward and seized | his hand, while she said apn “T am not ungrateful, sir. You saved me | once from worse than death the night of that fearful mutiny; to-night you have saved my | life and. the life of my father and friends, and | from my inmost soul I thank you,” Then, with a deep sob, she bowed her head, | ‘and left the cabin, while her father, his face | | and now you see me. «Send my gig after him; but who can he be?” queried Cap Markham, with interest. The gig, with four oarsmen and a coxswain was lowered and rowed rapidly ashore, and soon returned with the youth, whose face was almost womanly in its beauty. “T would see Captain Markham, sir,” he said to Fred Ramsey, who met him at the agwer- “T will lead you to him. Cap’ kham, this gentleman would see you.” “Well, P hace d man, how can I serve you?” asked Captain Markham, gazing with admiration upon ly handsome face and slender, graceful form before “You can serve me greatly, sir, and in doi so serve others. You have Rafael the Rover and his crew prisoners on board your vessel?” ** How know you that? ' “Tt matters not; they are your prisoners.” “They are. What of it?” “A great deal, sir. You will take them to Ha- vana to die?” “That must not be, sir; you must release them.” “Great God! who are you, sir, that dares come on board my vessel and tell me what I shall do?” cried the captain, in a rage. “I am one, sir, who will enforce my demands,” tomy said the youth. ““Enforce! You, a mere boy, come aboard an American man-of-war and talk of enforcing com- mands, Put this youth in irons, Ramsey.” ‘No, I came here, sir, under a of truce,” and the youth held up a white handkerchief he held, tied upon a cane, and then he added, sneeringly : “ee Savages even respect a white and its arer.”’ Captain Markham’s face colored, and to hide his . confusion, he asked‘ “Who are you, and from whom do you come?” “Tam one of the bueccaneer band. I come from noe who have the power to make you treat with em.’ **Ts not this island deserted?’ “You have already seen a woman upon the island, How can it be deserted?” “IT mean, have the buccaneers left it, or if leaving it, have they returned?” “Captain Markham, if you do not grant re- quest you will find that question answered. ill you release Rafael and his men?” “T will not.” dere is your decision, sir?” .: mn sir, you may have cause to rue it when a ” ‘*My mind is made up. They shall die.” ** You will not be able to go out of the basin, sir, without the aid of a most experienced pilot.” ** T will force one of the buccaneers, under penalty of death, to pilot me.” “Tf he is die by the garote, or gallows, he will not fear death.” “Then I shall give him his life and gold, to do it.” The youth's face paled. He feared that some one of the buccaneers would gladly accept such terms to save self, and he remained silent, and Cap- tain Mar said, g ue *T hold the winning hand, and fine fellow.” “Not yet, sir; do you see those cliffs?” and the bea ointed to the overhanging rocky walls of the channel. “Yes; what of them?” f “Did you search them when you were here be- ‘ore?’ ‘No, there was no means of reaching them.” ‘Yau are mistaken, sir. Upon the right cliff the Fight beacon that guided you last night was ‘You are right. Well, what of that?” “Upon both of those cliffs are mounted heavy livid with rage, stood pointing tothe companion- &uns— The next instant Rafael the Rover was led forth in irons. CHAPTER XXX. pes ae A LIFE FOR A LIFE. Rags} HEN morning sun arose over the buccaneer isle it showed how terrible had been the tornado, for the basin was white with foam driven into it by the sea, which still roared savagely against the rocky shore. The cliffs were swept clean, and here and there a stout tree had been hurled from its hight into the valley below. 1, Impossible | boy, you cannot frighten by threats.” **T tell Phe the truth, sir—there is a strong arma- e ment up there, and brave men to man the guns.” ‘* Nonsense.”” “ Captain Markham, I will prove my words; lend me your sapere es ! e boy took the speaking-trumpet and hailed: “Ho! the cliff!" “ Ay, 7 on board the Sea Hawk!” came back j rgend. Noelle tanitend d ooded hill!’ nd a e yonder w , shouted the bo tly there flas ed forth from the summits of both of the cliffs a dozen bursts of red flame, and a dozen roars commingled, while as many iron mes- sengers sped howling above the topmasts of the Sea- Hawk, and went crashing into the timber upon the hillside. Every face on that deck then paled. No, there were two that flushed—the youth’s with pride, at proving his power, Mabel’s with hope that Rafael would yet go free. “Boy, you have ken the truth; but those guns are for vessels coming into the basin.” “You are mistaken, sir. They command the Sea Hawk where-she now is, and can send a plunging fire upon her as she runs out of the channel and keep her in range for half a league. Will you re- lease Rafael and his men now?” “T will not; I willrun the gantlet going out, and string up to the yard-arm a dozen of your vile crew to prove I am in earnest.” ut the tee was not daunted by the savage threat, for he quickly replied: “ Captain Markham, you lost a favorite lieutenant some time since?” “Know you aught of him?” * Yes.” “Ts he alive?” “ He is ;* ‘“ Where?” “On the island, and in the power of the bucca- neers.”” ** Good Ged! can this be true?” “Tt is so true, sir, that if harm befalls Captain Ra- fael, the life of Bancroft Edmunds shall at once be the forfeit.” : Captain Markham dropped his head. The youth again held the advantage. ‘“* Would you do this crime?”’ he suddenly asked. “Ay, would I! If Rafael the Rover dies, Lieutenant Edmunds’s death shall follow in the same manner! I swear it, Captain Markham.” ‘The one is an outlaw—a cruel corsair—the other an honored officer of the navy of the United States—"’ “They both are men; life is as dear to one as to the other. Will you_exchange prisoners, Captain Markham? for 7 now hold the winning hand!” “No, sir; that is, I will take my men and rescue poor Edmunds—”’ ‘Then I will give the al to have the Sea Hawk sunk where she lies! Will you exchange prisoners, I in ask, sir?” “T will not, sir.” ‘Then it shall be a life for a life.” Captain Markham was silent; he felt that he was in a trap, and he knew not what to : A seaman approached at this moment and said: “The Rover asks to see 7 sir—”’ “Bring him here,”’ and then turning to Lieutenant Redmond he said, in a low tone: “We are in a scrape, Redmond.” “Yes, sir; but the buccaneer should not escape.” “But poor Edmunds?” ; “Even if he dies, sir, the Rover should not es- cape. Lieutenant Redmond is anxious for promotion at <4 cost; he would step into Lieutenant Edmunds's shoes.” It was Mabel who spoke, in cold, sneering tones, and her words cut deep, for Ross Redmond had made — mind to try and win the maiden for himself. _ The youth heard the remarks, and a smile on his lips proved that he appreciated the situation. At this moment two marines approached, Rafael the Rover, heavily ironed, walking proudly between them. a4 aa Markham, through the open hatchwa I heard all that has passed, and I came wp to eee Mf X could not arrai a compromise,” and Rafael glanced fixedly at the youth, a strange light in his eyes. The youth met the look, blushed like a young girl, and bent down his gaze. ““What terms would you wish to make as a com- he awed Sir Buccaneer?’ haughtily said Captain “Your vessel is in danger, sir. island guns, as . this—this youth has said, command you, and there is force eno h on shore, I tell you frankly, to de- feat any landing you might attempt to make, while you could not run out of here without a most expe- rienced pilot.” “*T will offer his life and gold to any man who will be my pilot.” **No man will accept the terms, sir.” “What! do you mean to say that your buccaneer crew have sucha “ sense of honor that they will not accept the terms I offer?” “It is just what I said, sir. They are helow; call them up and try them,” indifferently said Rafael. “By Heaven! I'll do it! Mr. Redmond, have those sea-cutthroats brought on deck,” i, ordered Captain Markham, while Rafael the Rover calml perp shoreward, an unfathomable look in hi ark, sad eyes. CHAPTER XXXI. THE ENVOY. Wuen Luis Ramirez sprung into the sea, he took the mo ga chances between life and death—and he won life. When the waves ingulfed him, he felt himself drawn under by the hull of the Sea Hawk; but a a ee he managed to an ‘ gain the surface Idly struck out for the shore, which he reach- ed in safety, though greatly fatigued. Yet without he hurried on to the hills, and by the same route taken by Rafael on his visit to the cave he reached the rocky chamber, glided through it morosely, cursing back those who crowd- ed around him. stood before the old chief. Pk. Ramirez, from whence come you?” asked the chief, eagerly. “From the sea.”’ “ And the schooner—”’ “Is at the bottom!” **Maledictions! did they sink her?” “No; the lightning struck her—set her on fire, and we took to our boats—”’ ah to — are “— you?” ‘No, I am alone. e went on board the Sea Hawk to keep from dro Aes “Curses and furies! and why is it you are here?”
Page 24
“My story is soon told: the tornado swept over us —the Sea Hawk I mean; we were driving directly on the island, and we were released to save the vessel” ““Why, where was my son, man?” ‘He was on board, too} he directed, of course; none other could have brought the vessel in in such a blow and Wild sea.” “ Released, you say; why, was he discovered?” ** Yes; some of the crew betrayed him as soon as eer came on board, and he was ironed as the rest of us.”” “Oh, curses! curses! He will die”’ “Ves, he will be taken to Havana,” coolly said the Span ard. ** And you—how did you escape, senor Spaniard?” “T stood at the wheel with Captain Rafael and Woodbridge, and not wishing to take the chances of being pardoved for our services, I sprung over- board into the sea, as soon as we were in the basin, and swam ashore.” ““You were right—why did not Rafael and the others follow your brave example?” **Captain Rafael is too honorable to be a pirate. He preferred to wait and trust in being pardoned, I suppose,” sneered Ramirez. _ © 'That will never be; he will be hung—nay, he will bo broken on the wheel, for I have been condemned to that fate—I and my officers, while the men will be gvroted ; but this must not be. You say the ves- sel is now in the basin?” and the old chief sprung to his feet with nervous energy. “She is; and by this time Rafael and his crew are again in irons,” “He shall not die—never! Salvador, go to the further cliff, with a crew of a dozen men, to man the gun$ there. Ramirez, you take as many men with you to the nearer cliff, and see that the guns are ready for immediate action. I will retain the remainder of my band to attack landing-parties, and Il yet bring Walter Markham to terms. His vessel may sail, but he must remain behind / Though hiding in holes, the Island Buccaneers are not dead yet,” and the old chief spoke with a resolution that proved he intended carrying the war to the enemy’s very dack. ‘*Sanor chief, can I speak to you?” “Well, Nellie, what have you to say? If not con- nected with our present trouble, put it off,’ said the old man, as the maiden stood before him, **] would ask, senor chief, to be allowed to go on board the Sea Hawk, and—”’ ‘*Give him another hold upon us? Oh, no, cel “T mean togo under a flag of truce,senor. I think Ican make a proposal to him that will gain the re- lease of Captain Rafael and his men.” “The girl is mad, like her mother,’ said the chief. **No, senor; Lam not mad, andI can proveit. I have the means of bringing Captain Markham to terms.you cannot suspect.” “Name it!” : \ “Tecannot, sir; but ask you to trust me in this matter. To negotiate you will have to send some one on board, so let it be me.” “You are but a girl.” “And yet a girl has had great power, senor, in some cases; but I will not goas a woman; I will goin man’s attire. Please let me be your envoy.” ‘Well, get yourself ready, and when the morning comes, I will talk more with you about it, for you seem strangely earnest in your request.” ‘Tam, senor, and I do believe good will come of it; but I dare not now tell you what power I hold to aid in the release of Captain Rafael and his men.”’ “Well, you shaligo. Now I must arrange my plans, Salvador, have every able-bodied man assemble in the large cavern,’’ and the chief buckled on his belt of arms, and placed upon his head his boarding-cap, the same which he had worn in many a desperate struggle upon a blood-stained deck. In half an hour the buccaneers were all assem- bled, taree score and ten, in the large cavern, and ina few words the chief made known to them all that had happened, and the perilous a on: of Captain Rafael and his men, in irons on the Sea Hawk. Then he continued: * Men, that vessel must not sail with our comrades on board; we must bring them to terms, for our companions have saved tae ship and her crew. “Salvador, select your men and go to your post. Rarnivez, pe do likewise, and I will head the re- mainler of my band—hold! we must first agree upon signals; but who have we here?” All started as a stranger entered their presence and every hand sought a weapon, for they believe that they had been betrayed—that their foes were upon them. “Hold! itis I, Pretty Nellie,’ cried the stranger, and the old chief exclaimed: “ By Heaven! girl, you are so changed your mad mother would not know you. Why, you are a per- feet-looking boy, and will make a splendid envoy.” The maiden bowed. The we for action were arranged, and the maiden still refusing to tell the secret power she held over Captain Markham, set out for the shore, where she was to remain concealed from those on the Sea Hawk, until she beheld her comrades in position. An hour thus passed; daylight came, and the sun arose; then the girl envoy received the signal to go on board, and she boldly walked down to the beach and hailed the Sea Hawk. The reader will now see that the fearless young envoy, who confronted Captain Markham upon his own deck, was none other than Pretty Nellie, the Queen of the Isle, as she was called by the buc- caneers. CHAPTER XXXII. THE COMPROMISE. Ton minutes after the order of Captain Markham the buceaneers were ranged on deck, Roy Wood- bridge taking his place near Rafael. In their faces shone a ray of hope, for they be- liev ter all nt had done for the sloop that they migh @ pardoned. Outlaws,"’ began Captain Markham, “your chief has led me into a trap here; his s command the sloop with plunging shots, and he has a force on shore, and one of my officers in the power of those on the island, so yousee he holds a strong advantage, though h lf a prisoner, “Now his crimes, and yours, have made you out- laws on sea. and land, and you should not expect merey; but I am willing to give not only his liberty, The Pirate Prince ieee.) eee but one thousand dollars in gold to the buecaneer “Then I have nothing to say,” firmly averred Ra- who will pilot me out of this basin, for I will put to | fael. sea, in svite of the guns on the cliff. Now who is the tian that will accept his life on such terms?” The men looked at each other, and none spoke for some minutes; then one asked: “Do these terms include Captain Rafael and Lieu- tenant Woodbridge?”’ “Your lieutenant can accept the terms, yes—but your chief, no.” | Roy Woodbridge smiled a strange smile that those | who did not know him could understand, 4 “Well, speak out, my man—you who will take his life and the gold, for running us out to sea.” Yet no answer came, and Captain Markham, his brow darkening, continued: . “There were several of you last night, who told me that this was Rafael, when I believed him to be an American officer—let one of those men speak out.” Still no answer, and the enraged captain cried: “Are you such fools that you throw away your lives? hat man accepts my terms? You, sir, L make the offer to you,” and he turned toward Roy Woodbridge, whose face was filled with hot blood as he ag retorted: “And if would not thus suspect that I could be so base.’ ‘“This to me, sir? You shall rue it.” Roy Woodbridge again smiled, while Rafael spoke up at once: ‘You may save yourself further entreaty, Cap- tain Markham, for while I admit that those men who betrayed me—and I know them—might have ac- cepted your liberal offer, I may as well tell you that on could not, if they would. Lieutenant Wood- ge is on the island, alone know this channel—if I except rhaps, two others. A calm day, with your boats ahead, all these men could not pilot the Sea Hawk to sea without knocking her bottom out of her.” ‘Then I shall take the chances and stand to sea with you and your crew on my deck, to prevent the | fire from the cliffs.” “That will not prevent, sir, and both my men and myself are accustomed to iron storms,” coolly re- turned Rafael. * Sir chief, I will yet humble you; I will yet win,” retorted Captain Markham, his face red with anger. you were not a villain at heart, sir, you | there, besides myself and Luis Ramirez, who | “Captain Markham, I will offer you a compro- | mise,’’ and the deep voice of the chief arrested the attention of the furious officer. **T will not compromise, sir.” ‘* Hear me, sir, for if I am in irons, and under sen- tence of death, equal danger, 1 offer you a compromise.” ‘Name it, buccaneer,”’ “Tt is that you release this officer and crew—" ‘* Never, sir, never!”’ “ Hear me, sir, and then do as you please.” “*T am listening.” ‘* Well, sir, I repeat, if you will release Lieutenant Woodbridge and my men, who have rendered you good service in the past night, / will pilot you to “You / exclaimed Captain Markham, in the veri- ou, your daughter and crew are in | | as though awaiting “Will you speak before me, Captain Rafael?” It was Mabel Markham that spoke; and Rafael an- swered at once: : “Yes, lady, if your father consents.” : “ Papa, I will act in your place in this unpleasant duty of listener—can 1?” “Yes; I certainly can trust you. You are at lib- erty to speak to the youth, buccaneer.”’ Rafael bowed, and painfully made his way a few steps distant, the irons on is ankles and wrists clanking ominously, and the supposed youth follow- - ing close behind, while Mabel Markham took her stand near. I : “Nellie, I have penetrated your disguise, andfrom my heart I thank you for the fearless effort you have made to save me; but it is useless: I must perish unless some unforeseen chance of escape occur, an I have not given up hope, tell my father. ‘And tell him, Nellie, that he must let the vesse! o to sea without a single shot being fired at it—teii im I have pledged my word that it shall be so, and to leave all with me—do you understand?” “Perfectly.” 4 “ And, Nellie, I wish you to release Bancroft Ed- munds. lask it as a dying man would ask it—will ou?” me Do you mean for him to come on here now?” “Yes, if you will.” “T will not.’’ “Then, at another time let him go free unharmed, He is a noble fellow, and was but doing his duty. How he was taken I know not—” “T took him, and none but myself know where he is concealed; in fact, none know that he is on the island.” “Then let him go at some time; aid him to make his escape, for he has many to love him. Will you, Nellie?”’ “He shall go free; but how will you be revenged, should you die?” : “Do not think of me. If I die, I need no one to avenge me. Iam an outlaw, and I must not expect mercy.” “Rafael, you are a brave, noble man, and I would give my lifé to save you,” broke from the maiden, while tears filled her eyes. “‘ Maiden—for such I now know you to be—Rafael the Rover is condemned, and a prisoner, but he is not yet dead; he has friends on this vessel; have hope.” oth turned quickly toward Mabel, for she it was that had spoken; but, with no trace upon her beau- tiful face of having given a word of yee she stood, ne conclusion of the conversa- tion between the two. “The Virgin bless you, lady! I now have hope. | Captain Rafael, is there more that you would say? x Nothing; only don’t forget poor Edmunds, and do not let the Sea Hawk be fired upon. My pledged word shall not be forfeited.” “Tt shall not be. Farewell, senor capitan!” and | Nellie grasps the manacled hands in both her own, e est astonishment, while a murmur ran around the | deck—a murmur of surprise and admiration. ‘““T repeat, sir, release those that I request, and I will ge you safely to sea.” “Yes, get your vile crew on shore and then have your suse turned upon me, in the hope that you will ed instead of being broken upon the wheel to which you are condemned.” “You mistake, sir; the vessel shall not be fired | upon.” ** ‘And then?” “You can carry me to Havana to meet my doom.”’ Even Captain Markham was struck with admira- tion at this noble self-sacrifice; but, anxious to gain all that he could, he asked: ** And Lieutenant Edmunds—will he be restored to the ship ere she sails?” Rafael turned toward the supposed youth, who oe. replied: it 0 # “You will not give him up, then?” “T will not, except for wore Rafael. After the Sea Hawk is at sea, send Captain Rafael oer ashore in a boat. I will come out and meet you wit Lieutenant Edmunds; the exchange can made then, and you can go to Havana and be honored for having sunk the famous Curse of the Sea—with the aid of the lightning.” ‘Do you insult me, boy?”’ “Ah, no, sir. You are in a bad box, and I was ust showing you the best way to extricate yourself. f you have captured Rafael the Rover and his men, things are about equal, for we hold your lieutenant and command your ship with our guns, while you cannot get to sea unless we let you go.” Captain Markham felt that the young envoy spoke the truth, and he said, turning to Rafael: “Deliver up my lieutenant, now in your hands, and I will accede to your terms—that is, give up your officer and men, and carry you to Havana.” ba eo be it, sir; let the men go ashore.” “ ol!” It was the disguised Nellie who spoke, and all turn- ed upon her. “Well, what have you to say?” asked Captain Markham. “T have this to say, that I will not give up Lieu- tonens Edmunds, except in exchange for Captain ael. “But your chief says he will deliver up my officer.” ‘* Te may do as he pleases with himself and his men; but / hold Lieutenant Edmunds prisoner, and I refuse to give him up, except upon the terms stated. Nay, more: if harm befalls Captain Rafael be assured Edmunds shall die.” There was that in the handsome face and manner of the speaker that told Captain Markham argument was useless; he must yield, and sail with Rafael, and feel satisfaction in the thought that he held the chief, and had himself seen the fleet schooner. of the Sea, blown into a thousand atoms; hence he said: “Well, I accept the offer of your chief. Mr. Red- mond, send this officer and his men on shore in the cutters; but first, Sir Buecaneer, you pledge me your word that I will not be fired ys , “T do, sir—let me have a word with this youth,” ‘In my presence only, sir.” and wheeled omacies away. “Captain Markham, if you will knock these irons from my wrists, sir, I will take the wheel,” and Ra- fael turned calmly toward the commander, who vat, up to his daughter and asked: “What said they, Mabel?’ “Nothing treasonable, sir. He urged that his orders, not to fire on_the vessel, should_be carried out, and begged the release of Bancroft Edmunds.” “The fellow has then really some good in him,” turning to his lieutenant, he said: “Mr. Redmond, let these fellows goashore, An- other time, under better auspices, we will take them and string them up to the yard-arm.” ‘ The cutter was pues alongside, and the men ordered to get into it, but Roy Woodbridge stepped to the side of his chief, and said in a low, quick tone: ‘Rafael, this is noble of you, and just what I ex- ted of you; but, have ag a the old lugger lies fn the south cove, and I will follow you to Havan and have a brave crew at my back. Farewell, an have hope. I'll rescue you or die!” The two men grasped hands, and as the lieuten- ant went over the side the crew came along, and, ex- cepting the few who had, with Luis Ramirez, be- trayed their chief, grasped his hand in farewell, and thanked him for their lives. As the last man went over the side into the cutter, Nellie passed close to where Mabel stood, and said in tones that came from her heart: ‘Lady, don’t let him die!” Mabel Markham made no rely; her heart and brain were on fire with conflicting emotions, and she dare not trust herself to speak. Lightly Nellie ran down into the waiting boat, the order to cast off was given, and as the crew pulled shoreward, the anchor was hauled atrip, the sails were unfurled, and when the cutter, after landing its cargo on the beach, returned, the Sea Hawk was headed seaward and moving through the water. “Where is the buccaneer?” suddenly cried Cap- tain Load fan as he turned and did not see the chief where he had left him. “T am here, sir; I asked Mr. Ramsey to get me the cap and shirt of one of my men, that I might not be recognized, and be believed to be in yonder party. until too late to do the ship any harm when foun out that I am on board, should my order not to fire not be obeyed. “Hang The fellow! he has the honor of a noble- man,” muttered Captain Markham, and he took his stand by the wheel, upon which the hands of Rafael y rested, guiding the vessel's course in her alread seaward flight. As the Sea Hawk gained a good offing, having® swiftly sped through the dangerous channel, a com motion was visible upon the cliffs, and immediately after a puff of smoke, a deep boom and an iron shot came ost together. * are J have found I was not one of my officers or crew at the wheel, and are 0 fire; but we are safe, sir,’’ said Rafael, as the from the cliffs was poured hot and fast after the flying vesfel, now almost out of range. “Yes; their fire is useless; we are now out of r, Lsuppose?”’ “Yes, Captain Markham.” “Very well. Mr, Redmond, put this buccaneer
Page 25
& The Pirate Prince. 25 mens in double irons, and, sir, lay your course for avana.”’ “Ay, ay, sir,’ and upon the face of Ross Red- mond there was a look of evident satisfaction, for he had never liked Rafael, even in his character of Paul Melville; he had feared him as a dangerous rival for the hand of Mabel Markham, CHAPTER XXXII. THE DEATH-LEAP. _ Wuen the party of buccaneers landed an the peach, both Roy Woodbridge and Pretty Nellie were anxious that the command of Captain ae] should be carried out, regarding the not firing upon the Sea Hawk, and they did not hasten to the old chief, fearing that he would be so enraged at the turn affairs had taken, and expecting his son would be killed, he would immediately open fire upon the flying vessel, not only with the hope of sinking the sloop, but also of kil the young buccaneer. As they hesitated some time upon the beach, the old chief ran down to them, just as the Sea Hawk glided _— sight between the rocky walls of the c “Well, where is Captain Rafael?” he exclaimed, giancing quickly over the crowd and failing to see m among those in front of him. “He is on the sloop-of-war, senor chief,”’ returned Roy Ncodbakiao, mly,. “Sainted devils! what does he there?” yelled the old man. “He remained on board of his own will; it was the only way a compromise could be made.”’ t compromiee Flay remained and Son you gofree? This @ compromise t?”’ “Tt is, chief. Captain Markham refused to allow any of us to go, and offered life and gold to any man who would pilot the vessel out—” “He mig t well offer that. No one could accept his te ” sneered the old man. tt ol have done so, senor; but I am no trai- “No, Woodbridge, you are a true man; but this frets me; go on.’ “Well, senor, Pretty Nellie here did all in her pore and no conclusion be: come at, Captain said he would remain and carry the vessel to sea, if the American captain would release me and the men, and this was agreed upon.” “Oh, curses! Do you know that he to his — the worst death that could be visited upon “T do, senor, and I sail to-night for Havana, in the lugger, and he is not yet ponte oooh ou area brave boy. Go at once and see what can be done; but sent he no message to me?” WS Ny ad chief,” said Nellie; ‘‘he bade me say to you that there was to while there was life, and I know that he has one friend on the vessel—one who will serve him without fear of consequences—” “Curses on friendson that ship! Ho! the cliff!’ “ Ay, ay, sir!’ came back in the voice of Salvador. “Train your guns on that vessel and sink her!’’ “* Ay, ay, sir! “* Senor chief, Captain Rafael ordered that the ves- sel should am out unmolested; he pledged his word to it,” said Roy Woodbridge. Captain Rafael does not command here now. I will try and kill him at the wheel, for it is better to die thus than be broken on the wheel when he reaches Havana, Besides, we may wreck the sloop and after all the noble boy may be saved. Ho! the cliff. = Ay. ay, ee ; e stern o aim well! the sloop—at the wheel and Fire rapidly and sink the cursed craft!”’ “ Ay, ay, chief Pan the guns having now been pga into posi 3 - bead ng mp of the cae be open ra uu nD th Sa rae Im nee owned te mi a ce Won e@ die as he is condemned to? and with you are those men with you who betrayed Rafael?” and cas, chief,” Those are the traitors, are they? Five of them,” said the chief, in suppressed passi - and Luis Ramin ee on “ Caramba! and Luis Ramirez, panish , cer?” almost ere the chief. =e cr “Ay, senor; denounced the tain first, cae wu on the crew to bear him ate these five ion “Perdition seize them all! dge, come with me to the cliffs. Wie eur’ Sion you, Bort a every feature of his face, the old chief led the way, followed by the party, the five onan whe had betrayed Rafael marching between two of their Circling the basin, they went in among a number of latge bo uddenly sapped front of what seemed a bare on of the chief's of the Here they found themsel several guns were mounted — a kind of fort, for , and were yet warm - from n the flying dor and h ioow stood in ilen a ala ae eg eye ee pon the lay an ingenious b of d boards, which, by means of x FOpeS 6D stretched aces @ chasm to the pg —_ -drawn over bev re and made to span making a safe, yet dizzy e from fortress .to fortress—a bridge for the skillful, feet rhe clear head of a sailor, but not for a landsman to attempt, :as it looked sheer down two hundred feet. upon the #8 Pat the Deilige across Salvador" ster ky casa vador, chief, halting the Rey at the xe A small piece of lead, with a slender cord attached, was immediately thrown by a stalwart buccaneer across to the other cliff, and seized there, the ropes were drawn over and then the frail-looking bridge. “Now come across here all of you!’’ commanded the chief. The crew of the guns in the other fortress at once, in single file, crossed the swaying bridge, and watch- ing them until the last had reached the spot where he stood, the chief called out: ‘* Where is Luis Ramirez?” “He went up to the cavern, senor, some time since,” answered one of the men. * en did he go?” “At the time the cutter left the side of the Sea Hawk, senor.” “Yes, he knew then that his treachery would be found out; but he shall not escape me. Salvador, when these men have met their doom, leave a look- out here, and search the whole island for Luis Ramirez, If he resists capture, shoot him down as ou would a dog; but now, put these five men in rons, and then shove a plank out over the cliff, for they shall walk to their death.” A thrill of horror passed through the frames of the doomed men. They felt there was no hope, and they cowered down with abject, piteous fear, plead- ing for their lives in heart-rending tones; but the stern old chief wasinexorable. The plank was rigged —that is, one end was tied to a heavy gun, the other projected out over the frightful leap, and the men | ranged in line to walk to their fate. nable longer to gaze upon the sickening sight, Pretty Nellie turned away, and fearlessly crossed the bridge to the other cliff. There she paused, and < Seanaeee she could not resist caused her to look The order to march had been given by the old chief, and the first man to die walked boldly out upon the ca. It tipped, and he was launched foe upon his downward flight—no word or cry upon s lips. Like a shot he went downward, struck the water feet first, and disappeared forever beneath the waves. The second man, nd from hie tee ants groaning, walked the plank, and from e felt him self f " herrea a cry that echoed and re-echoed through the island, Then followed the others, begging, cursing, pray- ing; and the leap of death was over—the re AB old chief avenged for the betrayal of his son. No, not fully avenged, for Luis Ramirez yet lived. Sick at heart and faint, Nellie crossed the cliff. when the last man had gone down to his doom, and upon the other side of the rock hung a rope-ladder, by which she rapidly descended to the ground, upon the Lo aw shore of the basin; but, apparently well aa nted with the path, she circled around the harbor and soon came to ‘the buccaner hamlet, and sought her own cabin, Reappearing in half apn hour in her feminine cos- tume, she started off for a walk My mountain, and soon disappeared in the thick ber that cov- ered the uillsides. CHAPTER XXXIV. AN ENCOUNTER THAT ENDS FATALLY. Hap Luis Ramirez been able to foresee the result of his betrayal of his chief, he would certainly not have done so; but, thirsting for reve upon Sie, for having taken from him Inez Revilla, he was de- termined to avenge himself upon Rafael whenever it was in his power. Therefore, when taken on board the Sea Hawk, and feeling that he was doomed, he at once swore that Rafael shonld not escape, and denounced him as the Rover. Had he thought an instant, he ht have seen that his chief, acting as an officer on the Sea Hawk, could have perhaps saved the whole crew from death, and permitted them to escape. But, blinded by passion, he did not think of this, and ine result was that Rafael was also placed in ons. When brought upon. deck, to aid in the manage- ment of the vessel, Luis Ramirez determined to es- cape, if the slightest opportunity offered, and watch- his chance, he bounded overboard as the Sea Hawk entered the basin, and wended his way at once to the cavern in the hills, little d but that the Sea Hawk would be stated sum in gold. But his plans miscarried, as the reader has seen, and when, to his rise, he saw the schooner’s crew going ashore in the cutter of the Sea Hawk, and knew that his treachery would now be known he made some excuse to his men upon the cliff, and roe A descending the rope-ladder, ran down to the sho into the water and e Hawk was a cable’s length away and just entering the passage between the cliffs. his ill fate, he saw that he must act promptly if he wished to save himself, and at a rapid pace he ran toward the hills, avoiding being seen. Entering the commissary cave, he ce loaded himself down with provisions and AE ey the upper hills, to seek the retreat where he had hid- den Inez Revilla, and which was known, he believed, but to Salvador and Rafael. Rafael he knew had remained on board the Sea Hawk, and Salvador he did not fear—as he knew him to be a friend, for once he had saved the life of the guard-house keeper, when, as a sailor on the ship on which Ram was a lieutenant, he had been sentenced to be A i hope as a deserter. No, Salvador, he felt, would not betray him, and who else could, that was then on the island? Yes, he would be safe in that retreat, until some night he could steal out, go to the cove where the small boats were hidden away, and thus make his escape from the d, Notwithstanding his load of provisions, for he had laid ina goodly supply, not forgett wines, he walked along up the unfrequented path, and soon came to the vine-clad rock. Cautiously he glanced around him to see that he was not observed, and then pute aside the vines placed his bundles within and sprung after them, Turning he carefully arranged the growth over the opening, and picking up his provisions walked through the tunnel-like cave, a feeling of security upon him. There stood the cabin in the little opening. The spring bubbled cheerfully up from the rocks; a bird sung sweetly in the branches of a tree, and all seem- ed to invite to safe repose. The door stood ajar, and pushing it wide open he entered the cabin. But acry of surprise —— to his lips, and he quickly let his load slide to the floor, and laid his hand upon his pistol. The sight that had so startled Luis Ramirez was a man, lying at full length upon the cot, :dly smoking a cigar and reading a book. In an instant this man was upon his feet, and dis- played a fine form, clad in the uniform of a lieutenant of the United States navy, while his dark face was handsome, resolute and fearless. Upon the table near him lay a brace of pistols and a sword, upon the hilt of which his hand quickly rested, drawing it from the scabbard. “Sainted Virgin! but who are you! and what do you here?” cried Luis Ramirez, in a tone of haughty surprise. “Tt is a question I might ask you, senor,” replied Bancroft Edmunds, coolly, speaking in § , as Ramirez had done, “T asked you the question, senor, and 1 demand an answer.” “Demand is a word that should only be used by one who is able to enforce his demand," retorted Bancroft, quickly. Luis Ramirez half-raised his pistol, and the Ameri- can as quickly followed his example. Then the Spaniard lowered his pistol—he felt that he could not afford to have a pistol-shot fired there, even though his aim would be true. Bancroft Edmunds also lowered his weapon. There was but one man before him, and his appear- ance indicated that he had accidentally discovered him in the retreat, and for the same prudential rea- son that governed the Spaniard he cared not to have others brought there by the report of fire- arms. “T am able to enforce my demand; the senor wears a sword,” said Ramirez. “Tf you seek a quarrel you shall have it—and to the death, if you will,” replied the young officer, who felt that the only course he had to pursue was to si- lence his pores who he did not doubt was one of the buccaneer officers, brought there to the cabin for some reasons of his own. “‘T do seek a quarrel, senor, and it shall be to the bitter end. Come on!’ and Luis Ramirez, who prided himself, and with justice, too, upon his mag- nificent skill with the sword, threw himself upon the defensive. ere p it seemed strange to him that the Span- iard had not fired upon him, and appeared to prefer the interior of the cabin to the open air for the com- bat, Bancroft did not stop to comment upon these circumstances, but promptly advanced to meet the buccaneer, quietly ipenrienn “ Your sword has greater length than mine, senor, but I will let that g° in your favor.” The coolness of the American, and the indifferent manner in which he gave him odds, put Luis Rami- rez more thoroughly upon his ; his opponent must be a skilled swordsman. Springing nimbly forward, Ramirez crossed the eof the American, and by a skillful feint at- tempted to see what his enemy really was with the weapon. The result was that the Spaniard was out-general- ed in his own game, for the American calmly met the attack, the stroke, and cut a deep gash in the shoulder of his foe. Maddened with rage Ramirez endeavored to reach one of the pistols, which he had taken from his belt and laid on the table; but Bancroft.Edmunds, divin- ing his intention, at once pressed him so hard that he drove him back, and placed himself between his enemy and the firearms, at the same time saying: “We are fighting with swords, senor, not pistols.” As Bancroft spoke a form darkened the ca’ in-door, and Cerny te closed it. It was tty Nellie, her face pale, her eyes ablaze. But no word did she utter. She had witnessed one fearful scene; she could certainly look upon a sword encounter without fear. Bancroft Edmunds bowed to her, with a smile, and still kept pressing his enemy hard. As for Luis Ramirez he scowled, at sight of the maiden, and turned a shade ler—he feared he was tracked—lost; even if he ed or slew his ad- versary, which was doubtful. Whether it was the presence of a witness to their combat, or not, it is hard to say, but both men fought with renewed energy, and they grew every moment more determined. That Bancroft Edmunds was the better swordsman was evident, for several times Pretty Nellie saw him let pass a chance to take the life of his adversary, anil she felt that he fought to disarm him, not wish- ing to slay him before her eyes, and observing that Luis Ramirez was ptt | every energy to kill the Ameri she said earn : “Senor Edmunds, that man would kill yonif he could; don’t let my presence deter you from defend- our eg td, quick! e young officer said, quickly: eh ank you, I regret it; yet it is perhaps my only chance. As he spoke he struck down the weapon of Luis Ramirez, and drove his own sword through his a," ith a curse breaking from his lips, a mingled and groan, Luis Ramirez fell upon the rock fhooring fBer ~~ an t that should ha’ ** Senorita, at your eyes shou ve witnessed such a scene,” sald Bancroft, coolly wip- ing his blade and returning it to its scabbard. ‘‘ But I assure you the quarrel was not of my seeking. He found me here, and I felt that my'life depended upon his not giving the alarm.” “He would not have done so, senor; he was a fugitive himself, and as to me the fatal en- counter, my eyes had but a short while before wit- nessed a far more terrible scene; but let me tell you ied passed; the Sea Hawk has been again in e basin,’ ==
Page 26
/ 26 “Been! then that implies that she is gone?” said Arranging the bung so as to catch the water, she the lieutenant, with a shade of disappointment. ‘Yes, she has gone; but I will tell you all that has occurred,” and Nellie went on to relate the loss of the schooner, the running into port of the Sea Hawk, betrayal of Rafael, and sailing of the vessel of war, after which followed the death-leap of the five sea- men forced to walk the plank from the cliff’s top. Bancroft Edmunds listened attentively to all, now and then asking questions, and when the maiden had finished her story, he said, with enthusiasm: “T liked your chief immensely as Paul Melville and I cannot but admire him greatly, now that if know he is Rafael the Rover; he is a noble fellow. And he wished that I should be released ?’’ “Yes, and I intend to keep my promise to him. After the toronado that has just swept over this island there will doubtless be pleasant weather for some time, and to-night you must sail.’’ ‘And how?” ‘In asmall cat-rigged boat—a stanch little craft. though, and one that will do you good service, for I believe you to be a good seaman.’ ‘*T hope I am,” “ Well, you must sail conte in the night, I will go to the cove and see that the boat is all ready, and fortunately Ramirez brought with him here a good su ply of provisions, will get you more, however—a cask for water, and a compass; at dark I will return.” “ And t oor fellow?’ “ Let him lie where he is, I do not munport you dread the dead, even though they fall by your and. “No, it is the living I dread; I shall be ready.”’ ** Bueno! Adios!” and the maiden left the cabin, CHAPTER XXV. A DEEP PLOT FOR FREEDOM, Wuen Pretty Nellie left the retreat in the rocks, she walked rapidly to her own cabin, and entering found that her mother, as usual, was not at home. Hastily she set to work getting together blankets, provisions and several other cles needful for a short voyage, among which was a compass and sea- glass, an oil suit and storm hat. These she carefully concealed in a corner, after —— them up in as small a bundle as was possible. Having done this she left the cabin and started ia ap easterly direction from the hamlet over a path that was rugged in the extreme—in fact, she held her way toward a certain point, for there was no path to lead her. After half an hour’s hard climb she came to a huge rock-wall, the bottom of which was overgrown by a dense unde wth, Pus de the bushes, as though fully aequaint- ed with the locality, Nellie found in front of hera narrow entrance or cavern, which she at once enter- ed, and a few steps brought. her out. upon the other side of the rock, and upon the shore of a small yet <— creek. ere a busy scene Fae mye itself to her gaze, for a lugger lay alongside the rock, which served as a pier. and on board of it were two-score of men work- ‘aa; hard to fit the eraft for sea. he lugger was flush deck, about ninety feet in length, and was steered by a tiller, the end of which was elaborately carved. She was very broad in the beam amidships, and was rigged with a fore and main sail, while a stump mast over the taffrail carried a square sail when going before the wind, and was called a ‘‘ driver.”’ There was a cabin aft, and a neon forward for her crew, and capable of accommodating half a hundred * men. _ No guns were visible upon the deck, yet a close ob- server could see that there were four port-holes to a broadside, and a raised deck forward and aft looked strangely as though intended for bow and stern On the deck, superintending the work, was Roy Wood and by his side was Salvador, the keep- er, eee as second officer of the lugger. & cing a moment at the we: 4 scene, Nellie moved on down the creek where it spread into a basin, a third of an acre in size, and in which were several small boats. One of these, a cat-rigged yawl, twenty-five feet in length, the maiden drew alongside of the rock where she stood, by means of a line and pulley at- tached to the boat, and getting into it, her skillful fingers were soon at work overhauling it from stem to stern. Ropes were spliced, the mast-stays tightened, sev- eral places in the forward deck salted: and the boat, which did not leak, thoroughly cleaned, while the sail was neatly patched, and new reefing nettles ut in; in fact no old seaman could have put the lit- le craft in better trim than did this young. rl, who, in spite of her sex and years, was a fine or. aving completed her self-imposed task, the maid- en retraced her way to the lugger, and seated her- self upon a water-cask, of which there were a num- hr upon the shore, while she began to talk with e men, At last she got up, at an invitation from Roy Wood- bridge, to come on board the lugger, and as she did 80, & slight kick sent the cask ro. into the creek. ‘Never mind, Pretty Nell—we have plenty 0: them,” said the lieutenant, and the maiden ste on board the lugger and seemed to take fore er- able interest in the preparations for the sea. ‘When do you sail, senor?” she asked, * By noon to-morrow; the craft has been laid up ino ary so long she needs a good deal of over- hapling: ut by noon to-morrow, perhaps sooner, frre will be after the Sea Hawk, and we'll make an ‘attempt to save Captain Rafael, if it costs us our lives: he is too noble a fellow to be killed like a ‘do: Ry ; Fou are right, senor, and the sooner you get off uld work all night.” do it; that will fee with the early tide; but you are not go- Yes, senor, I am too restless to remain quiet; but I'll visit you again,” and the maiden and ard fue als wy ase Nad eiedied, the wi where, as she found the cask had floated. drawing it ashore, she rolled it under the side of the rock, adown which ran a clear stream from a spring in the hills above. The Pirate Prince. took from a skiff a long pair of oars and placed them in the yawl, after which she set off on her re- turn to the hamlet, directing her steps toward the commis cabin. ‘Senor Velasquez, I wish some more provisions,” she said, ad ing the rather good-looking Cuban who acted as store-house keeper or commissary. ‘* What, so soon again, Pretty Nellie? You have a terrible appetite for one so fair, and cannot certainly live on love.”’ ‘“No, [hate love—I have had cause; but I want more provisions, Velasquez, for you know, senor, I take care of the sick.” ‘“« Trne, senorita, and you shall have them, although | you have already overdrawn your allowance. But, never mind, come whenever you please, for it isa pleasure to see your sweet face, and I will take a reprimand daily from the chief to give you extra al- | é | upon her, a strange look in his eyes, while he said: lowance. What will you have, senorita?” Nellie thanked the kind-hearted Cuban and select- ed a goodly store, which she placed in a sack, and declining the offer of Velasquez to bring them to the cabin, she walked homeward—no, not*to her home, but to the retreat in the hills, where, in the concealed crevice in the rock, she placed her load, and then returned to her cabin for the bundle she had left there. To Nellie’s surprise and the cabin, and as she ente she said in her abrupt wa, t her mother was in eyed her closely, while “You know not your heart, Nellie.” ; “Ido! I loved him once, or thought I did—I knew not my heart then—and from it I have taken his im- age. And frankly, senor, I will tell you, now th you have oe Ae would not betray me, that I did aid Paul Melville to escape} but he is not now on the island.”’ “ And yet, how could he have left it? I have look- ed over the boats large and small, and none have been taken.” “ He went in the carera.” ‘Impossible! Captain Rafael sailed in that.” The maiden smiled, and then said: ‘“ Yet hp went in the carera ; shall I tell you how?” “ Yes.’ ‘Well, I will, now that he is out of danger and so is the man who aided him,” and Nellie told the offi- cer all of her plan which had 7 aa so successful, In undisguised admiration ry Woodbridge gazed “Senorita, you are a wonderful woman. I would that you could go with me to Havana, for your ad- vice and aid would be of the greatest service to the rescue of Captain Rafael.” Nellie seemed pleased at the praise of the officer, and yet troubled; she hardly knew what to do. Nighi was drawing near, and she feared she could | not elude his vigilant eye, to aid Bancroft Edmunds ‘ Girl, are you, too,mad, that youroam this island | by night and by day? ‘No, mother—scenes lately transpiring here have made me nervous; but your face is flushed—are you not well?” and the maiden laid her hand gently up- on the forehead. Yes, Lam well in body, but racked in heart and mind, Rafael is in the hands of the Philistines, girl; the Spaniards will have him ere long, to tear from him his noble life.” ‘*T know it, mother; but he has friends; he has a bold crew, under the gallant Woodbridge, who. will go to his aid in a few hours. to his aid in a few h a “What! say you so, child? Then God bless Ro Woodbridge. eis a noble man. He, like Rafael, was never intended for a buccaneer; but, how do they go, Nellie?” “In the lugger, over in the secret creek; they are fitting her for sea now.” = 1, you give me joy. I will at once to has- ten them off, for Rafael must not die—no, he must not die, perish all else that may,” and Mad Maud hastily left the cabin, greatly to Nellie’s joy, for though she loved her mother deeply, yet she want- ed her just then out of the way. As soon as Mad Maud had disappeared over the hill-tops, Nellie seized her load, and quickly left the cabin, dodging into a enna of timber. After a walk of half a mile she came to a halt and concealed her bundle in a cavity of a rock, and re- reeng her steps she sought the hut, arta cupied by the wounded fisherman, whose dead body she had thrown from the cliff. The cabin was now deserted, and eee Nellie took from a chest a roll of what seemed to be, at first glance, a coil of rope, but which, upon closer | inspection, proved a rope-ladder. 8, with several small coils of rope, she placed under her shawl, and again went to the thicket and concealed the thi bundle. “Now I have an hour to wait—until dark—ab, I know what I shall do, for if I remain idle I shall die of nervousness, I will carry these down to the er and get the water-cask on board, so that there wi be nothing to delay him.” Suiting the action to the word, many as were the bundles, she raised them in her arms and bore them, by a different path from any she had before taken, toward the shore. A short walk brought her to an abrupt halt, upon the edge of a rock, which went down some forty feet, and overhung the little basin in which the yawl was anchored. Attaching her rope-ladder, by ro to a tree near the edge, she unrolled it and let the other end fall oven OS precipice, until it touched the grassy plot at s base, Then, by means of another rope she had thought- fully brought with her she lowered the things, one after the other, and then, with perfect fearlessness, went down herself. \ Quickly stowing a the articles she had ey nee the provisions in one locker, the compass and in another, and the oil-suit and blankets in a thir she sprung ashore, and the cask being now full o water, set to work to get it on board, But it was too great a tax upon her strength, and with disap tment, she was about to give it up, when a voice startled her, with: “ Fair Nellie, can L aid you?”’ In dire alarm she looked up and beheld the hand- some, boyish, smiling face, r manly form of Roy Woodbridge before her. nnoticed he had ap- proached within a few feet of her. Nellie was blushing; she could utter no word, and seeing her startled look continued: “Are you fitting the yawl out as a tender to the lugger, tty Nell?” ‘Lam not,” abruptly said the maiden, ‘Then for a cruise in it yourself—along with—” ‘“ Who?” defiantly asked the young girl. ‘“‘Ah, Nellie, you took one cruise with a faithless wretch, one who would have destroyed you heart, body and soul—beware!”’ said the buccaneer, sadly, and yet earnestly, “What do you mean, senor?’ pit simply mean that you trusted Paul Melville, “Mention ue aot to me now; he is porter ee “ Yes, e dead, you may say; ye ellie, have suspected ou of p ne his ‘greedom.” “Then why did you not make the charge against me, and let me rs er the penalty?” and the maiden’s ville is now u , concealed by you, and that this yaw! is to bear him away this night, and—"’ “And what, Senor Woodbridge?” 4 Ana you me “= : il and. t Y or, no! J trusted him once, ne betrayed me} I will never trust him again—never .” - things in the same place she had the | | release of his lieutenant, Bancroft | | | } in his flight. Ere she could reply, the glance of Roy Woodbridge again fell upon the water-cask and the yawl, all ready to put to sea, and he asked: ‘Phen if Paul Melville has left the island, why these preparations, senorita?”’ The maiden looked him straight in the face for an instant, and then said with resolution: **Roy Woodbridge, I will tell you.” CHAPTER XXXVI. A STARTLING CONFESSION. “Tam age + senorita,’’ said ra, ie in answer to the remark of Pretty Nellie, that s would tell him why the yaw! was fitted for sea, “Have you forgotten,” be; the maiden, with hesitation, and evident reluctance, ‘that when ou the Sea Hawk Captain Markham’ pleaded for the munds?”’ ‘By the Lord Harry! I had forgotten it. I re- member now, and that i said you held him in your keeping,’’ exclaimed the buccaneer, with some excitement. “Yes; well, I determined that, if Captain yrs s4 perished, to deliver the American officer up to the landers to put to death, as a means of revenge— you see I have had a cruel training here, lieutenant,” and the maiden spoke with considerable bitterness. “Yes, and yet the lily must often be swept over by the storm. Yes; Nellie, you have been reared among rude scenes and ruder men, but your heart bas ever been unsullied; you are a noble girl.” : The maiden bowed her head a moment, and then said. —— ‘Indeed I thank you, Roy Woodbridge, and 1 ean say the same of you; but let me go on withm story: that American officer I took prisoner, he fell from the rocks into the sea-channel leading into the basin below this one, and, swept by the tide, sudden- ly appeared before me, where I was reading ina avorite nook of mine. “Well, as I told you; I made him prisoner, and, knowing that he had landed in the discharge of his duty, I could not’ blame him, and determined to keep him away from the band.” ‘“Ah, I see now.” “ You will soon Wee remember, I am putting per- fect trust in you, Roy Woodbridge.” “You may do so, senorita. Go on; Iam deeply interested in your story.” “So I hid him in a secure retreat, and it was to try and exchange him for Captain ‘ael and the men of the schooner that I went on board the Sea Hawk as envoy; but you know how I failed.”’ “You did your duty nobly, Nellie, and with utter fearlessness.’ ; “T wished to. ‘Well, see how matters worked around: Luis Ramirez, seeing that his treachery would become known, fled, and the place of ref he oes was the very spot where my prisoner confined— “ Ha! the interest deepens.” “Yes—well, Luis Ramirez surprised the American, and was-himself surprised, and the result was a sword combat, which ended fatally—” ‘For the American, of course, poor fellow! I re- member the magnificent swordmanship of Ramirez. And this boat is for the Spaniard to leave the island? Ah, senorita, your heart is too kind.” “Not, so, senor, The American beat the Spaniard at his own game—ran him through the body, and—" e By Jove! that was grand!” “For the American, yes, senor; but Ramirez de- served his fate.” p i$ - certainly did. Well, about the American of- cer?” “ He is safe and unwounded, in spite of the skillof Ramirez; he handles a sword splendidly, Senor Woodbridge; as do, I have h + most of you Americans; you have the reputation of being your- self a ect ay pe Sa mie , 7 you, seno: ; ou are forgetting— “The American ten ea senor. Well, it was the last wish of Captain Rafae] that I should let Lieutenant Edmunds go free. This boat is intended for him, and he leaves to-night,” and Nellie’s half- defiant manner returned, “T£#1 do not object, Senorita Nellie.” * You will not—oh! say you will not! Remember, ou said you would not betray me,” pleaded Nel- e. “Nor will I. He shall !” and raising the water-cask he placed it the boat, looked at the main-sheet, stays, halyards and tiller to see that all were ship-shape, and then again sprung ashore to the side of the maiden. “ Roy Woodbridge, you are a noble man,”’ and the maiden looked neti into his eyes. Taking her hand, he said, in a tone of sadness: “N once I was a noble man, but I have spires fallen from grace. d you care to know how came to sail under the Red Anchor flag?” “Oh, yes; do tell me.” “Well, Nellie, I will tell you in a few words: Twas horn on the coast of Virginia; my sister, two years
Page 27
t you of my love. % tell you that which but three livin my junior, and myself being left to a rdian's care, who sent me to college North, and took m sister to live at his home, for he was a widower, wit one son, & youth my senior by two years. U my return, after three years at college, I my sister had married a year to the son of ™. and they were liy. at our old Ly , home, left to me by the will of my father, “At college Ihad been very extravagant, and had drawn heavily upon my guardian; but I was unpre- ' pared, being wholly innocent, to learn that Lhad not only squandered my inheritance, but had committed forge by getting cheeks cashed, stating that they were sign by my guardian. “ Nellie, I was arrested, and the checks were pro- duced—the very ones I had had cashed at college, and which I ved genuine, but which I now know were forged Bray brother-in-law and sent on to me as a trap in which to catch me, and with the consent of his own father. “Well, I was sentenced and sent to prison for ten years; but, thirsting for revenge, I plotted night and day to effect my escape, and at last did so, after be- ing six months a prisoner. Returning at once to my home, by night, I sent, by a faithful negro, for my brother-in-law to come and see a sick neighbor—met him on the roadside and challenged him to mortal combat, “He could not escape me, and, trembling, took his Pie piel in hand, ten paces distant from me. “The negro boy I spoke of gave the word to fire, and my accuser and enemy fell by my hand; but, ere he died he confessed that he had forged the checks, with his father’s consent, to get my pro- perty, and had poisoned my sister’s heart against me—then he died, leaving me no time to prove my innocence, and a negro's testimony was not re- ceived, because he was a slave, “Leaving the body where it lay, and taking the negro with me across the Northern line, that he ht not get into trouble, I gave him his freedom and a little money, for 1 had drawn what I had from bank through the jailer who aided my escape, and then I went to sea before the mast. “You remember how, seven years ago, I was in Havana one night, penniless and friendless, and saved the life of Captain Rafael, when he was at- tacked by the guards, and flying with him to his boat escaped to sea in the schooner, which, though a mere boy, he was a second in command of, under his fa- er, “Now, senorita, you know how I became a bucca- neer, but you do not know that, from the first mo- ment that I saw you, Nellie, then a mere child, I loved you.” “Loved me, senor?” asked the maiden, in sur- prise. “Yes, Nellie; but I then believed that you loved Rafael, and that he returned that love—” “Senor, I did, nay, I do, love Captain Rafael, yet it is not as I would love—” “Who, Nellie?’ “The man I would be the wife of.”’ 2 “Yet I believed you did, and hence I never told en, when Rafael went away to the States, I saw that you cared for Paul Melville, as you had for—”’ : “No, not as I had for pe emg Rafael, for my love tor him I cannot myself fathom. Had I loved him I would never have been won by Paul Melville.” “That is good logic, Nellie, but I would that you had never known the love of that man.” ‘“ Would that I never had; but I was young then.” “Yes; but now, Nellie, now that he has gone, I offer you my love—the whole love of my being, and ask you to become my wife.” “What! Roy Woodbridge, knowing all that is said evil of me, you ask me to our wife?” “Yes; Task you to go with me this night to Ha- vana—to there aid me rescue r Rafael, and then become my wife. Listen, Nellie. When last in port, I got word from my old home, just as I was think: ing of giving up my wild life—my evil, buccaneering é. “Thad written home, to an old friend, the lawyer who had befriended me, and whose life I had once saved from Sra fad his reply gaye me great {tihne” it told me that my escape from prison and of my brother-in-law in a duel had been known, for a planter had been thrown from his horse near the spot where we fought, and stunned, had recovered consciousness just as we arrived upon the field, and remaining quiet, had heard all that had sed. This exonerated me; but the shock killed my poor sister, and dying, she left me all of my property, while our, false guardian had fled from the country, to save h from prosecution by my friends, who made every effort to find and bring ¢ me - me Neltio, you see that there is nothing to pre- vent my return home, for no one knows me, aw. from here, as a buccaneer; but I wish to carry wit me my sweet little Nellieas my wife. You will not say no, will you little girl?” e maiden was silent for a moment, and then placing both her hands in those of her lover, she said earnestly: “Roy Woodbridge, I tell you frankly I know of no man I would sooner marry you. Nay,I have pore rece. for you than for any man liv ex Cap \ poland, as I have said, I do wit love him as a wife should, but as a sister. Yet still there is a wall between us that is never so Nellie, I know to what you refer, That is in the ied past.’ buri ‘ ‘‘ No, it is in the present, and I will tell you why; I ig persons know. One of them I know not what has beco : other two are Paul Melville and mnypelt, Roy Wood. bie na, Nellie? and th tarted ou, Nellie?’ an e man s'! “Yes, senor, I am the lawful wife Of Dany Melville and yet I have long allowed dishonor to rest upon my waar pd bu) remember, eer, Several years , when the schooner, among other pri De here a French priest?” pitts wid satin: * Wen, Ke tattle” mato Paol te ville, e > ell, he ma me to e pee a i hold his written certificate, given me then eavas afterward released by the chief, and went back to France; but my Ausband made me promise never to reveal the secret, and [ never have —never even asked him if I might when he was last tre wet The Pirate Prince. here, for I did not believe I would ever care for an- other man.” “ Have youstill that belief, Nelly?” “No, I love you, Roy Woodbridge, and confess it without shame, It has come upon me within the last hour, though I always admired and cared for you, as you well know; now let us say no more upon his subject. My husband lives, and my love must be buried,”’ . ‘Perhaps he may not have gotten safely to—" _ “Nonsense; the covera arrived. in safety, for did not Capt ain Rafael sail in her, and did he not return in the Sea Hawk?” “True. Then, Nellie, I must still love you as be- TRE. my reach?” “ eS. 9 “T will, Nellie. As long as you. are his wife, I will never breathe a word of love to you-again,” and the young officer turned away. and gazed n the last rays of the setting sun, as.it went down yond the hill-tops, casting gloomy shadows in the valley below. CHAPTER XXXVIL, THE FLIGH?. For some moments Roy Woodbridge and Nellie stood in silence, the twilight shadows deepening around them, and the waters of the basin, growing darker and darker. Then the maiden spoke: “You wish me to go to Havana with you, senor?” “Yes; you canaid me greatly.” “Then I will go if my mother and the chief say “ And if they object?” “TI will go paper, for Captain Rafael must not die, if any aid of mine can save him.” ‘**Nobly said! Now Iwillleave you. Goand bring our prisoner at once on board, while I return to the ugger, for we must get off to-night as there is a fair breeze blowing outside.” “Then it will favor the American. We shall be under way within the hour, and when T have seen him out of the channel I will return to the cabin and soon be on board the lugger,”’ “Farewell, my brave Nellie, for awhile, and suc- cess attend you.” Politely raising his hat, Roy Woodbridge walked pista oe the bank of the streain and Sienamonre’ in the darkness, while Nellie at once mounted the rope- ladder and hastened toward the secret retreat, her heart full of emotion at all that had passed. Reac the cabin among the rocks, Nellie found Bancroft Edmunds patiently awaiting her, and the body of Luis Ramirez lying as it had fallen, “Senor Americano, will you do me the kindness to lace that corpse outside? peau d it to a spot near yee I wish the band to know that, in some mys- terious way, Luis Ramirez has perished, and that Captain Rafael has been avenged against those who betrayed him.” Without a word Bancroft Edmunds raised the body in his DENOUNCED. Wuen Bancroft Edmunds left the pirate isle, be felt in his heart that he should arrive safely at the end of his voyage, and his anticipations, after several days 0! buffet: with the waves, sleepless hours by day and night, and arduous work, were realized, for he stood in, one pleasant afternoon, toward the coast of Cuba; amid the banks of which gineser the white walls of a casa de campo, among e cocoa and palm trees. “Yes, I will seek the hospitality of yonder house for the night; and if the wind is fair, stand on to Havana to-morrow; if apainst me, I will get, a steed and go on by land; but now, I am actually worn out,’’ he muttered to himself, as he headed boat into a little reef-sheltered harborage, down to the shores of which sloped the grounds surrounding the hacienda, or campo de casa, before referred to, a ait was evidently the house of some wealthy planter. Running alongside of a small pier, he sprung out; made his foarte mter fast to an iron ring, an ascended the w toward the acienda, upon the piazza of which he saw, as he approached, two per- sons seated. Drawing nearer he observed that one was a ily tleman in uniform—the other a maiden, dressed, and wearing the Spanish vail about bet wape tent aod a qld cry greeted n,n ‘ew steps nearer a @ A silvery accents and the Spanish tongue, “ Santissima! it is the Senor Edmunds!” As she spoke the lady advanced and grasped the American's hand, w pleasantly ; the piazza le he said
Page 28
28 “‘ And is it really you, Senorita Inez? I really ex- pected not this pleasure.” 7 “Then you came not here to see me? I had flat- tered myself that you had.” Senorita Revilla, I did intend to visit you upon ~ return from our cruise; but now I come alone and— 2 ‘*From where, Senor Edmunds?” “Trom a buccaneer island. I escaped, through the kindness of a noble maiden, only three nights ago; but that —— wears my country’s uni- form, I see,” and Bancroft motioned toward the gen- tleman who was on the piazza with Inez Revilla, and who had walked a few paces distant. amps he is a naval officer of your country. Come, I will make you acquainted, for you seem not to know each other. Senor Melville, this is an old friend 6f mine, the Senor Edmunds,” Paul Melville, for it was none other, me for- ward, a smile of welcome upon his face and his hand extended, while he said: “Senor Edmunds, I am most happy. You are an officer on the Sea Hawk, I believe, to which Iam ordered?” But Bancroft Edmunds stood like a statue, his bright eye fixed upon the man before him, and his voice was deep and stern as he said: “Mr. Melville, though an officer of our service, and mysuperior in rauk,I care not to take your hand, ” and turning to the astonished Inez, he continued: “Senorita Revilla, if this man is a guest of yours, I will bid you adios.” “Explain yourself, sir! There surely is some mis- take!” said Paul Melville, white with rage. “There is no mistake, sir. Senorita Revilla, you are entertaining a villain.” With an angry cry Paul Melville sprung forward, his hand upon a concealed weapon in his breast; but like a flash of light Bancroft munds dealt him a blow that laid him his length upon the ground. Pale with dread and excitement, Inez Revilla knew ar hae to say or do, and turning to her, Bancroft said: “Pardon me, senorita, I was perhaps hasty; but Paul Melville, though an American officer, was for years a buccaneer, and in escaping from them he at- wear te to take the life of a young girl who aided m, “With a veoe of having been a captive to the cor- sairs, he gained an appointment in the United States navy, for he is really an excellent seaman, and came to Cuba for the avowed purpose of betraying those who had once been hisfriends. All this [ know; it was told me only three days since. Need I say more? You know me, and know whether I would willfully slander any one—especially a brother officer.”’ Inez Revilla had known Bancroft Edmunds for two years, and he had been a great favorite of hers. Paul Melville she had met but several days before in Havana, and, at the invitation of General Muriel Sebastian, he had come out to the hacienda fora short visit, the old officer having taken a great fancy to the American lieutenant. | Hence, when Bancroft Edmunds made the charge he did, Inez Revilla believed him, and turned coldly toward Paul Melville, who having arisen to his feet, stood gazing upon them, with the manner and look of a tiger about to spring upon its prey; but he felt that Bancroft Edmunds was more than a match for him, and with a bitter curse he turned away, walked a few paces, and then wheeling, said savagely: *Tieutenant Edmunds, you shall answer for this. My address is at Pedro Nunez’s pulperia. When you come to Havana send me your card—i/ you are not a coward. Bancroft bowed formally and _ turned to Inez, while, seeking the stables, Paul Melville was soon after seen dashing away on horseback, at the full speed of the animal he rode. . ‘ “ And your uncle, the general, he is here with you, senorita?” ‘* Yes, Senor Edmunds; he is out over the planta- tion now. He will soonreturn. Since my capture, you know, by that buccaneer, Ramirez, my uncle Will not allow me to remain here without his per- sonal care. You did not congratulate me upon my ore ; “No; butTintendedto. Your having been stolen from your home distressed me greatly, senorita, and I was rejoiced to learn, just before we left Havana. that some gallant planter had rescued you. And Luis Ramirez was then your kidnapper?” and Ban- croft gazed earnestly into the maiden’s face. ‘“Yes; he came here in a small vessel and stole me and my old nurse, as we were on the beach one day—oh! do fear that man so.” “Senorita Revilla, you need fear him no more; he is dead.” “Dead! Luis Ramirez dead? It cannot be; you must be mistaken, senor,” ** No, he died by 7 hand. We had a duello and I ran him through. had often heard of him, yet never met him; but after his death I learned who he ” ‘as. “Where did this epee, senor?” asked Inez, with considerable feelin tone and manner. ‘“*On the pirate isle, where I have been for a short while a prisoner, and from which I was released by the very young girl whom Paul Melville sought to ” “You surprise me, and now that you have made me your confidante, 1 will tell you a secret; the man who saved me from Luis Ramirez, took me from the little cabin where that man held me prisoner, and restored me to my uncle, was none other than Ra- fael the Rover.” “What! I thought it was a Don Bernado some body, a planter?” “So'it was reported; but it was Don Rafael; yet not a word of this to my uncle.”’ “No, you can trust me; but, Senorita Inez, the Rover is now in trouble.” “What mean you, Senor Americano?” asked I nervously, mee will tell you, and in his distress he has my sympathy, for he is not, after all, the yery devil that | he is painted, but on the contrary a man of many rm ties, Now that he has poner you so noble quali tively have a high for . Listen ps A arma ik that I know about attentively. and I will tell you Rover. ords Bancroft Edmunds made known In a few w all about the daring part that Rafael had played as Re EPO eR RON OER oe ata —— The Pirate Prince. a Paul Melville, and his own capture by Nellie and re- lease, with all that he had heard about the young buccaneer chief. The loss of the Curse of the Sea, as told him by Nellie, the betrayal of Rafael by Ramirez, and the oung chief’s noble sacrifice, with all that he had eard of Paul Melville, he told his attentive listener, for the maiden drank in every word: “And Captain Rafael is now on the Sea Hawk, bound for Havana, you say?” asked Guy earnestly. “Yes, and sentenced to the worst of deaths. It is a pity for him to die thus.” * A crime, rather say, senor; but here comes my uncle. He will be glad to welcome you, and to- morrow you will drive on to Havana with us, for I must be in the city at once; but remember, not a word to my uncle about Don Bernado Rosalia being Rafael the Rover.” “*T will not betray you, Senorita Inez,” and Ban- croft arose to greet General Sebastian, who just then came forward, a smile of welcome upon his face, for the young officer was well known to him. CHAPTER XXXIX. THE DUELLO. WHEN Paul Melville had returned from the bucca- neer island, in the guise of the wounded fisherman, ithad been his intention to report on board the Sea Hawk, after a day or two, to recuperate from all that he had gone through; but, led away by the hope of capturing Rafael the Rover, he had been in- veigled into a plot by the good-hearted Martin, who determined that the young buccaneer captain should not be caught on board the sloop-of-war, had execu- ted a well-conceived plan to get the lieutenant held in custody for several days—or, at least, until after the American war-craft had sailed. The plan worked to a charm, and the keeper of the pulperca, where Paul Melville was held a prisoner, carried out his part of the performance as directed, while Ed Martin, the ex-buccaneer, sailed from Ha- vana for the United States as soon as one of the sen- tinels who guarded the lieutenant reported that his prisoner had been gessed bound and carried outside of the walls by night and left there. Whether the worthy Martin continued his reform- ation, married and settled down, is not known; but it is to be hoped that he did. As for Paul Melville, left alone in the country, his mouth still gagged and feet bound, he could neither ery out nor run after the volante that had dropped him so unceremoniously by the roadside. But after having with some difficulty, removed the gag and unbound his fect, he started on his way back to overs, arriving in the early morning, and sur- prising Pedro Nunez, the host, by again appearing after a mysterious absence of several days. The first care of Paul Melville was to find out about the Sea Hawk, and he cursed every saint in the cal- endar for his ill-luck when he discovered that the vessel had sailed without him, for it was through striking the buccaneers a death-blow that he hoped to gain a distinguished name and increased rank. at they would gayi ae charge him with havin once been a pirate he did not doubt; but who would believe them? No, his comrades would feel that it was a plot against him for revenge, and they would not believe the pirates. Making himself known to the consul in Havana, he at once entered into a round of gayety, and it was at a ball that he met Inez Revilla, and learning of her being of noble ogre A and possessed of vast wealth, he set about his plans to make her his wife, and his pleasant manners soon won the friendship of both the maiden and her uncle, who invited him with them out to the hacienda of the maiden, some leagues from Havana. ow this friendship abruptly ended, by the acci- dental arrival of Bancroft Edmunds, has been al- ready seen, and bitterly cursing the young officer, Paul Melville had mounted his horse and ridden back to Havana at full speed. ' Fearing that arrest might follow upon the charge of Vests he made known to his host his position and told him to give him some secret chamber, and himself see all that called for him. This Pedro Nunez readily promised—it was his duty to protect his guests, and the officer had quite won his heart, besides being presented to him by a worthy friend, the Spanish captain. Therefore, when the servant, the following day, said to the host: * A gentleman to see Senor Melville,” the host at once went to see who the caller was. Before him stood a fine-looking young man, clad as an officer in the American navy. “ How can I serve you, senor?” “T would know if Lieutenant Paul Melville is here?” “T think I can obtain his address, senor. Any mes- sage left for him?” Well, give him this card, and say, if I do not have an answer to it by nighttime, I will look him up with a squad of marines.” ‘Si, senor,’ bowed Pedro Nunez, and as the officer turned from the door, he muttered: “That young man is in no amiable mood, and he doubtless does not reverence the Senor Melville.” “Here is a card, senor; the | ect left it with no pleasant message,” and Pedro presented himself at the, secret chamber, where Paul Melville then was. Taking the card he glanced at it and read the ad- dress of Bancroft Edmunds. “What message left he, Pedro?” Tt was repeated, word for word, and the ex-buc- caneer’s face sl htly changed color, while he asked: “Ts the American sloop-of-war Sea Hawk in your port, Pedro?” “No, senor; she had not arrived this morning.” “Then I shall meet this fellow, for he cannot in- tend to arrest me, and with him out of the way there will be no other person to make a charge against me, unless it be some of the band, and they will not be believed. Bancroft Edmunds evidently has some deeper reason against me than my having been ac- cused of being a buecaneer; but how is it he arrives on the coast in an open boat, when he sailed in the Sea Hawk? “There is a mystery about this, and I must solve it, Now to find a friend, and send him with a chal- lenge to that impudent young officer, Ah, I remem- ber; I will ask t Spanish naval officer whom I met the other night—Captain Felipe Valiente. Pedro!’ “Senor.” “Send me a messenger, please.” In a few moments a servant arrived and was dis- atched with a note to Phe apo Felipe Valiente, a andsome young Spaniard, who commanded an armed cruiser then in port. In an hour’s time the Spaniard arrived at the room of Paul Melville, who greeted him pleasantly and said: “Senor capitan, I am sorry to ask a favor of one whom I know 60 slightly; buf Iam a stranger here. comparatively, and having gotten into a quarrel with another officer, I beg that you will serve me in the affair.” ‘With pleasure, senor; when and how can I serve you?” replied the Spaniard, perfectly willing to be mixed up in a duelio. ‘Here is the address of the gentleman, and I beg that you will at once call on him and have a time and icy of meeting, with weapons to be used, ar- ranged.” ‘“The Senor Edmunds? I know him; he is a great favorite in Havana society. I thought he was away in the Sea Hawk?” and the Spaniard again glanced at the card. “He has returned, senor.” “Then I will go at once,” and the Spanish captain left the house, fo return within the hour, a pleasant smile upon his face. “ Allis gers He Senor Melville. I saw the Senor Edmunds, and he referred me to his second, Captain Eduard Alfuerte, an cide to General Sebastian. We meet at sunset, beyond the walls of the city, in a spot I know well, having once been wounded there, and once killed my adversary there.” “And the weapons?” somewhat eagerly asked Paul Melville. “He seemed most indifferent; he must handle a sword equally well with a pistol, and it was left to you to decide.”’ “He certainly is indifferent. It shall be pistols then, and, Captain Valiente, I am a dead-shot, as you shall see.”’ ‘* Well, senor, at what time do we start? It is now nearly time.” “Tam at yourservice, captain. Here are my wea- pons.” A volante was at once called, and the two men left the tavern together, Paul Melville carrying a pair of swords beneath his light cloak, while Captain Va- liente had his pistol-case. A rapid drive of less than an hour brought them to abe designated spot, just-as two horsemen drew rein. “There he is, and his indifference is remarkable, to come here mounted. Does he not know that the exercise will do much to destroy his aim?’’ said Cap- tain Valiente. Paul Melville made no reply, but quietly saluted the two gentlemen as they approached. Bancroft Edmunds paid no attention to the sa- lute, but bowed pleasantly to Felipe Valiente, while his com ion, the young officer who had met Ra- fael and Inez when the Rover returned the maiden to her uncle’s care, saluted each of the other side with equal respect. ; In a few moments the preliminaries were arranged and the two men took their positions—Paul Melville dark, scowling, yet cool, and Bancroft Edmunds seeming wholly indifferent. The pistols were placed in their hands, and Cap tain Valiente gave the word to fire. Ere the word _ had left his lips Paul Melville fired, and Bancroft Edmunds stepped back twice, but in- stantly came back to his former position. “Great God! have I missed him?’ cried Paul Mel- ville, and he shrunk back several paces. _“ Back to the line, senor!’ exclaimed Edward Al- fuerte, in ringing tones, raising his own pistol; and cowering Paul Melville obeyed, and once more faced the man before him—a man who stood cold, calm and threatening, his face pale, his pistol still hang- ing down in his hand. Senor, you have your fire now,” continued the second of Bancroft Edmunds, gazing with some n> an upon Paul Melville for having shrunk from e line. Calmly did Bancroft Edmunds raise his pistol un- til on a level, and then, as his eyes glanced along the piittering barrel, he pulled the er. With the report Paul Melville fell dead—shot through the brain. CHAPTER XL. IN THE MORO. Wuen Bancroft Edmunds returned from the fatal field, where his hand had taken the life of a brother officer and countryman, he drove with Captain Eduard Alfuerte to the Moro Castle, and was soon in the presence of the beautiful Inez. ““Senor, is it over?’’ asked the maiden, eagerly “Yes, senorita.” “ And the result?” “He is dead.” ene you are not wounded?” anxiously asked the maiden, ‘“‘T will show you. You gave me this, ere I left, and said it might protect me,” and the young officer took from an inner pocket a small gold-incased miniature, But the gold was deeply dented, and in it was im- bedded a leaden bullet, while the glass was shatter- ed into atoms, yet the likeness remained unsullied, unbroken. “See, you have saved my life. The ball struck here—this was over my heart, where your . Inez, has been since we first met; but this is no time to tell you of my love, coming to you as I do with my hand stained in the blood of a fellow-being; yet, Inez, I knew him in his true light, and he had do wronged one who had served me greatly, and I too upon myself to be his executioner, for he would have been tried and condemned as a buccaneer. “Yet, between us rests the secret, and for the honor of our service I would have it remain un- known that he was other than was_believed;, but when the Sea Hawk comes into port, I will report to Captain Markham the whole affair, while the public must believe that we had a which in Paul Seuney death, What said your uncle of the ‘air ‘He believed that I was the cause, andI so let him
Page 29
The Pirate Prince. 29 believe, for, after telling him the other day that Lieutenant Melville had been called away suddenly to Havana, [could not give him any other explan- ation without your consent; but oh! how glad I am that your life is safe.” “That life shall now be devoted to you, Inez; my heart has long been yours; do with it as you will.”’ The answer of Inez Revilla was to raise her lips to those bending over her, and then and there was sealed a betrothal between the beautiful Spanish maiden and gallant American officer. After a few moments of silence, for both were in too happy a reverie to speak, Inez said: “Come, [ have something to show you.” Leading the way to the casement she pointed to the harbor, far below them, dotted with a thousand lights from anchored vessels. “Do you recognize that vessel—the one lying close in shore?” “The Sea Hawk! She has at last arrived. Now, senorita, Imust leave you.” “The vessel was signaled, and arrived an hour ago; but I would not have told you had I known that you would have left me,” said Inez, softly. “Duty compels me to leave you. “On the morrow I will see you—perhaps to-night again,” and Ban- croft Edmunds hastily took his departure, happy in having won the love of the lovely girl, and yet glow- ing over the duty before him, of making known the death of Paul Melville at his hands. “Sea Hawk ahoy!” sung out the young officer, as he neared the vessel in a shore boat. “ Ahoy!” ““T would come on board. “Ay, ay, come alongside,” answered Lieutenant Redmond, and turning to Fred Ramsey he said: E That voice sounds like Bancroft Edmunds’s.”’ ‘It is Lieutenant Edmunds,” cried the midship- man, as the sight of a battle-lantern fell upon that officer, as he ascended the gangway, and he sprung forward to meet him. e Now Tam dished. Paul Melville will next appear, and I'll have to drop back two grades again,” growl- ed Ross Redmond; but he greeted Bancroft with a forced smile, and bade him enter the cabin, where he would find Captain Markham. The commander of the Sea Hawk, with Mabel, sat at tea, when Bancroft Edmunds entered, and his sudden and unexpected appearance brought them to their feet with exclamations of surprise and joy. “Now, Edmunds, take a seat and let us know all about your strange adventures, and how it is that we find you here?’ said Captain Markham, after the greet was over. In as few words as possible Bancroft Edmunds then told of his fall into the water, his capture by Pretty Nellie, and eventual release by that maiden, and landing at the casa del campo of General Sebas- tian, all of which the listeners heard with the at- est interest, especially his combat with Luis mi- rez in the secret cabin. “ And now, Captain Markham, I have a most disa- able statement to make, and you must be the wu as to whether I acted right in the matter,” said the young officer, in a tone that showed he had something serious to relate. “Thave never known you to go wrong yet, Ed- munds; but go on.” “Well, sir, during my stay on the island I had every proof that Lieutenant Paul Melville was not all that he had been represented.” “How mean you?” ‘Well, sir, his captivity among the buccaneers, some years ago, was not forced, but wi Pie “Great Heavens! this is a serious charge.” “Tt is, sir, yet a true one; he was an officer amon: the buccaneers, and esca from the island wit the avowed intention of eaguing himself with an- other band and destro ose among whom he had lived or becoming the chief of all. “Tn his escape he attempted the life of the one who had aided him, through her love of him, and left her, as he believed, to drown—”’ “How know you this, Edmunds?” “From her own lips, sir; it was this girl that saved my life.’ “Was she the one that was on the Sea Hawk, dis- guised as a youth?’ asked Nellie. bs The same, Markham, and a noble girl she is.” A fearless one, too. Why, she spoke to me as boldly as os i I was a mereseaman. I knew not until afterward, when it was whispered around the _vessel, that she was not a boy,” said Captain Mark- “Well, sir, she is a noble girl and in some way has been remarkably well educated for one whe has been reared among buccaneers; but to continue, Captain Markham, knowing all that I did about Paul Melville, I could easily understand how he en- tered the servic. of the United States, when he had, for some reason given up his plan of attack against his former friends, the buccaneers, and with an eye to fame and rank, determined to lead in an attack on the island—the maiden said for the purpose of getting possession of the gold which he knew was secretly buried on the isle, and which would give him vast wealth.” “Tt seems plausible, I must admit.” “It is the case, sir, for when we were in port Paul Melville arrived in Havana, and put up ata pulperia kept by Pedro Nunez, . “There he met none other than Rafael, in dis- se, who at once recognized his old comrade, got mere he wal condetined U's hing'as'h trata where emn ung as a tor. But for what he had been to this girl, called by the buccaneers Pretty Nellie and Queen of the Isle, she determined to rescue him, which she did by a dar- ing and ingenious plan, which sometime I make known to you. us Melville returned again to Ha- which was then in port, and whieh Betas beste w was then in port, Ww ael board in the character of a lieutenant. “When I landed at the hacienda of General Sebas- tian I found there Paul Melville, and denouncing him, a quarrel ensued which ended in a challe from him, which I accepted for reasons I will m known to you; namely, for the honor of the service I deemed it best that none should know Paul Mel- ville in his true light other than those it was neces- sary should be told of it.” “And the challenge, Edmunds?” “T accepted, and we ar that evening at sun- Ww ’ set, outside the walls, and with pistols at ten paces,” | “The result?” and Captain Markham breathed rd. KG He fired before the word was out, and I killed im.” ‘This is a bad business, Edmunds.” “True, sir, and I have come to surrender myself.” “You mistake me; I do not hold you under arrest. Under the circumstances it is best that it should be as it is; but it is a bad business that our service should have been so disgraced. Now I will give out that the affair was a quarrel forced upon you by Melville, and acquit you. But I will communicate the whole affair, with your written statements, and the testimony of Rafael, if he will give it, to the Sec- retary of the Navy, and there the matter will drop. You say no one else knew of his treachery?” _ ‘One other, sir,” and. Bancroft: Edmunds slightly colored. “He can be trusted, can he?” “* She can; it is the lady to whom I am betrothed, and before whom I denounced Melville.” “T knew not that you had been so successful, Ed- munds. I congratulate you; but now I will have Ra- fael brought and question him regarding this traitor lieutenant, and then I wish you to accom- pany me, for I shall escort the prisoner to the Moro and turn him over to General Sebastian.” ene ae cabin Captain Markham went on deck to have the prisoner ordered before him, and the boat in readiness to convey the party on shore, and while he was gone Mabel, in a few hasty words, told Bancroft Edmunds how nobly the buccaneer captain had acted in saving the Sea Hawk and then offering himself as a sacrifice for his crew. “‘T know all. The maiden told me. He is a noble fellow, buceaneer though he be.” ‘** And will you see him die?’ eagerly asked Mabel. “Tfear that he must, The Governor-general will never pardon him, Miss Markham.” “*T know it; he must be rescued without a pardon.” Ere Mabel could say more Captain Markham re- turned, and behind him, unguarded, yet heavily ironed, came Rafael the Rover, perfectly calm. At a glance he saw all who were in the cabin, and refusing the seat offered him by Bancroft he re- mained standing. ‘“* Buccaneer,’’ began Captain Markham, ‘‘I would ask zo afew questions, ere you go from my hands into the dungeons of the Moro.”’ “Tam listening, sir.” “Do you know aught of the man whom you pre- tended to be when you came on board this vessel?” “Of Paul Melville? Yes.” “Who, and what is he?’ “He is a villain, who, when his life was saved by me, sided with us for years,and outdid my most cruel men in cruelty.” “* And more you know of him?” “Yes; he fled from our island, with the avowed intention of Le ding Naess $ buccaneers to attack and rob us, and declare himself chief; but, changing his mind he entered the service of the United States, re- ceiving a commission for some gallant act, for he was no coward, and volunteered to his government to come out to the Indies and drive the buccaneers from these waters.” *“You_ made him a prisoner a short while since, I believe?” _ “‘T did, sir; and he was tried by our laws and sen- tenced to be hung; but he,escaped, and is now in Havana, I believe.” ** You mistake; he is dead.” “Paul Melville dead? Then the earth has one scoundrel less to curse it.’’ ** And in a few days you will be as he is—dead!”’ “Tt may be; I expect no mercy,” proudly an- swered the chief; and_ piqued at not making his prisoner tremble before him, Captain Markham said: “Now, sir, I go to deliver you into the hands of General Sebastian.” “Tam ready, sir.”’ : A moment after the three men left the cabin, Mabel managing to slip apiece of paper into the hands of Rafael, as he turned to bow farewell to her. Half an hour later Rafael the Rover was in one’of the lowest d eons of the Moro Castle, and bound down with double irons to the stone floor, CHAPTER XLL A WOMAN’S PLOT. THe cause of the Sea Hawk’s delay in reaching Havana was on account of baving gone in chase of a swift - schooner, sighted a few leagues from the pirate isle and believed to be a buccaneer craft. After a long chase the sloop-of-war gave up the pursuit and stood on her former course to Hav arriving after nightfall, and dropping anchor under the very shadow of the Moro Castle. oi Clowély following upon the departure of the per and closely follow upon the de’ re) © pri- soner for the Moro, a 1 r came into the harbor sori and dropped anchor but.a cable’s length from the re, Peg hedg as though desiring to be in close vicinity to the vessel-of-war. Shortly after the lugger had come to a stop, a small boat put off from its side, and rowed toward the Sea Hawk, and a boyish voice hailed and asked to come on board. “T would see your commander, senor,”’ said a slen- der youth, with blonde hair and mustache and dark eyes, as he stepped on board. “Te is ashore, sir; how can I serve you?” asked Fred Ramsey, who, in the absence of superior officer, and at the request of Lieutenant Redmond, was acting as officer of the deck while that gentle- man was taking a nap below. “We were chased into port, senor, by a buccaneer, and I thought if your commander would put to sea he could catch the rascal.” to the captain ‘* Ah! this is serious. I will s Siaatiiacaee and = ee oo aay to pe Am ° 0 you, my fine fellow, for the informa- tion,” said Pred, who felt his importance imme 5 “Mr. Ramsey, please send t person into the cabin; I will h him.” It was Mabel’s voice, and the midshipman started, while he muttered: ‘* She'll command this craft yet;’’ and then aloud he called out: “Ay, ay! Miss Markham. Here, sir, go down into Da cedin, and ky ae: an a) els e last was sotto voce, as t outh o with alacrity the order to enter the cabin. et Mabel saw this youth enter, and in spite of the blonde wig and ince and the rude seaman’s suit, recognized ellie. You have Naked muck to come here,” she said, in a low tone. \ “You know me then?” ; ““Yes, as the maiden who came on this vessel at the buceaneer isle. What are you to Rafael the Rover?” and there was a tinge of jealousy in the tone, which Nellie at once detected, and quickly an- swered: “T am his friend—one who would save him—one who would not have him die—I am nothing else to Rafael, lady.” “Nor would I see him die—he must not, and I am glad you have come. When did you arrive?” ‘‘T will trust you, lady. I came in the | r ly- ing near. There are with me three score of hearts and hands to aid in the rescue of their chief, for he is beloved by all. I came here, lady, to see if he had been taken to the Moro?”’ “ Yes, twenty minutes since.” “Too bad! we would have ae ge oo his rescue at any cost; but we were delayed, dodging a Span- ish vessel-of-war that pursued us. Oh! how can we save him?” Mabel remained a moment silent, and then, while her eyes flashed with hope, she said: “Your lugger lies near here, you say?” “Yes, lady—a cable’s length away.” “ And your crew dare do anything to save their chief?” “Ay, lady.” “Then I have a plan; listen, Let your officer and yourself dress in the uniforms of a lieutenant and midshipman of our navy, omens the names of —_ Ross Redmond, and Mi pman Fred msey. ¥. Then rig out a boat’s crew in the seaman’s attire of the United States navy and half a dozen men as marines—do you understand?” “ Perfectly, lady.” : P o Have you any place where you can get the uni- ‘orms?” “We have them on the lugger. ey: We have to be prepared with disguises of all kinds.” “That is excellent. Now, when you have done this, get into your 1 t boat and row ashore at the stone stairway of the Castle; but not until you have seen the Sea Hawk’s boat return with her officers.”” “Yes, lady.” “Then gO boldly bes to the Moro gate, let your officer sen eard—I will give you the card—ah, here it is—Lieutenant Ross Redmond, United States Navy,’ and Mabel took it from a book, where it was serving as a mark. ‘*Send this card to General Muriel Sebastian, the commandant, and say to him that it has been dis- covered that Lieutenant : aul Melville was at one time a buccaneer in reality, and not a captive, as he represented, and it was on this account that the duel between him and Lieutenant Bancroft Edmunds was fought to-day—”’ ; ; “A duel, lady? and between Paul Melville and Lieu- tenant Edmunds?” cried the disguised Nellie, in dire m. ““Yes—and—”’ “* Oh! tell me, for the sake of the V: ‘Mother! which was slain?” and Nellie stretched forth her | hands pl % ** Paul Melville.” ‘““Oh! God, Ithank Thee! ThenIam free—lady Paul Melville was my husband,” and the poor girl sunk down upon a divan; but quickly recovering herself, she continued: “ But go on, lady; think not of me now; ask Lieu- tenant unds some time to tell you all—he knows. Now tell me, what shall I say to General Sebastian ?"’ pel ay 4 at the girls wonderful self-control, Ma- bel, who had pitied her greatly at first, fearful that she had loved Paul Melville, now continued: ‘““Say to General Sebastian to keep the matter quiet, Captain Markam begs, until he sees him to- morrow and he will explain all; but, for the sake of Lieutenant Edmunds, he begs that he will let him b Rafael the Rover back on board the Sea Haw to take his written testimony of what he knows o the former life of Paul Melville, and that prison- er shall be returned by midnight at furthest.” aay: you have saved him! Boldness will carry us safely through, but does no one at the castle know the two officers we would represent?”’ ““No; they both came to the Hawk only a short while ago, from a vessel that landed to bring them, as my father had lost a number of his ofticers on his last cruise against the Caribbean corsairs, several months ago.’ “Tt is well; 1 return at once to the lugger and make our arrangements; and, lady, Captain Rafael shall know to whom he owes life. Now fare- erin’! Fr this pian falle oes tne anit bes inertne - p see me ag some other dlagaiee; and we will plan some other way for his escape.” “ Bless you, senorita! Adios.” “Mr. Ramsey, see this gentleman to his boat, and do not mention t tto my father, as we have had pirate hunting enough of late, and I have no desire to go to sea again to-night.” “Ay, ay, Miss Markham,” and again under his b he added: ‘She is right; Iwant a rest now in this gay town, where the men are all small, l've heard, and the women all beautiful. This way, yo man, I think, under the circumstances, we will not & your buccaneer, but leave it for cruisers todo. We have done our share of late.” “Yes, senor; buenas noches |’? and the supposed sailor went over the side into his boat and rowed © rapidly back to the lugger. j CHAPTER XLII. A DESPERATE GAME FOR LIFE. Wuen Bancroft Edmunds had said to Inez, he would perhaps return to the ate ae lit- tle knew the sorrow his second visit cause her, when he came, scccmpaniod by Captain Mark- ham, and with Rafael the Rover as a prisoner. Fo General Sebastian was ee ne a
Page 30
30 —— Alfuerte, and have him omer the prisoner to his cell,” and as Inez glided by Rafael, she gave him om quick glance, while her lips parted with the words: ** Have hope |” Rafael t the low voice, and his eyes flashed, yet his face remained cold and stern as before. ‘*Be, seated, senors: my uncle will return soon perhaps. Ah! here is Captain Alfuerte. Senor Capitan, Captain Markham has brought you a pris- oner; please see that he is confined securely until my uncle returns to dispose of him.” ‘Si, senorita,” and Rafael the Rover was led away to his cell. ** Now, senors, have wine with me.” Both baptain Markham and Bancroft Edmunds drank a health to their fair hostess, and then took their departure, pleading an engagement in town. “We will have the boat meet us at one of the wp- ped piers, while we drop into the American coffee- 1ouse, and then go to the pulperia after the effects of Paul Melville. As his commander I can claim them, and I will have his body sent on board the Sea Hawk for burial.” “Yes, sir; his papers may throw some light upon his es life, and if we are to keep the affair a secret he should have the burial honors due his rank,’ ane replied Bancroft Edmunds, and the two offi- cers then went down to the stone stairway, and or- dered the coxswain of the waiting cutter to meet a at another pier, after which they started for the city. — had been gone but a short while when a boat landed at the stairway. It contained six oarsmen, and ten other persons besides—two of them — naval officers of the United States, judging from their uniform, as seen by the lantern above the stairs, and a third dressed as a marine sergeant. Then’there were six marines, and the coxswain of the boat. “Now, men, be as careful as possible, for all de- ; , ‘ € pends upon our behavior and coolness,” said the naval lieutenant, and taking the arm of his compan- ion, a midshipman, he said, simply: **Come!’’ The ou and his marines, armed with muskets, followed the two officers, and in a short while they presented themselves at the huge gateway of the gloomy prison. The guard allowed them to enter, and halting at the quarters of the commandant, the lieutenant handed a card to a servant, begging that it be given.to the general. “The general is absent, senor,’’ returned the serv- ant with answer. ‘** Ask to see Senorita Revilla,’’ quickly whispered the midshipman. The officer immediately asked that the card be re- turned to the Senorita Inez, and he was requested to walk in, the midshipman following. ‘*You would see my uncle, the commandante?”’ said Inez Revilla, rising, as the two officers entered the room, “Yes, Lo Ag I am told he is not here at present, T returned m the Sea Hawk, at the request of Captain Markham, to ask General Sebastian to al- low me to take the prisoner, Rafael the Rover, back on board the vessel, to obtain from him some valu- able testimony which he alone can give.”’ Inez Revilla, since the departure of Captain Mark- ham and her lover, had been pacing the floor, vainly endeavoring to hit upon some clever plan for the escape of Rafael. Now she was all attention, at the mention of his name, and, had Bancroft Edmunds been the officer sent for him, she would boldly have asked him to allow the prisoner to get away upon the way back to the vessel, but now, what could she do? “Perhaps there may be some chance if he goes. I will let the officer communicate with Alfuerte,’’ she thought, and ca! toa servant she bade him conduct the officers to the aide’s quarters, saying: “I can do nothing, senors, but perhaps Captain Alfuerte may.” The lieutenant turned to go; but the midshipman Wie oF close up to Inez, and whispered, quickly: f , would you see Rafael die? Remember he saved you from worse than death.”’ “Ido remember; and I would save him were it in my r; but how can I?” ‘With ease. Give the order for him to return with us to the et You are a woman, and you would not have his life on your head when you can save him.” ‘‘No, no, no; but who are you?” * Can I trust you?” ‘*With your life.”’ “T am not what I seem; I am a woman—the daughter of one who told Rafael that you were in the power of Luis Ramirez.” “You are Pretty Nellie, then?’’ eagerly said Inez. “ Yes, ! Now let him go—please let him go and even the wicked_buceaneers will pray for an ee a ; toutey: nat ‘This a perate game and you = not lose if I can aid you. I will act at once. a ! ‘“‘ Well, Senorita Inez,’’ and a soldier came in from the hallway. ‘Bid Captain Alfuerte come here, and also Lieu- tenant mond, the American officer with him— ah! they are here.” “Senorita, in the absence of your uncle I cannot let the prisoner go, even poy. he would like to, un- der the circums 8,’ said uard Alfuerte, en- tering the room, accompanied by the supposed Ross Redmond. “Then I will take the re me om $4 senor capitan. I know —, the prisoner wanted, Please have him brought at once from his dungeon, and I will re- port it to my uncle.”’ The wide bowed and retired, with the look upon his face that the maiden was a great deal upon herself; but, he said nothing, in fifteen minutes more, the supposed Ame passed owt of the Moro gateway, with Rafael the Rover between them. At a glance the chief had recognized Ro he under way and headed out of the harbor, Mabel v! standing on deck as she by the Sea Hawk, and resiceg in her phe weraee p of all the intensity of her the man she now loved with passionate nature. As the lugger disappeared in the. gloom, seaward, The Pirate Prince. ———— Mabel Markham turned and ted her father and Lieutenant Edmunds, who just then came on boa and as she looked her eyes fell on a dark, cl form that was brought up and laid on the deck, “Tt is the body of Melville; we will bury it to- morrow with honors,’ said her father, and with a shudder the maiden descended to the cabin and her state room, just as a fleet-sailing carera flew down the harbor, going seaward with all sail set. CHAPTER XLII. MAD MAUD’S STORY. As soon as he reached the deck of the lugger Rafael felt himself free, and gave the orders a once get ree “You, vador, with two men, jump into the small-boat and row to the uppee end of the harbor after the cavera. You will find her anchored off the small creek that puts in there. “Tell Matt Morton to spread all sail, and come at once to the island. Now, Woodbridge, let her head seaward,” and Rafael descended into the cabin, fol- lowed by Nellie and one of the men who. was to ee the irons off from the ankles and wrists of his chief. ° “Thank you, Catalina. Now goon deck and ask Mr. Woodbridge to join me here, for we are in deep water now, I know by the movement of the lugger,” and Rafael arose and stretched out his limbs, no longer bound by irons. “Roy, my dear old fellow, I could not delay longer in thanking you for my life —not that thanks repay you—”’ ** Hold on, captain! don’t lay iton me. She did it, Midshipman Nellie. Tell him all about it, Nell, and then, to save your blushes, I will tell him that I’ love an officer on board the Bea Hawk, Bancroft Ed- munds by name—love him because he killed Paul for I hide not my own shame, fled with the man who had, I believed then, killed my husband.” “Oh, God!’ groaned Rafael. “Thave had that c I on my iis ever since, boy, for never did I know joy again. Yes, we fled, and } took with me my little girl—this one here. You looked too much like your father for me to love you then, and I was infatuated with Walter Markham, then an officer of the United States navy. “For some years he treated me well and then I learned that he was engaged to be married to a Southern lady, and, accusing him of it, I swore re- venge, “One night I went to sleep, I and Nellie here, as usual, and when we awoke we were at sea, in the cabin of a vessel, and by my bedside sat a woman man, who had me in charge. They told me I was mad, and was being sent to an insane asylum, in England; but I knew that I had been ——- and carried, with my child, on board that vessel. “But Ireached not England, for the vessel wae taken by a pirate, and in that pirate I recognized my husband, him whom I had believed dead; but he survived his wound, and had gone in search of Wal ter Markham, fitting out a vessel for the purpose and having boarded severaLvessels was dec ar outlaw, and thus he drifted into piracy. ‘He knew me as soon as I did him and he sworé he would kill me, but offered me life if I would sweas never to tell you, or any one else, that I was his wife, your mother. To save the lives of Nellie and myself, I took the oath, and he brought me to thia island to live; but never, until last night, when he was taken ill, did he speak one kind word to me in all these long years gone by; then he forgave me, Rafael—”’ “And I forgive you, too, mother.” f With a cry of almost frenzied joy, the poor woman ‘ Melville; but go on, Nell, and tell the captain,” said eid be tig her son, and was drawn to his heart, ile the delighted lieutenant. In as few words as caperge Pretty Nellie told Ra- fael all, and she could not but notice how he was roused when she mentioned Mabel as the originator of the bold = and the authority Inez Revilla had taken upon herself. ‘*Three nobler women never lived than are you three, and, if Ido not prove myself worthy of your friendship, may I perish at my first wrong act,” said Rafael, impressively. “That is what I ys captain. Now I will tell you something of this li le 1,” and Roy Woodbridge meee known the secret of Nellie’s life, and his love or her. “Forgive me, Nellie, for once having wrenged you in thought. Now, Woodbridge, I intend returnin to the island, get my father, if he will go, and sa for the States, where I intend to settle down to an honorable life, for I have some money that I never won under the Red Anchor flag—enough to bern “Heh meé, and you and Nellie, and your mother, too, Nel- lie, if she will g° with us. What say you?’ “The very thing, captain! but I have already told you of my life, and yet I have not told you that I can now return to my home in honor, for I have lately received letters from there. “Tlive on the Virginia coast, and you can buy a farm next to my own, or live with us. Say yes.” “T will go with you. We will take the carera, and several of our best men to man it. Now let us go on deck and see if. we can discover the little craft com- ing astern, for I should feel very sorry if harm befell Morton, Salvador and the men.”’ “They will soon bealong. Sail ho!’’ sung out Roy Woodbridge as he reached the deck. Far astern was visible a sail, and in a short while Rafael pronounced it to be the carera, and a cheer burst from the crew of the jugger who seemed wild with joy at the release of their chief. Rapidly the swift cay era overhauled the lugger, and after a quick run.the two vessels ran into the island harbor, not a cable’s length apart. As they landed the islanders met them with shouts of delight; but Mad Maud was not among them, nor the old chief. | Where is my mother?’’ asked Nellie, faintly. “She is at the chief’s cabin, senorita,” said a buc- | caneer. | “ And eT asked Rafael. “Up at the cabin,’’ was the answer. Dreading evil, Rafael and Nellie walked rapidly on and soon reached the quarters of the chief. The door was open, and just within lay a form upon a cot, while beside it knelt Mad Maud—her face pele and tear-stained. | ou have come too late; he is dead.” My father dead?” cried Rafael, | i eatar iy Ce oes n y the cot. “Yes; he grieved so for you that he brought on hemorrhage from his wound, and it killed him— your father and my husband.” “Woman, what mean you? This is no time for you to show your madness,”’ said Rafael sternly. “ Rafael Mordaunt, lam not mad. I was mad, oh, yes; but the fire has gone from m sane, and I tell you husband and J am your mother.” Rafael upon her in silence: could he believe what he heard? Since his fourth r he had never seen his mother —he had been told that she was dead—cruelly mur- dered—couild this be she! | Do you tell the truth?” he at last, while Nellie, eo and trembling, by. elp me God, yes! Listen, Rafael, and you shall judge. I married the man who “ So | “Twenty-five years It was far away from here—in he truth—that man was my lies dead before us, | a Northern State. He was rich, I was poor, and his | riches and good looks won me from one I then loved, and to whom T was en ; ““We were married, this man, Rafael Mordaunt and I—and we trayeléd about the world for several years—in fact, until our two children were born.” “Two children?”’ almost whi d Rafael. Yes, two children—you and your , four | years your junior; there she ahands en we \‘grogsed the path of your father's cousin, his best friend, the one to whom I had been ‘engaged, and the only man I ever loved. “That mee of Rafael Mordaunt and Walter Markham was a bitter one to me, we ther fe dangorousty’ wounded by the hand of r Mark- ham, who shot him down mercilessly, and I, I, listen, brain, and lam | w ellie, his sister,was encircled by his other arm, Thus stood these three, so strangely united, and the moments away. At last Rafael spoke: “Mother, [always knew my father had a bitten revenge to reap upon Captain kham, yet I never knew the whole story, and I believed my mother to be dead, Inever knew I had asister; now we must never part.” rh ‘ael, my noble son, in rots father’s papers you will find his miniature and mine; also titles to property he holds. He bade me tell you to seek our own. He gave you his blessing in ou, my son, to give up this fearful life.’ “Mother, my resolve is already taken. Within two hours I leave this island forever. Now, you and my sweet, brave sister, prepare to go with me in the carera. As soon as I return, [ will have my r father buried,” and affectionately embraci Beth his new-found mother and sister, Rafael has wended his way to the beach, where Roy Wood- bridge informed him that a few of the ders would sail in the lugger for other scenes, but the women and children, with the remainder of the men, except several who went in the carera, preferred to remain on the island. “But the Sea Hawk and other vessels-of-war will! come here.” “Yes, sir, I told them that; but they say they will play innocent—say they have been made captives b he buccaneers, who deserted the island and lett them here.” “*So be it. _We must get away at once—as soon as I have buried my father—nay, I will give him burial in the deep sea, which he loved so well.” Half an hour, after, the carera stood out. of the isl- and basin for the last time, and at her helm wa Rafael, no longer the Rover, while by his side his mother and sister, and Roy Woodbridge, Morton and Salvador were tis as the crew of the fleet craft, that was so swiftly leaving astern the buc caneers’ isle. CHAPTER XLIV. Whnut.it. ene dlscorered the .t lowing morn HEN ’ 0, that Rafael the Rover had escaped, of po Pa a was to blame, for Nae pte Markham had not, sent for the prisoner, as could be easily oor eRe General Sebastian had not been at the Moro when the oner left, and he would not allow Inez to be pod 204 "paridakks the vocape of Ratna, ‘Capital dns ous at the escape o ael, Captain ' at once put to sea, Visited the Seiodemane isle, and sent in his boats; but they found there only what pretended to bea peaceful settlement, the ves of the pirates, who had gone, the islanders they Captain Markham resigned knew not where. Returning to Havan his commission, and croft Edmunds was pro- moted to the command of the Sea Hawk, and his old commander and his lov daughter set in the brig Sunbeam, Capt ey, for New York; but they did not leave Havana 1 they at- tended a grand wedding, where Inez was made the Senora Edmunds, her husband the of-war. ether it was the presence of Walter Markham on board the Sunbeam, or not, itis hard to say; but certain it is that storm after storm swept over the brig on her northward voyage, until, one dark and stormy night, she went ashore on the Virgina coast and became a complete wreck, her crew being washed into the sea, and along with them Captain Markham, who thus met his death amid storm and But two persons were sayed—and those two oop. tain Rodney and Mabel Markham, who had sought é in the cabin as the waves swept the decks. these two were saved by the crew of a life- boat that came out to the in the any morn- ing—and in that boat were two persons well known ‘to me reader—Roy Woodbridge and Rafael Mor- ind reader, who has sailed with me o’er so many of and with me ft ‘h so it danger Heed f tell you arg Sg oe ie became the wife of Ro: - bel Markham ed > than § the a ware, Yom have aineoay emnated Wn eedide end t 0, you have a: wil tay nadine THE END,
Page 31
1 Deadwood Dick, THE PRINCE oFf THE Roap. By Edward L. Wheeler. 2 Yellowstone Jack; or, Tor TRAPPER OF THE ENCHANTED Ground. J.B, Badger, Jr. Kansas King; or, THe Rep Hanp. By Buffalo Bill (Hon. Wm. F. Cody). The Wild-Horse Hunters. By Capt. Mayne Reid and Capt. Frederick Whittaker. 5 Vagabond Joe; THE Youne WANDER- Ina JEw. By Oll Coomes. & Bill Biddon, Trapper} or, LIFE IN THE Nortuwest. By Edward 8. Ellis. 7 The Flying Yankee ; or, Tux OcEAN Outcast, By Col. Prentiss Ingraham. ty Seth Jones; or, THE CAPTIVES OF THE Frontier. By Edward 8, Ellis. The Adventures of Baron Mun- chausen. 10 Nat Todd; or, THe Farr or THE Sroux Captive. By Edward §. Ellis, 1 1 The Two Detectives; or, THE Forrunss or A Bowery Grau. A.W. Aiken. 12 Gulliver’s Travels. Lilliput, anda Voyage to Brobdingnag. 13 The Dumb Spy. By Oli Coomes, author of “ Vagabond Joe,”’ etc. 1 4 awe or, THE WONDERFUL 1 5 The Sea-Cat; or, THz WrroH oF Dagien. By Capt. Frederick Whittaker, 16 Robinson Crusoe. His Life and Surprising Adventures, (27 illustrations.) 17 Ralph Roy, The Boy Bucca- eer. By Col. Prentiss Ingraham. 1 & Sindbad the Sailor. His seven voy- ages. From the Arabian Nights. 19 The Phantom Spy; or, THe Prior oF THE Prarriz, By Buffalo Bill. 20 The Double Daggers; or, Drap- woop Diox’s Deviance. By E. L. Wheeler, 21 Frontier Angel. A Romance of Kentueky Rangers’ Life, .By E.S, Ellis. 22 The Sea Serpent; or, THe Boy Roprnson Cruson. By Col. Juan Lewis. 23 Nick o’ the Night;.or, Tam Boy - Spy or 76, By T. C. Harbaugh, Diamond Dirk; or, THe MystTEery OF THE YELLOWSTONE. By Col. Ingraham. 2 5 The Boy Captain; or, Tam Preatn’s Daveuter. By Roger Starbuck. 26 Cleven Hoof, the Demon. By Edward L. Wheeler. IGHT A Voyage to 2Q7 Antelope Abe, the Boy Guide. : 68. y Ol Coom - Buffalo Ben; or, Deapwoop Drox In Disauism, By Edward L, Wheeler. 29 The Dumb Page; or, THE Docer’s Daveutrer. B Japt. F. Whittaker. 30 Roaring Raiph ockwood, THE RECKLESS RanceR. By Harry St. George. 31 Keen-Knife, THE PRINCE OF THE PRAIRIES, rd Oll Coomes. 3 Bob Woolf, the Border Ruffian; or, THE Gant Deapv-Snor, E. L. Wheeler, 33 The Ocean Bloodhound; or, THE Rep PrrarTes of THE Carrpsecs, 8. W, Pierce. 3 4 Oregon Sol; or, Nick WutrrrEs’ Boy Spy. By Capt. J. F. C. Adams. 3 5 Wild Ivan, Tue Boy CLAuDE DuvaL; By Edward L. Wheeler. 3 The Boy Clown; or, THE QUEEN oF THE ARENA. Frank 8, Finn, 3 y The Hidden e; or, THE LittLe HunTeER oF THE ADIRONDACKS, Harbaugh. 38 Ned Wylde, Tax Boy Scour. By Texas Jack. 39 Death-Face, the Detective. By Edward L. Wheeler, 40 Roving Ben. A story of a Young American. By John J. Marshall. 4 Lasso Jack, Tux YounG Mustane- ER. By Ol! Coomes. 42 The Phantom Miner; or, Drap- woop Dice’s Bonanza. By Ed. L. Wheeler. 43 Dick Darling, the Pony Express Rider. By Capt. F. Whittaker. Rattling Rube; or, THe Nicut- HAWKS OF TUCKY. .By Harry St.George. ras reat An- 4. 5 Old Av che, nihilator. By Edward L. Wheeler. AG Glass Eye, the Great Shot of the West. By Capt. J. F. C. Adams. A” Nightingale Nat; ox, TH» Forest 1, ENE By T. C. Harbaugh. A& Black John, the Road-Agent. By Jos, E. Badger, Jr. maha Oll; or, Deapwoop Dick rn 49 pg By Edward L, Wheeler. 50 Burt Bunker, Tue Trapper. A Tale of the Northwest. By CO. E. Lasalle. 51 The Boy Rifles; or, THz UNDER- Grounp Camp. By Archie C. Iron. 52 The White Buffalo. A Tale of Strange Adventure. Charles E. Lasalle. 5 3 Jim Bludsoe, Jr., THE Boy PHENIX; or, THROUGH TO THE DeaTH. FE, L. Wheeler. 5 4 Ned Hazel, THe Boy TRAPPER; or, THE PHANTOM Princess, By J. F.C, Adams. 5 5 Deadly-Eye, THs Unknown Scout; By Buffalo Bill, 56 Nick Whiffles’ Pet; or, IN THE Vatiey or Dears. Capt. J. F.C. Adams, 5 vf Deadwood Dick’s Eagles; or, Tre Parps or Froop Bar. E. L. Wheeler. 5 & The Border King; or, Taz Secret Fox. By Oll Coomes. 59 Old Hickory, or, Panpy ELtts’s Scape. By STudian George. 60 The White Indian; or, Taz Scour or THE YELLOwsTONE. By J. F.C. Adams. 61 Buckhorn Bill; or, Toe Rep Ririe Tram, By Edward L. Wheeler. 62 The Shadow Ship; or, THE Riva LyevTENANts. By Col. Prentiss Ingraham. G The Red Brotherhood; or, THe Twrive Avencrers, By W. J. Hamilton. 6 4 Dan Jack; or, THz OuTLAW OF THE Orngcon Tram, By T. C. Harbaugh. G 5 Hurricane Bill; or, Mustanc Sam anp Hs ‘‘Parp,’’ By Jos. E, Badger, Jr. 66 Single Hand; or, A Lire ror 4 Lire. By W. J. Hamilton. 67 Patent-Leather Joe; or, OLD Rar- eg ae Bins CHARMER. By P.S.Warne. e 68 Pine Rom Robin Hood; or, THE By Buffalo Bill. 69 Gold Rifle; or, Taz Boy Detective or THE BLAcK Rancs. By E. L: Wheeler. 70 Old Zip’s Cabin; or, THe GREen- HORN IN THE Woops By J. F.C. Adams. ~é 1 Delaware Dick; THz Youne Ran- Ger Spy. By Oll Coomes. 12 Mad Tom Western, Tsar Texan RanGer. By W. J. Hamilton. 7 3 Deadwood Dick on Deck. By we L. Wheeler. T y wk-eye Harry, THE OUNG rf TrapreR RANGER. By Oll Coomes. q 5 The may Dees or, THE CRUISE oF THE Wotr. By Col. P. Ingraham. 76 Abe Colt, the Crow-Killer. By Albert W. Aiken. 7 7 Corduroy Charlie; or, THz Last Act or Drapwoop Dick. By BE. L. Wheeler. Le by Blue Dick; or, THz YELLOW CHIEF’s VENGEANCE. By Captain Mayne Reid. 7 Sol Ginger, Tue Grant TrapPeR. By Albert W, Aiken. : SQ Rosebud Rob; or, Nuacetr Nep, THE KNIGHT oF THE GuLcH. By E. L..Wheeler. at i Jo, THe TERROR OF THE RAIRIE. By Captain J. F. C. Adams. 2 Kit Harefoot, Tuz Woop-HawsE; or, Oup Powprr-Face. By T. C. Harbaugh. fg 3 Rollo, y 3; or, THE HEIRESS OF THE GOLDEN Horn. Oll Coomes. &4 Tdyl, the Girl Miner; or, Rosrsup B ON HAND. By Edward L. Wheeler. & Buck Buckram ; or, Buss, roe Fr- MALE TRAPPER. By Capt. J. F. C, Adams. he} Dandy Rock, T'Hn-MAN-FrROM-TEXx- 4s. By G. Waldo Browne. he} 7 The Land Pirates; or, THE LEAGUE P pr a ah aay D mir, Capt. e Reid. oO p 3 orn, Rosespup § ons aieeeianan, By Ed. L. Wheeler. wd Island Jim; or, THE Per or THE Famity. By author of “Jack Harkaway.” 90 The Dread Hider; on, Tur TEXAN Dvuerutst. By George W. Browne. 9g The Captain of the Club. By Bracebridge Hemyng, (Jack Harkaway.) 92 ae Chet a or, a ANACONDA in Sirrine Buty’s Camp. By E. L. Wheeler. 9 3 The Boy Miners; or, Tot ENcHANTED Isuanp. By Edward 8. Ellis, 94. Midnight Jack, THz Roap-Acenrt. By T..C. Harbaugh, 9 5 The Rival Rovers. By Lieutenant Col. Hazeltine. 96 Watch - Eye, Tar Derecrivr. By Edward L. Wheeler. 97 The Outlaw Brothers; or, Tur , Captive or THE HArpes, By J. J. Marshall. 98 Robin Hood, THE Ourtawep EARL. By Prof, Stewart Gildersleeve. BEADLE’S HALF-DIME LIBRARY. Every one of them “ Live’? Stories by *‘ Live® Authors, Each number . a Complete Novel, at the extraordinary price of a HALF-DIME. | | Sc SLL SS.....°3z3._x_c__co7_[; 99 The Tiger of Taos. By Georg Waldo Browne. 100 Deadwood Dick in Leadville By Edward L. Wheeler. 101 Jack Harkaway in New York By Bracebridge Hemyng. 10 Dick Dead-Eye, THE Boy Suu GLER, By Col. ntiss Ingraham. 103 The Lion of the Sea. By Col. Delle Sara. ; ‘ 104 Deadwood i Dick’ 8 Device. By 105 Old Rube, Tue Huntsx; or, TAE ose Beets 106 Or. Harbaugh. ach 107 One-Eyed Sim; or, Tue Anan- Davin, ae eG By J. L. —. LOS Panes eye ames 109 Deadwood Dick as Detective. By Edward L, Wheeler. 1 10 The Black Steed of the Prai- ries. By James L. Bowen. 1 1 1 The Sea-Devil; or, THE Mmsuip- MAN’s Legacy. By Col. P. Ingraham. 1 12 The Mad Hunter; or, Tez Cave or DeatrH. By Burton Saxe. 1 1 3 Jack Hoyle, Tux Youne Sprrcu- LATOR. By Edward L. Wheeler. 1 1 4 The Black Schooner. By Rocrr STARBUCE. 1 1 5 The Mad Miner. Wapo Browne. 1 16 = Hussar Captain. By Cou. ENTISs INGRAHAM, 11 ee ae Will Somers, THE Boy Derrc tive. By Charles Morris. 1 19 Mustang Sam; or, THE KiNG uF THE Puains. By Jos. E. Badger, Jr. 12 The Branded sor, THE Man oF Mystery. By Frank Dumont. 121 Cinnamon Chip, Tue Grau Sport. By Edward L. eeler. 122 oer Paeee Boss Boy, TR 3 roe, Bet Categh 124 Tippy, the Texan; or, THE Youna Bh Geo. HHAMPION. Gleason. 12 Bonanza Bill, Miner; or, Tar FEMALE Forecrer. By Ed. L. Wheeler. 126 Hempane Pete; or, NicopEmus, THE Derecrivz. By Chas. Morris. 12 Wild-Fire, Tse Boss or THE Roap. By Frank Dumont. 128 The Young Privateer ; or, THE Prrates’ SrRONGHOLD. H. Cavendish. 129 Deadwood Dick’s Double. A Story of Wild-Cat City. E. L. Wheeler. 13 Detective Dick; or, Ton HErro in Rags. By Charles Morris. 131 The Golden Hand; or, Danpy 13 Rock To THE Rescuz. G. W. Browne. The Hunted Hunter; or, Tur 133 Boss Bob, THe KinG oF THE By Grorer Srrance Horseman. By Ed. 8. Ellis. Boorsiacks. By Edward L. Wheeler. 1 34 Sure Shot Seth, Tur Boy Ririr- MAN. By Oll Coomes, 1 3 5 Captain Paul, THe Moonsainer or Kentucky. By C.D, Clark. 1 36 Night-Hawk Kit ; or, tax Davan- TER OF THE RanonE. J. E. Badger, Jr. 1 37 The Helpless Hand; or, Back- woops RerrisvTion. Capt. Mayne Reid. 1 3 & Blonde Bill; or, DEapwoop Dicx’s Home Base. By Edward L. Wheeler. 139 Judge Lynch, dr.; or, THE Boy VieIuante. By T. C. Harbaugh. Ready March 23d, 1 40 Blue Blazes; or, THE BREAK 0’ Day Boys. By Frank hg pone Ready Ma: 80th. 1 Al Solid Sam; or, Tae Boy Outiaw. By Edward L. icc » aay April 6th. 142 Handsome Harry, Tis her BLACK Derrctive. By Chas. Morris. April 18th, A new issue every week. The Half-Dime Library is for sale by all Newsdealers, five cents rece es of six cen eck: BEADLE & ADAMS. 1 its hers, 98 William Street, NewjYork.
Page 32
32 Large Three-Column Pages. 1.A Hard Crowd; or, GENTLEMAN | Sam’s Sister. By Philip S. Warne. 2. The Dare-Devil; or, Wires or THe Sea. By Col. Prentiss Ingraham, 3. Kit Carson, Jr., THE Crack SHor or THE West. By Buckskin Sam. 4. The Kidnapper; or, THe Great SHANGHAI oF THE NorTHWEST. By Philip 8S. Warne. 5. The Fire-Fiends; or, HERCULES, THE Houncupack. By A. P. Morris. 6. Wildcat Bob, Tue Boss Bruiser ; or, THE BorDER BLoopHouNDS. By Edward L. Whee- ler, author of ‘‘ Deadwood Dick,” “ Double Daggers.’ 7. Death-Notch, THe Destroyer; or, Tue Sprrit Lake AveNGERS. By Oll Coomes. 8. The Headless Horseman, A strange story of Texas. By Capt. Mayne Reid. 9. Handy Andy. By Samuel Lover. 10. Vidocg, THE FrRENcH PoLIcE Spy. Written by himself. 11. Midshipman Easy. By Capt. Mar- ryat. 12. The Death-Shot; or, TRACKED TO DeatH. By Capt. Mayne Reid. 13. Pathaway; or, Nick WHIFFLEs, THE Op TRAPPER OF THE NortTHWEST. By Dr. J. H. Rob- n, 14. T endanegea, THE ScourcE ; or, THe WArR-EAGLE OF THE MonAwss. By Ned Bunt- ine, author of “‘ The White Wizard.” 15. The Tiger-Slayer; or, EaG.r- HEAD To THE Rescugr. By Gustave Aimard. 16. The White Wizard; or, Tar Great PROPHET OF THE SEMINOLES. By Ned Buntline. 17. Nightshade, Tae Rosser PRINCE or Hounstow Hratu. By Dr. J. H. Robinson. 18. The Sea Bandit; or, Tok QuEEN . OF THE IstE. By Ned Buntline. 19. Red Cedar, Tur Prarrim OuTLaw. By Gustave Aimard, 20. The Bandit at Bay; or, THE Pr- RATES OF THE Prarrigs. By Gustave 21. The Trapper’s Daughter; o Tue OvTLAW’s Fam By Gustave ‘Dinpad. Fe, 22. Whitelaw; or, Narriz or THE LAKE Suore. By Dr. J. H. Robinson. 23. The Red Warrior; oR, STELLA DELORME’s CoMANCHE Lover. By Ned Buntline, 24. Prairie Flower. By Gustave Ai- mard, author of ‘ Tiger-Slayer,” etc. 25. The Gold-Guide; or, Stren Arm, THE ReeuLaTor. By Francis Johnson. 26. The Death-Track; or, Tur Ovt- LAWS OF THE MountArn. By Francis Johnson, 27. The BpottenDisteative + or, THE Girts of New York. By Albert W. Aiken. 28. Three-Fingered Jack, Tur Roap- AGENT oF THE Rockies; or, Toe Boy Miner or Harp Luck. By Joseph E. Badger, Jr. 29. Tiger Dick, Tue Faro Kine; or, Tre CasnieR’s Orme. By Philip 8. Warne. 30. Gospel George; or, Fiery FRep, Tue Ovurtaw. By Joseph E. Badger, Jr. 31. The New York ‘S 7’ on, THE Fiass or Ligutnine. By Albert W. Aiken. 32. B’hoys of Yale; or, Tue Scrapers or A Harp Ser or CoLuecians, By John D. Vose. 33. Overland Kit. By Albert W. Aiken. 34. Rocky Mountain Rob. By Al- bert W. Aiken. 35. Kentuck, the Sport. By Albert W. Aiken. 36. Injun Dick. By Albert W. Aiken, 37. Hirl, the Hunchback; or, Tue SWORDMAKER OF THE SANTEE, By Dr, J. H. Robinson. THE WINGED | DIME 38. Velvet Hand; or, Tux Iron Grip oF Ingun Dick. By Albert W. Aiken. 39. The Russian Spy; or, Tur Brotu- ERS OF THE STARRY Cross. By erick Whittaker. 40. The Long Haired ‘ Pards;’ or, THE TARTARS OF THE ns. *By Jos. E. Badger, Jr. 41. Gold Dan; or, THz WurrE Savace oF THE GreaT SatT Lake. By Albert W. Aiken. 42. The California Detective; or, Tue Wrrcnes or New York. By Albert W. Aiken. 43. Dakota Dan, THe Reckiess RANGER; or, THE Bez-HuntTers’ Excursion. By Oll Coomes. 44. Old Dan Rackback, Tue Great EXTARMINATOR; or, THE TRIANGLE’s Last TRAM. By Oll Coomes. 45. Old Bull’s Eye, Tue Licurnine Suor oF THE Prams. By Joseph E. Badger, JR. 46. Bowie-Knife Ben, Tue LmTLE Hunter oF THE Nor’-west. By Oll Coomes, 47. Pacific Pete, THe PRINCE oF THE Revotver. By Jos. E. Badger, Jr. 48. Idaho Tom, THE Youne OvuTLaw OF SILVERLAND. By Oll Coomes. 49. The Wolf Demon; or, THE QUEEN or THE KANAWHA. By Albert W. Aiken, KIT CARSON, JR.—No. 3. 50. Jack Rabbit, Tae Pramm Sport; or, THE CHILDREN OF THE LLANO Estacapo. By Jos. E. Badger, Jr. 51. Red Rob, Tue Boy Roap-AGeEnt. By Oll Coomes. 52. Death Trailer, THe CuHrer oF Scours; or, Life and Love in a Frontier Fort. By Hon. Wm. F. Cody, (Buffalo Bill.) 53. Silver Sam; or, Tok Mystery oF Deadwoop Crry. By Col. Delle Sara, 54. Always on Hand; or, Tat SpoRTIVE Sport or THE Foor Hrs. Philip 8. Warne, author of ‘‘A Hard Crowd,” “ Patent Leather Joe.’ 55. The Scalp Hunters. A RoMANCEOF THE Puamns. By Capt. Mayne Reid. 56. The Indian Mazeppa; or, THE Map Man or THE Piarns. By W. Aiken, 57. The Silent Hunter; or, THE ScowL HALL Mystery. By Percy B. St. John. 58. Silver Knife; or, WICKLIFFE, THE Rocky Mountarn Rancer. By Dr. J. H. Robinson. 59. The Man From Texas; or, THE OvTLAW oF ARKANSAS. By Albert W. Aiken. | 60. Wide Awake; or, Tue IDIOT oF THe BuacK Hits. By Frank Dumont. 61. Ca: Seawaif, THz PRIVATEER. By Ned Buntline, IBRARY. Each Number Complete. Price 10 cts. 62. Lo Heart; or, THE TRAPPERS oF ARKANSAS, By Gustave Aimard. 63. The Winged Whale. By Albert W. Aiken. ‘ 64. Double- Sight, the Death Shot. By Joseph E. Badger, Jr. 65. The Red Rajah; or, Tux Scource oF THE INDIES. By Captain Frederick Whittaker. 66. The Specter Barque. A TaLz OF THE Paciric. By Captain Mayne Reid. 67. The Boy Jockey; or, Hongsry versus CROOKEDNESS. By Joseph E. Badger, Jr. 68. The Figh Trapper; or, Kit CARSON TO THE RESCUE. y Canty. F. C, Adams, G9. The Irish Captains A TALE oF Fontenoy. By Captain Frederick Whittaker. 70. Hydrabad, THE STRANGLER; or, ALETHE, THE CHILD OF THE Conv. By Dr. IH Robinson, 71, Captain Cool-Blade, or, THz Man SHARK OF THE MississiprPI. By Jos. E. Badger, Jr. 72. The Phantom Hand, A Srory or ry York HeArTHS AND Homes. By Albert W. en, 73. The Knight of the Red Cross; or, Tom Magician oF GraNnaDA. A Tale 0 " hambra. By Dr. J. H. Robinson. RY Al 74. Captain ofthe Rifles. A Romancn | OF THE MEXICAN VALLEY. By Captain Mayne Reid. 75. Gentleman George, or, PARLor, PRISON, STAGE AND STREET. By Albert w. Aiken, 76. The Queen’s Musketeer, or, THISBE, THE PRINCESS PALMIsT. By George Albony. 77. The Fresh of Frisco, or, Tar Herress oF BuENAVENTURA. By Albert W. Aiken. 78. The Mysterious Spy; or, GoLpren FEATHER, THE BUCCANEER’S DAUGHTER, By A. M, Grainger, 79. Joe Phenix, THz Po.ice Spy, By Albert W. Aiken. ‘ 80. A Man of Nerve; or, Carman, THE DwarF. By Philip S. Warne, 81. The Human Tiger; or, A Hrar or Fire. By Albert W. Aiken. : 3 82. Iron Wrist, the Swordmaster, By Col. Thomas H. Monstery. 83. Gold Bullet Sport; or, raz Kyicurs OF THE OVERLAND. By Buffalo Bill, 84. Hunted Down; or, THz Waits Wrrcu. By Albert W. Aiken. 85. The Cretan Rover; or, ZuLEmKau, THE BeautiFuL. By Col. Prentice Ingraham. 86. The Big Hunter; or, Taz QuezNn oF THE Woops. By the author of “ Silent Hunter.” 87. The Scarlet Captain; or, Tur PRISONER OF THE TowER. By Col. Delle Sara. ¥ 88, eer bi GIANT OF THE uLcH; or, THE Five w BROTHERS. J Badger, Jr. rk 89. The Pirate Prince; or, Pretty NeELLy, THE QUEEN oF THE Is~tE. By Col. Prentiss Ingraham. 90. Wild Will, Tae Map Rancuero; ° or, THz TERRIBLE TEXAN, By Buckskin Sam. Ready March &th, 91. The W: Oar; or, THE INN- KEEPER’s DAUGHTER. By rt W. Aiken. Ready April 7th. 9A. Captain Dick Talbot, Kine or AD; OF, x Met Whiken heeds eran” ATA BY A new issue every two weeks. Beadle’s Dime Library is for sale by all Newsdealers, ten cents per COPY, or sent by mail on poceipt. of twelve cents each. BEADLE & ADAMS, Pu ers, 98 William Street, New York. oy